28 May 2018 165902957I5Q8DT6EOmShivEIAreport-Ilovepdf-compressed

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT
OF
M/s. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES

FOR
MANUFACTURING OF API INTERMEDIATES,
ORGANIC & INORGANIC CHEMICALS
Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical,

GIDC Panoli, Dist: Bharuch,
State: Gujarat.
PREPARED BY
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH

CENTRE PRIVATE LIMITED
Shed No. K-1, 7705/2,3,4 GIDC ESTATE,
Ankleshwar - 393002
Phone: (02646)220293; Fax: (02646)239454
Website:www.jyotiom.com
Email: info@jyotiom.com
EIA REPORT OF M/S. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES, PANOLI GIDC, BHARUCH.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
-- TABLE OF CONTENTS i - xx
CHAPTER -1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 1
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT 2
PROPONENT
1.2.1 PROPOSED PROJECT 2
1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT 3
1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT 4
1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT 4
1.3.2 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE 4
1.3.3 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT 5
1.3.4 SITE SELECTION 6
1.3.5 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 6
1.4 SALIENT FEATURES 11
1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 12
1.6 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVE OF EIA STUDY 13
1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 14
1.8 COMPLIANCE OF TOR APPROVED BY MoEF. 16
1.9 COMPLIANCE OF GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY 17
SECTOR (ANNEXURE - I).
1.10 COMPLIANCE OF STANDARD TOR (ANNEXURE-1) GIVEN BY 29
SEAC/SEIAA, GUJARAT.
CHAPTER - 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT 43
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 43
2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS 44
2.3.1 PRODUCT STORAGE & HANDLING 47
2.3.2 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND HANDLING 50
2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED 58
PRODUCTS
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. i

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 60
2.5 MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR BY-PRODUCT 84
2.6 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 85

2.7 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 92
2.7.1 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES (LAND) 92
2.7.2 DETAILS OF FUEL AND ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION 92
2.7.3 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILISATION 93
2.7.4 UTILITIES 94
2.7.5 MANPOWER 96
2.7.6 EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES 96
2.7.7 WATER REQUIREMENT 97
2.8 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT 99
2.8.1 WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS 99
2.8.2 PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT PROCESS 101
2.8.3 SEWAGE GENERATION OR DOMESTIC WASTE WATER 102
2.9 GASEOUS EMISSION 104
2.9.1 FLUE GAS EMISSION 105
2.9.2 PROCESS GAS EMISSION 105
2.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 106
CHAPTER - 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
3.1 INTRODUCTION 108
3.2 WINDROSE 111
3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 113
3.3.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ) 113
3.3.1.1 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATIONS 113
3.3.1.2 BASELINE DATA 114
3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 117
3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 128
3.5.1 RECONNAISSANCE 128
3.5.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING 128
3.5.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS 128
3.6. SOIL ENVIRONMENT 130
3.6.1 BASELINE DATA 130
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
3.7 LAND USE PATTERN 132
3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC 135
ENVIRONMENT
3.8.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION 135
3.8.2 FOREST 135
3.8.3 FLORA 135
3.8.4 FAUNA 140
3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 141
3.9.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST 141
3.9.2 LITERACY RATE 144
3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 145
3.10 TRAFFIC SURVEY 153
CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS
4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT 155
4.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 156
4.1.2 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 156
4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT 163
4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 163
4.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS 163
4.2.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS 163
4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 164
4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 176
4.2.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 177
4.2.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 179
4.2.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES 180
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
4.2.6.1 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS 180
4.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 180
4.3 IMPACT MATRIX 181
CHAPTER - 5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
5.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 184
5.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES 185
5.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM 186
5.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 186
5.4.2 STACK MONITORING 186
5.4.3 NOISE MONITORING 186
5.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING 187
5.4.5 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES 189
5.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES 190
5.5.1 COST ESTIMATES 190
CHAPTER - 6 RISK ASSESSMENT
6.1 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 191
6.2 METHODOLOGY OF RISK ASSESSMENT 193
6.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT 193
6.2.2 DETAILS OF STORAGE FACILITIES 194
6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT 197
6.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 197
6.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 204
6.4 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON 233
CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
6.5 OTHER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS 234
6.6 ON SITE AND OFF SITE DISASTER PREPAREDNESS & 240
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN
6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAM 255
6.7.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH 255
6.7.2 HOSPITAL FACILITIES/ FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER/OHC 255
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iv

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
6.7.3 AMBULANCE VAN & FIRST AID BOX 255
6.7.4 PLAN FOR PERIODIC MEDICAL EXAMINATION 255
6.7.5 DETAILS OF EXISTING OCCUPATIONAL AND SAFETY 256
HAZARDS
6.7.6 DETAILS OF WORK PLACE AMBIENT AIR QUANLITY 256
MONITORING PLAN
6.7.7 MONITORING OF THE OCCUPATIONAL INJURY & IT’S 257
IMPACT ON WORKERS
6.7.8 PROVISION OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST & HEALTH 258
EVALUATION OF WORKERS
6.7.9 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF 258
WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS
6.7.10 PLAN AND FUND ALLOCATION TO ENSURE THE 259
OCCUPA-TIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY OF ALL CONTRACT
AND CASUAL WORKERS
6.7.11 HEALTH EVALUATION OF WORKERS (EXPOSURE SPECIFIC) 260
6.7.12 MEASURES ADOPTED BY COMPANY TO KEEP AIR 260
BORNE CONCENTRATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
BELOW PEL
6.7.13 ACTION PLANFOR SAFE HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM 262
6.7.14 SAFETY TRAINING &MOCK DRILLS 262
CHAPTER- 7 PROJECT BENEFIT
7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES 264
7.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 265
7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL 265
7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR BUDGETARY ALLOCATION 266
CHAPTER- 8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE 267
8.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS) 267
8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL 268
8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 269
8.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION 271
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. v

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
PHASE
8.6.1 BASIC ENGINNERING CONTROL 272
8.6.2 MANAGEMENT OF AIR ENVIRONMENT 273
8.6.3 MANAGEMENT OF WATER ENVIRONMENT 274
8.6.4 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT 274
8.6.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND / SOIL ENVIRONMENT 275
8.6.6 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE 276
8.6.7 MANAGEMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL 276
ENVIRONMENT
8.6.8 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC CONTROL 276
8.7 COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY – RESTORATION 277
8.8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL 277
PHASE
8.8.1 MANAGEMENT OF AIR ENVIRONMENT 278
8.8.2 MANAGEMENT OF WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENT 284
8.8.3 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT 286
8.8.4 MANAGEMENT OF SOLVENT RECOVERY AND EMISSION 288
CONTROL
8.8.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND / SOIL ENVIRONMENT 290
8.8.6 MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE 290
8.8.7 MANAGEMENT OF GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 292
8.8.8 RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME 295
8.8.9 VEHICULAR POLLUTION CONTROL 296
8.8.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY 297
8.8.11 CLEANER PRODUCTION 298
8.8.12 MANAGEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 298
8.9 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES 298
8.10 FINDINGS 303
8.11 CONCLUSION 304
CHAPTER- 9 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY& CONCLUSION
9.1.1 LOCATION 305
9.1.2 INVESTMENT 305
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vi

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
9.1.3 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 305
9.1.4 PRODUCT & BY PRODUCT DETAILS 306
9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 306
9.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 306
9.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL 306
9.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT 306
9.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO 307
9.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS 308
9.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 308
9.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA 308
9.3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 308
9.3.4 WATER QUALITY 309
9.3.6 SOIL 309
9.3.7 LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA 309
9.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 309
9.4 IDENTIFICATION &ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT 310
9..4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT 310
9.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT 310
9.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT 311
9.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 311
9.4.6 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES 311
9.4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT 312
9.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM 312
9.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 312
9.6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT 312
9.6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 312
9.6.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT 312
SYSTEM
9.7 PROJECT BENEFITS 313
9.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 313
9.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 313
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

NO. NO.
9.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 313
9.9 HEALTH & SAFETY 315
9.10 PUBLIC HEARING 315
9.11 CONCLUSION 315
CHAPTER- 10 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED
10.1 SALIENT FEATURES 316
10.2 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE 317
10.3 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS 317
10.4 EIA MEMBER LIST 318
10.5 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION 319
10.6 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT 319
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. viii

LIST OF TABLE
TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

NO.
1.1 LIST OF PRODUCTSEXISTING & PROPOSED SCENARIO 2
1.2 LIST OF LIST OF PROPRIETOR 3
1.3 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 5
1.4 CAPITAL COST PROJECTION 5
1.5 DETAILS OF FOUR CORNERS CO-ORDINATE OF SITE 6
1.6 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE 11
1.7 DETAILS OF NEIGHBORING INDUSTRIES AT PROJECT 12
SITE
1.8 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT 14
1.9 TOR GIVEN BY EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE OF 17
MOEF&CC
1.10 STANDERD TOR (ANNEXURE-1) GIVEN BY EAC OF 17
MOEF&CC
1.11 STANDERD TOR (ANNEXURE-1) GIVEN BY SEAC OF 29
GANDHINAGAR
2.1 LIST OF PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS WITH 44
CONSUMPTION
2.2 DETAILS OF PRODUCT AND BY PRODUCT STORAGE 48
2.3 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL STORAGE 50
2.4 DETAILS OF SOLVENT STORAGE 52
2.5 DETAIL OF OTHER CHEMICAL STORAGE FACILITY 52
2.6 CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCT AND RAW MATERIALS 53
2.7 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF 58
TRANSPORTATION
2.8 DETAILS OF SOLVENTS TO BE USED AND RECOVERED 87
2.9 COMPLIANCE OF SPENT SOLVENT GUIDELINES, GPCB 88
2.10 LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA 92
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ix


NO.
2.11 FUEL CONSUMPTION & ELECTICITY CONSUMPTION 92
2.12 ENERGY REQUIREMENT 93
2.13 DETAILS OF UTILITIES 94
2.14 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT 96
2.15 DETAILS OF EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERIES 96
2.16 DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION 97
2.17 DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION 99
2.18 EQUIPMENT LIST OF PROPOSED EFFLUENT TREATMENT 100
PLANT
2.19 DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION WITH 101
QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF EACH
WASTE STREAM
2.20 DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION 105
2.21 DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSION 105
2.22 DETAILS OF PROCESS GASES SENT TO SCRUBBER 106
2.23 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION 107
CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
3.1 LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE AREA 109
3.2 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 111
3.3 DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR 114
QUALITY MONITORING
3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA 114
3.5 METHOD OF ANALYSIS 118
3.6 DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS 120
3.7 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER 121
SOURCES)
3.8 DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS 124
3.9 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER 125
SOURCES)
3.10 NOISE LEVEL DATA 129
3.11 CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE 129
EXPOSURE
3.12 SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE 130
PROJECT SITE
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. x


NO.
3.13 SOIL QUALITY PARAMETERS 131
3.14 LAND USE PATTERN 132
3.15 LIST OF FLORA 135
3.16 LIST OF FAUNA 140
3.17 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA 142
3.18 POPULATION DENSITY & SEX RATIO 143
3.19 LITERACY RATE 144
3.20 LITERACY RATE WITHIN 5 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF 144
STUDY AREA
3.21 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE 146
3.22 DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS 150
3.22 DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS 153
3.23 DELHI TO MUMBAI HIGHWAY (NH-8) 156
3.24 LEVEL OF SERVICE 154
3.25 MUMBAI TO DELHI HIGHWAY (NH-8) 154
CHAPTER – 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS
4.1 DETAILS OF FLUE GAS 166
4.2 DETAILS OF PROCESS GAS 167
4.3 CONCENTRATION OF PM, NO2 168
4.4 CONCENTRATION OF SO2 168
4.4 CONCENTRATION OF Br, Cl, H2S, HBr&HCl 168
4.5 ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION 182
MEASURES)
4.6 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 183
CHAPTER – 5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 185
5.2 EMISSION MONITORING PLAN 187
5.3 IN- HOUSE MONITORING FACILITY 189
5.3 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL 190
MANAGEMENT
CHAPTER -6 RISK ASSESSMENT
6.1 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS RAW MATERIALS 195
6.2 PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 196
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xi


NO.
6.3 RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT 198
6.4 RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA 198
6.5 RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 199
6.8 EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY 205
6.9 DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURES 206
6.10 WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUDY 207
6.11 SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS 208
6.12 SCENARIO#1 – RELEASE OF TOLUENE (FULL BORE 211
RUPTURE OF UNLOADING PIPELINE 2”)
6.13 SCENARIO#2 – RELEASE OF METHANOL 214
6.14 SCENARIO#3 – RELEASE OF IPA 217
6.15 SCENARIO # 4 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYLAMINE 221
6.16 RESULT 222
6.17 SCENARIO # 5 – RELEASE OF AMMONIA 227
6.18 RESULT 227
6.19 SCENARIO # 6 – RELEASE OF THIONYL CHLORIDE 229
6.20 RESULT 229
6.21 FLASH FIRE SCENARIOS 231
6.22 EXPLOSION OVERPRESSURE SCENARIOS 231
6.23 LATE POOL FIRE SCENARIOS 232
6.24 TOXIC RELEASE SCENARIOS 232
6.25 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 234
6.26 ANTIDOTES FOR MAJOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS ARE 239
KEPT AVAILABLE AT THE SITE
CHAPTER- 7 PROJECT BENEFIT
7.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CSR ACTIVITIES 266
8.1 CONTROL MEASURES FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE 272
8.2 DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES 278
8.4 DETAILS OF SCRUBBING SYSTEM 282
8.5 FEATURES OF SCRUBBER SYSTEM 283
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xii


NO.
8.6 DETAILS OF SCRUBBING AGENTS 283
8.7 DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR EFFLUENT AND 284
SEWAGE GENERATION
8.8 CAPITAL AND RECURRING COST OF THE EFFLUENT 285
TREATMENT SYSTEM
8.9 DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE 287
POLLUTION
8.10 DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER SYSTEM FOR VOC 289
8.11 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES TO CONTROL GAS, DUST 292
EMISSION AND NOISE LEVEL
8.12 BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 294
8.13 AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING 396
8.14 AVAILABLE RAINWATER (MAXIMUM) FOR HARVESTING 396
8.15 PROPOSED CONTROL MEASURES FOR ODOUR 301
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiii

LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE FIGURE NAME PAGE

NO. NO.
1.1-A LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE 7
1.1-B GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT 8
LOCATION WITH IN 0.5 KM
1.2 GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT 9
LOCATION WITH IN 2 KM
1.3 GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF ALL FOUR 9
CORNERS OF THE SITE
2.1 FLOW DIAGRAM SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 86
2.2 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 98
CHAPTER - 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
3.1(A) WIND ROSE DIAGRAM FOR PERIOD OF JANUARY-2017 TO 111
MARCH-2017
3.1 (B) WIND ROSE DIAGARM ON SATELITE IMAGE 112
3.2 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION 112
3.3 LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING 113
STATIONS
3.4 LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING 119
STATIONS
3.5 LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING 124
STATIONS
3.6 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 128
3.7 LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS 131
3.8 LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION 134
CHAPTER - 4 IDENTIFICATION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS
4.1 IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIROENMENT 157
4.2 IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT 158
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiv


NO. NO.
4.3 IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT 159
4.4 IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT 160
4.5 IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL 161
ENVIRONMENT
4.6 IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT 162
4.7 ISOPLETHS OF PM(SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 169
4.8 ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0,0) 170
4.9 ISOPLETHS OF NO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 171
4.10 ISOPLETHS OF Br (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 172
4.11 ISOPLETHS OFCl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 173
4.12 ISOPLETHS OF H2S (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 174
4.13 ISOPLETHS OFHBr (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 175
4.14 ISOPLETHS OFHCl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0) 176
CHAPTER -6 RISK ASSESSMENT
6.1 HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL COMPANY LAYOUT 194
6.2 RISK CONTOURS FOR FLASH FIRE 212
6.3 RISK CONTOURS FOR LATE POOL FIRE 213
6.7 RISK CONTOURS FOR OVERPRESSURE 219
6.10 RISK CONTOURS FOR OVERPRESSURE 224
6.12 RISK CONTOUR FOR FIRE BALL 225
6.13 RISK CONTOURS FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION 226
6.14 RISK CONTOURS FOR IDLH CONCENTRATION: 228
6.15 RISK CONTOURS FOR DISPERSION OF THIONYL CHLORIDE 230
8.1 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 270
CELL
8.2 FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT VIOLATION 271
REPORTING SYSTEM
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xv


NO. NO.
8.3 DIAGRAM OF BAG FILTER 281
8.4 DIAGRAM OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY CARBON 282
TOWER
8.5 DIAGRAM OF SOLVENT RECOVERY PLANT 289
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xvi

LIST OF ANNEXURE
ANNEXUR ANNEXURE NAME Page No.

E NO.
I-A COPY OF TOR LETTER 320
II STANDARD TOR OF SEIAA. 322
III LAND ALLOTMENT LETTER 329
IV SURVEY OF INDIA TOPOSHEET 331
V PLANT LAYOUT 332
VI PHOTOGRAPHS OF EXISTING SITE 333
VII GIDC WATER PERMISSION LETTER 334
VIII MONITORING SAMPLING LOCATION AND DATES 335
IX ENVIRONMENT HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY 336
X MEE OFFER 338
XI BEIL CERTIFICATE 356
XII UNDERTAKING OF PROPONENT 358
XIII GUJARAT HIGH COURT STAY ORDER 359
XIV SANJALI VILLAGE CSR REQUIREMENT 367
XV TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT 368
XVI MOU OFBY PRODUCT 374
XVII RO OFFER 376
XVII UNDERTAKING OF CONSULTANT 381
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xvii

ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

APCM Air Pollution Control Measures
AMSL Above Mean Sea Level
BEIL Bharuch Environ Technology Limited
BGL Below Ground Level
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant
CGWA Central Ground Water Authority
CGWB Central Ground Water Board
CH & S Community Health & Safety
CO Carbon Monooxide
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CTE Consent to Establish
CTO/CCA Consent to Operate/ Consolidated Consent and Authorisation
Db Decibels
DCP Dry Carbon Powder
DFO Deputy Forest Officer
DG Diesel Generator
DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited
DMP Disaster Management Plan
DMS Dimethyl Sulfide
DO Dissolve Oxigen
EHS Environmental Health and Safety
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EOT Electric Overhead Travel
EPA Environmental protection Act
ESP Exchangeable Sodium Percentage
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
ETL Enviro Technology limited
FAE Functional Area Expert
FETP Final Effluent Treatment Plant
GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation
GLC Ground Level Concentration
GPS Global Positioning System
Ha Hectare
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xviii

HC Hydrocarbon
HCl Hydrochloric acid
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HP Horse Power
HSD High Speed Diesel
H2SO4 Sulphuric Acid
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
IBA Isobutyl alcohol
INR Indian Rupees
ISCST-3 Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3
KG Kilo Gram
KLD Kilo Liter per Day
KVA Kilo Volt Ampere
kW Kilowatt
MCLS Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios
MEE Multiple Effect Evaporator
MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forest& Climate Change
MoU Memorandum of Undertaking
MS Mild Steel
MSI HC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
MSW Municipal Solid Waste
MT Metric Tone
NA Not Applicable
NABET National Accreditation Board of Education and Training
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NaOH Sodium Hydroxide
NCTL Narmada Clean Tech Limited
NH National Highway
NH3 Ammonia
NOC No Objection Certificate
NOX Nitrogen Oxides
OHS Occupational Health& Safety
OSHAS Occupation Health and Safety Assessment Series
PCU Passenger Car Unit
PEL Permissible Exposure Level
PESO Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organisation
PHC Public Health Center
PM Particulate Matter
PP Project Proponent
PPE Personal Protective Equipments
PPMV Parts per Million by Volume
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xix

PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate

QCI Quality Council of India
R&R Resettlement & Rehabilitation
RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee
SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority
SS Stainless Steel
STP Sewage Treatment Plant
SH State Highway
SO2 Sulfur Dioxide
TBA Tertiary Butanol
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TEBA Benzyltriethylammonium chloride
THF Tetra Hydro furan
TOC Total Organic Compound
ToR Terms of Reference
TPD Tone Per Day
TSDF Transportation Storage and Disposal Facility
TSS Total Suspended Solid
USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency
VECs Valued Environmental Components
VOC Volatile Organic Compound
ZLD Zero Liquid Discharge
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xx

CHAPTER - 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT
M/s. Om Shiv Industries (formally Known as M/s. Aims Industries Ltd.) is located at Plot
No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Dist: Bharuch, State: Gujarat. M/s. Aims
Industries Ltd. was doing work of refilling oxygen cylinder for medical and corporate at
plot no. 915. There is minor construction i.e. Security building, Admin house, 4-5 rooms.
The same plot is transferred to M/s. Om Shiv Industies by GIDC. M/s. Om Shiv
Industries has proposed for manufacturing of API intermediates, organic & inorganic
chemicals 775 MT/Month. The proposed products by the unit fall in the Schedule
attached to the EIA Notification, i.e. Project No. 5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals.
Since the project is established in notified industrial estate, Panoli, and it was classified as
Category “B” project, public hearing is not applicable to this project. Environment
Clearance will be evaluated by the SEAC/SEIAA, Gujarat.
Purpose of EIA studies and preparation of detailed EIA/EMP report is to comply with
Terms of References (TOR) finalized by MoEF, Delhi in its “25th meeting” held on 23rd
January, 2017. The EIA report is based on the TOR vide File no. J-11011/264/2017-IA.II
(I)] dated: - 23rd August, 2017 on environmentclearance.nic.in. The copy of TOR is
attached as Annexure-I.
The purpose of this report is to:
• Establish a pre-project baseline with respect to environmental indicators.

• Identify environment related impacts
• Evaluate safety related risk factors associated with project
• Propose appropriate mitigation measures for minimizing the adverse impacts to the
extent possible
• Suggest Environment Management Plan
• Recommend Risk Management Plan
This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments
to the same) issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), by providing
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 1

required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Terms of Reference
issued by the Industrial committee of MoEF, New Delhi.
This Report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ given in Appendix III and
IIIA of mentioned EIA Notification.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT

PROPONENT
1.2.1 PROPOSED PROJECT
M/s. Om Shiv Industries has proposed to manufacture API intermediates, organic &
inorganic chemicals at Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Bharuch, Gujarat.
The plot area is 3089 sq. m. The expected cost of proposed expansion is Rs. 250 Lakhs.
M/s. Om Shiv will develop strong environment management cell and possess in house
capabilities to undertake implementation of cleaner production technologies, green
chemistry, etc. besides carrying out environment impact assessments.
The lists of the products and byproducts details are provided in Table 1.1.
TABLE: 1.1
LIST OF PRODUCTS SCENARIO
Sr. Product Name CAS No. Quantity End Use
No. MT/M
1. Valproic Acid 1069-66-5 5 Intermediate of sodium
valporate API
2. 6- Chloro Phenylhexanone 1444-65-1 5 Intermediate of
phynoxyfyline API
3. Tetra Isopropyl Titanate 546-68-9 100 It is use as coupling
agent in Adhesive,
plasticizer, polyester,
glass ,& metal
4. Ketoprofen Nitrite 22071-15- 5 Intermediate of
4 ketoprofen API
5. Sodium Bromo Propionate 137-40-6 10 Intermediate of
Flubiprofen
6. 4-Bromo 2-Flouro 326-66-9 10 Intermediate of
Acetanilide Flubiprofen
7. 2- Chloro 5 Nitro Benzioic 2516-96-3 10 Intermediate of
Acid Masalamine API
8. Sodium 2 ethyl Hexanoate 19766-89- 10
Pharma intermediate API
3
9. Cocamidopropyl Betanine 61789-40- 50 Food & personal care
0 product
10. Glycerol Monostearate 123-94-4 50 Food & personal care
product, anticaking agent

11. Sorbiton Mono Oleate 1338-43-8 50 Intermediate of

plastic,food & cosmetics
12. 1 4 1,2,4 Triozole 288-88-0 10 Intermediate of
Fluconozole API
13. 4 Amino 1,2,4 Triozole 584-13-4 10 Intermediate of
Fluconozole API
14. Derivatives of 2 583-39-1 100 Intermediate of anto
Mercaptobenziamidazole ulcer drugs
Lansoprazole,
rabeprazole
15. 2 Mercapto 5 methoxy 27231-36- 100 Intermediate of anto
Benziamidazole 3 ulcer drugs
Lansoprazole,
16. Derivatives of Sorbiton 1338-41-6 50 Use as heat transfer
Mono Stearate agent, laboratory Agent
17. Sulphanilic Acid 121-57-3 200 Food & personal care
Total 775
1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT

The partners of the company has good experience in handling the production
management, financial management and all the allied areas. Partner of the company ‘Mr.
Balasaheb Kadlag’, is a having more than 30 years, experience in Production, Operations,
Process Improvement & optimization and new product Scale up, etc. Detail regarding
partners is given in Table 1.2.
TABLE: 1.2
LIST OF PARTNERS
Sr.
No. Name of the Partner Address Contact No.
1. Mr. Balasaheb Kadlag 30, Akash Villas Co operative 8155067212

Housing Society, Nr. GIL Colony,
Ankleshwar GIDC, Ankleshwar
2. Mrs. Mangala Kadlag 30, Akash Villas Co operative 9727617058
Housing Society, Nr. GIL Colony,
Ankleshwar GIDC, Ankleshwar
3. Mr. Vipul Patel 1, Abhishek Apartment, Nr. Shiv 9824865009
Temple, Bhadkodra, Tal. Ankleshwar
4. Mrs. Reetaben Patel 1, Abhishek Apartment, Nr. Shiv 9824865009
Temple, Bhadkodra, Tal. Ankleshwar

1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT
1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT
The Indian pharmaceuticals market is the third largest in terms of volume and thirteenth
largest in terms of value, as per a report by Equity Master. India is the largest provider of
generic drugs globally with the Indian generics accounting for 20 per cent of global
exports in terms of volume. Of late, consolidation has become an important characteristic
of the Indian pharmaceutical market as the industry is highly fragmented. The Indian
pharma industry, which is expected to grow over 15 per cent per annum between 2015
and 2020, will outperform the global pharma industry, which is set to grow at an annual
rate of 5 per cent between the same periods. The market is expected to grow to US$ 55
billion by 2020, thereby emerging as the sixth largest pharmaceutical market globally by
absolute size, as stated by Mr Arun Singh, Indian Ambassador to the US. Branded
generics dominate the pharmaceuticals market, constituting nearly 80 per cent of the
market share (in terms of revenues). The sector is expected to generate 58,000 additional
job opportunities by the year 2025. *
India’s pharmaceutical exports stood at US$ 16.4 billion in 2016-17 and are expected to
grow by 30 per cent over the next three years to reach US$ 20 billion by 2020, according
to the Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India (PHARMEXCIL).
Looking toward the increasing day by day API Intermediates demand and having well
experience. Unit have decided to manufacture API Intermediates.
1.3.2 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE

Implementation of Project within a pre-determined time frame is an important factor for
the success of a project. Timely implementation saves on various costs like interest,
administrative overheads and helps to realize the goals as per pre-determined objectives.
Implementation of Project involves co-ordination of different activities at various levels
of the firm and amongst different outside agencies. We are giving here under the details
of the Project Implementation.
This will start immediately construction activity after getting Environment Clearance.
From the date of start, the implementation schedule envisages completion of project in 12
months. It is considered that preliminary activities such as obtaining necessary statutory
clearance for proposed project and financial arrangements for the implementation of the
project will be made at proper dates.

The major activities to be carried out at site during project work are as follows:
TABLE: 1.3
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
Sr. No. Work implementation Time
1. Construction work 6 Months
2. Machinery installation 3 Months
3. Recruitment process 1 Month
4. Commissioning 1 Month
5. Operation and functions 1 Month
Total Time 12 months
1.3.3 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT
The company premises are already established in 3089 square meter of total land. The
premise was used by trader. Trading activity of gas cylinders was carried out by earlier
owners. The security cabin, admin building, toilet blocks are already existing.The
additional investment for proposed expansion will be Rs. 280 Lacs. The cost break up is
provided in Table 1.4.
TABLE: 1.4
CAPITAL COST PROJECTION
Sr. Purpose Proposed
No. (Rs. In Lacs)
1. Land 50
2. Building 50
3. Plant and Machinery 111
4. Q.A. Lab Set Up 20
5. Environment Protection & Safety
a) Effluent treatment Plant 40
b) Safety Equipment (PPE, fire extinguishers, 2
Ventilation, etc.)
c) Green belt development 4
d) Fire 3
Total 280

1.3.4 SITE SELECTION
The project proponent did not consider any other alternative site for proposed project. A
letter of land allotment from GIDC of industrial plot no 915, is attached as Annexure -
III.
1.3.5 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
The project site is located at plot No. 915, GIDC Estate Panoli, Ankleshwar, Dist:-
Bharuch, in the state of Gujarat which is one of the fastest growing industrial estate and
having all the essential facilities & infrastructure for the management & disposal of
effluent discharge. It is approximately 16 km distance from Dist.: Bharuch.
The site location map on Indian map of 1:10, 00,000 scale followed by 1:50,000/1:25,000
scale on A3/A2 sheet and Location map showing 10 km radial distance from project site
is attached as Annexure-IV. The proposed plant layout is attached as Annexure – V. The
photograph of project site area are attached as Annexure- VI.
The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude:

21°32’32.68”N, Longitude: 72°59' 18.16” E. The unit is spread over in 3089 sq.m.area in
GIDC Estate, Panoli. The location of the project site can be identified from the satellite
image or Google earth image shown in Figure 1 & 2.
All four corners of the site Co-ordinates latitude and longitude are given in Table 1.5 and
shown in Figure 3.
TABLE 1.5
DETAILS OF FOUR CORNERS CO-ORDINATE OF SITE
Direction Corners Latitude Longitude

North - East 1st 21°33'32.94"N 72°59'19.62"E
South- East 2nd 21°33'31.68"N 72°59'19.28"E
South- West 3rd 21°33'32.37"N 72°59'16.80"E
North - West 4th 21°33'33.52"N 72°59'17.10"E

FIGURE 1.1-A
LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE
PANOLI

FIGURE 1.1-B
GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT LOCATION WITH IN 0.5 KM

FIGURE 1.2
GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF PROJECT LOCATION WITH IN 2 KM

FIGURE 1.3
GOOGLE EARTH OR SATELLITE IMAGE OF ALL FOUR CORNERS OF THE SITE

1.4 SALIENT FEATURES

The plant is located in a well-developed industrial zone, which has all essential facilities
such as internal roads, arrangement for supply of water and power to industries, effluent
disposal facilities etc.
The Panoli GIDC falls at Bharuch District of Gujarat. The Panoli GIDC Industrial area,
developed by Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation (GIDC) having myriad of
small, medium and large scale industrial units within Panoli GIDC as well as in
surrounding GIDC and area.
Panoli is a very important industrial center having the advantage of close proximity to
Ankleshwar & Bharuch. Due to NH-8 and Bharuch railway station, GIDC is well
connected by road and rail to rest parts of the country. Communication facility available
in the area is good.
Water is available from G.I.D.C. water supply through Tapi river canal. A letter from
GIDC stating that the proposed additional quantity of water will be provided is attached
as Annexure - VII. The G.I.D.C. Panoli is large industrial estate with a number of
chemical plants, pigments plants, processing plants and other industries total to about
more than 300 units.
Panoli industrial association (PIA) has set up a disaster management cell to take care of
any disaster in the vicinity. A common effluent treatment plant (CETP) is established and
operated by M/s. Panoli Enviro Technology Ltd. (PETL). There is Common
Hazardous Waste Storage Site established and operated by M/s. BEIL at GIDC,
Ankleshwar. The present unit will utilize this TSDF facility.
Final effluent treatment plant (FETP) of M/s. Narmada Clean Tech (NCT), formally
known as M/s. Bharuch Eco-Aqua Infrastructure Ltd. (BEAIL), Ankleshwar, is
available for further treatment and disposal into deep sea.
The salient features of project site are given in Table 1.6.
TABLE: 1.6
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE
Particular Details Distance from Site
Villages Shanjali 0.488 Km E
Approx. Geographical Latitude: 21°33’32.86”N
positioning Longitude: 72°59’25.24”E

Particular Details Distance from Site

Nearest City Ankleshwar 9 Km NE
Bharuch 16 Km NE
Nearest Railway line/ Railway Panoli 0.96 Km N
station
Domestic Airport Surat 55 Km S
International Airport Ahmedabad 180 Km N
Within 10 KM of the project site-

There are no metropolitan cities.
There are no ecological sensitive areas such as tropical forests, biosphere reserve,
and important lakes or costal areas rich in coral formation.
There is no national park or wild life sanctuary.
There are no sensitive places of archaeological, historical, cultural and religious
or tourist importance.
There is no reserved forest and protected forest.
The lists of neighboring industries are given in Table 1.7.

TABLE 1.7
DETAILS OF NEIGHBORING INDUSTRIES AT PROJECT SITE
Sr. Name of Address Directions Distance Activity of
No. Industry (meter) industry
1. Aksah Plot No.914/A, N Adjoining Inorganic
Manthan GIDC Panoli, Plot Chemical
Industries Bharuch-394116 Manufacturing
2. Gayatri Plot No. 917, GIDC S Adjoining Drugs
Industries Panoli, Bharuch- intermediate
394116 manufacturing
3. Yash Textiles Plot No. 1403, GIDC E 10 Meter Textile
Panoli, Bharuch- industry
394116
4. Swaraj Plot No. 1404, GIDC W Adjoining Pump
Industries Panoli, Bharuch- Plot manufacturer
394116 and dealer
1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

Based on the scope of work and general guidelines, study area of 10 km around the site
has been taken as the spatial frame for the impact assessment. Temporal frame of

assessment has been chosen to reflect the impacts in two distinct phases of the project
namely:
1) Construction phase 2) Operation phase
This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments
to the same) issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). The unit
requires to take Environmental clearance from Industrial Committee of MoEF & CC,
New Delhi.
1.6 SCOPE & OBJECTIVES OF THE EIA STUDY

This EIA report is prepared to comply with the requirements of the Industrial committee,
MoEF as per the guideline for the Clearance. The objectives of this EIA are:
• To describe the Project and associated works together with the requirements for
carrying out the Project.
• To identify and describe the elements of the community and environment likely to be
affected by the Project, and / or likely to cause impacts upon the Project, including both
the natural and man-made environment;
• To identify and quantify emission sources and determine the severity of impacts on
sensitive receivers and potential affected uses;
• To recognize and quantify any environmental impacts associated with the Project and
recommend appropriate mitigation measures;
• To study existing landscape and visual quality in the Study Area so as to evaluate the
landscape and visual impacts of the Project;
• To propose mitigation measures to minimise pollution, environmental disturbance and

nuisance during construction and operation of the project;
• To identify, predict and evaluate the residual (that is, after practicable mitigation)
environmental impacts and cumulative effects expected to arise during the construction
and operation phases of the Project in relation to the sensitive receivers and potential
affected uses;
• To identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the
detailed design, construction and operation of the project which are necessary to mitigate

these impacts and reduce them to allowable levels within established standards /
guidelines;
• To investigate the extent of side-effects of proposed mitigation measures that may lead
to other forms of impacts;
• To identify constraints associated with the mitigation measures recommended in this

EIA;
• To identify any additional studies necessary to fulfil the objectives to the requirements
of this EIA Study.
1.7 STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT
The generic structure of the EIA report, as per the guideline provided by MoEF & CC is
illustrated in the following tabulated format.
TABLE: 1.8
STRUCTURE OF EIA REPORT
Sr. EIA Structure Contents
No.
1. Introduction • Purpose of the report and regulatory frame work
• Identification of the project and project
proponent
• Key Information of project
• Regulatory Frame work
• Scope & Objective of EIA study
• Structure of EIA report
• Terms of reference & Its Compliance
2. Project Description • Condensed description of those aspects of the
project (based on project feasibility study), likely
to cause environmental effects. Description
contains the details of the following:
• Type of project
• Need for the project
• Location details showing general location,
specific location, project boundary & project site
layout)


No.
• Technology and process description
• Project description. Including drawings showing
project layout, components of project etc.
Schematic representations of the feasibility
drawings which give information important for
EIA purpose.
• Description of mitigation measures incorporated
into the project to meet environmental standards,
environment operating conditions, or other EIA
requirements (as required by the scope)
3. Description of the • Study area, period, components & methodology
Environment • Establishment of baseline for valued
environmental components, as identified in the
scope
• Base maps of all environment components
4. Anticipated Environmental • Details of Investigated Environmental impacts
Impacts & due to project location, possible accidents, project
Mitigation Measures design, project construction, regular operations,
final decommissioning or rehabilitation of a
completed project
• Measures for minimizing and / or offsetting
adverse impacts identified
• Irreversible and Irretrievable commitments of
environmental components
• Assessment of significance of impacts (Criteria

for determining significance, Assigning
significance)
• Mitigation measures
5. Environmental Monitoring • Technical aspects of environmental monitoring

Program for the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl.
Measurement methodologies, frequency, location,


No.
data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency
procedures, budget & procurement schedules)
6. Additional Study: • Hazard Identification
Risk Assessment & • Risk Assessment & control/prevention
Disaster Management Plan Measures
• Disaster Management Plan
7. Project Benefits • Improvements in the physical infrastructure
• Detail of the Socioeconomic
• Employment potential – skilled; semi-skilled
and unskilled
• Other tangible benefits of the project
8. Environment Management • Description of the administrative aspects of
Plan ensuring that mitigation measures are implemented
and their effectiveness monitored, after approval
of the EIA. The Chapter consist of:
• Mitigation measures for impacts
• Pollution Prevention Plan
• Greenbelt Development Plan
• Mangrove Management Plan
• Dredging management Plan
• Waste management plan
• Environment Management Cell
• Budgetary Provisions for EMS
9. Summary & Conclusion • Description of brief of EIA report
10. Disclosure of Consultant • Detail of the EIA Consultant
Engaged
1.8 COMPLIANCE OF TOR APPROVED BY MoEF, DELHI.
As per TOR uploaded by the MoEF&CC, New Delhi for file no J-11011/264/2017-IA.II
(I)] dated: - 23rd August, 2017 has been sent duly addressed. The copy of TOR is attached
as Annexure - I. Point wise summary of compliance is given below Table 1.9.

TABLE: 1.9
TOR GIVEN BY EXPERT APPRAISAL COMMITTEE OF MoEF, DELHI
Sr. TOR Points Compliance

No. (Reference in EIA report)
A. Specific TOR
1. Fresh water demand from GIDC Unit will recycle 21 KLD water. Unit is
allocation should be minimized through insuring that they will not use ground
the process improvement & water water. Undertaking regarding same is
recycling. There shall be no use of attached as Annexure-XII.
ground water.
2. ESR plan for 5 year @ 5% of project Details are given in chapter-7.
cost in consultation with nearby
villagers to be submitted.
3. Plant layout unmarking space for Plant layout with 5 m width of
development of green belt of 5 m width green belt area in periphery is
along with plant periphery, and also attached as Annexure-5.
ensuring 33 % of project area to be
developed as green area to be
developed as with native species
plantation.
4. Compliance report of the existing This is new project so it is not
environment clearance, if any, duly applicable.
certified by concern Regional Officer
of Ministry to be submitted.
1.9 COMPLIANCE OF GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY

SECTOR (ANNEXURE - I).
The committee prescribed the Generic TOR provided at Annexure-I. Point wise summary
of compliance is given below Table 1.10.
TABLE: 1.10
GENERIC TOR IN RESPECT OF INDUSTRY SECTOR



1. Executive summary (maximum 2-3 sheets Brief executive summery is given
in A4 Size paper) of the project covering in chapter 9.
project description, description of the
environment, anticipated environmental
impacts & its mitigation measures,
environmental management plan,
environmental monitoring programme,
public consultation, project benefits,
Social impacts including R&R.
2. Introduction
I Details of the EIA Consultant including The consultant has got the stay
NABET accreditation order from Hon. Gujarat High
Court and it is attached as
annexure-XIII.
II Information about the project proponent. Details are given in topic no.
1.2.2 of chapter-1 on page no. 3.
III Importance and benefits of the project Details are given in topic in 1.3.1
of chapter-1 on page no. 4.
3. Project Description
I Cost of project and time of completion. Details are given in topic in 1.3.2
& 1.3.3 of chapter-1 on page no.
5-8.
II Products with capacities for the proposed Details are given in topic no. 1.2
project. of chapter-1 on page no. 2.
III If expansion project, details of existing This is a new project.
products with capacities and whether
adequate land is available for expansion,
reference of earlier EC if any.
IV List of raw materials required and their Details are given in table No. 2.1
source along with mode of transportation. & 2.6 of chapter 2 on page no. 45
& 60 respectively.
V Other chemicals and materials required Details are covered in table no.
with quantities and storage capacities 2.5 of chapter-2 on page no.54.
VI Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous Details are given in topic no. 2.8
waste generation and their management. to 2.10 of chapter-2 on page no.
102 to 110.
VII Requirement of water, power, with source Details are given in topic no.
of supply, status of approval, water 2.7.7, 2.7.2 & 2.7.5 of chapter-2
balance diagram, man-power requirement on page no. 95 to 102.
(regular and contract)


VIII Process description along with major Details are given in topic no. 2.4
equipments and machineries, process flow of chapter-2 from page no. 62-
sheet (quantative) from raw material to 87.
products to be provided
IX Hazard identification and details of Details are covered in topic no.
proposed safety systems. 6.3 of chapter-6 from page no.
198 to 236.
Expansion/modernization proposals:
X Copy of all the Environmental This is new project so it is not
Clearance(s) including Amendments applicable.
thereto obtained for the project from
MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an
Annexure. A certified copy of the latest
Monitoring Report of the Regional Office
of the Ministry of Environment and
Forests as per circular dated 30th May,
2012 on the status of compliance of
conditions stipulated in all the existing
environmental clearances including
Amendments shall be provided. In
addition, status of compliance of Consent
to Operate for the ongoing existing
operation of the project from SPCB shall
be attached with the EIA-EMP report.
XI In case the existing project has not This is new project so it is not
obtained environmental clearance, reasons applicable.
for not taking EC under the provisions of
the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA
Notification 2006 shall be provided.
Copies of Consent to Establish/No
Objection Certificate and Consent to
Operate (in case of units operating prior to
EIA Notification 2006, CTE and
CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the
SPCB shall be submitted. Further,
compliance report to the conditions of
consents from the SPCB shall be
submitted.
4. Site Details
I Location of the project site covering Details are given in topic no. 1.4
village, Taluka/Tehsil, district and state of chapter-1 on page no. 11 and


on Indian map of 1:1000, 000 scale. 12.
II A Toposheet of the study area of radius of Attached as Annexure-IV
10km and site location on
1:50000/1:25000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet.
III Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection Details are given in topic no.
of site 1.3.4 of chapter-1 on page no. 5.
IV Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners Details are covered in topic no.
of the site. 1.3.5, table no. 1.6 of chapter-1
on page no. 6.
V Google map-earth downloaded of the Details are covered in topic no.
project site. 1.3.5 of chapter-1 on page no. 8
& 9.
VI Layout maps indicating existing unit as Unit has provided separate entry
well proposed unit indicating storage area, & exit and adequate margin all-
plant area, green belt area, utilities etc. In round the periphery for
addition, if located within the industrial unobstructed easy movement of
area/estate/complex, layout of industrial the emergency vehicle / fire
area and location of unit within the tenders without reversing back.
industrial area/Estate/complex, layout of Mark the same in the plant
industrial. layout. Plant layout is attached in
next slide.
Plant Layout is attached as
Annexure-V.
VII Photographs of the proposed and existing Attached as Annexure-VI
(if applicable) plant site. If existing, In
addition to Side map, provide photographs
of plantation /greenbelt in Existing
project. If fresh EC application,
photographs.
VIII Land use break-up of total land of the Expansion will be done on
project site (identified and acquired), existing plot of the unit.
government/private - agricultural, forest,
wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc
shall be included.
IX A list of major industries with name and A list of major industries with
type within study area (10km radius) shall name and type within study area
be incorporated. Land use details of the (10km radius) is given in table
study area. no. 3.1 of chapter-3 on page no.
110 & 111.
Land use details of the study area
is given in topic no. 3.7 of


chapter-3 on page no. 135.
X Geological features and Geo-hydrological Details of geological features are
status of the study area shall be included. given in topic no. 1.4 of chapter-
1 on page no. 11 and 12.
Details of Geo-hydrological
status is not applicable due to
industry is located in Panoli
GIDC.
XI Details of Drainage of the project upto Not Applicable.
5km radius of study area. If the site is
within 1 km radius of any major river,
peak and lean season river discharge as
well as flood occurrence frequency based
on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.
Details of Flood Level of the project site
and maximum Flood Level of the river
shall also be provided. (mega green field
projects)
XII Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition Plot is already transferred to M/s.
is not complete, stage of the acquisition Om Shiv Industry by GIDC.
process and expected time of complete Transfer letter is attached as
possession of the land. Annexure-III.
XIII R&R details in respect of land in line with Not Applicable.
state Government policy.
5. Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):
I. Permission and approval for the use of Not Applicable.
forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and
recommendations of the State Forest
Department.
II. Land use map based on High resolution Not Applicable.
satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed
site delineating the forestland (in case of
projects involving forest land more than
40 ha)
III. Status of Application submitted for Not Applicable.
obtaining the stage I forestry clearance
along with latest status shall be submitted.
IV. The projects to be located within 10 km of Not Applicable.
the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere
Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild
Animals, the project proponent shall


submit the map duly authenticated by
Chief Wildlife Warden showing these
features vis-à-vis the project location and
the recommendations or comments of the
Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon
V. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Not Applicable.
authenticated by the Chief Wildlife
Warden of the State Government for
conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any
exists in the study area
VI. Copy of application submitted for Not Applicable.
clearance under the Wildlife (Protection)
Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of
the National Board for Wildlife
6. Environmental Status
I Determination of atmospheric inversion Details are covered under topic
level at the project site and site-specific 3.2 of chapter - 3 from page no.
micrometeorological data using 114 & 115.
temperature, relative humidity, hourly
wind speed and direction and rainfall.
II AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 Details are covered under topic
locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, 3.3 of chapter - 3 from page no.
CO and other parameters relevant to the 116 to 120.
project shall be collected. The monitoring
stations shall be based CPCB guidelines
and take into account the pre-dominant
wind direction, population zone and
sensitive receptors including reserved
forests.
III Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 Attached as Annexure-XVIII.
weeks of all stations as per frequency
given in the NAQQM Notification of
Nov. 2009 along with - min., max.,
average and 98% values for
each of the AAQ parameters from data of
all AAQ stations should be provided as an
annexure to the EIA Report.
IV Surface water quality of nearby River Details are covered under topic
(100m upstream and downstream of 3.4 in table no. 3.8 & 3.9 of
discharge point) and other surface drains chapter-3 from page no. 127 to
at eight locations as per 129.


CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.
V Whether the site falls near to polluted Not Applicable.
stretch of river identified by the
CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.
VI Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 Details are covered under topic
locations shall be included. 3.4 in table no. 3.6 & 3.7 of
chapter-3 from page no. 122 to
126.
VII Noise level monitoring at 8 locations shall Details are covered under topic
be included. 3.5 in table no.3.10 of chapter-3
on page no.132.
VIII Soil Characteristic as per CPCB Details are covered under topic
guidelines. 3.6 in table no.3.13 of chapter-3
on page no.133 to 135.
IX Traffic study of the area for the proposed Details are covered under topic
project the respect of the exist traffic ,type 3.10 in chapter - 3 on page
of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for no.155 to 157.
transportation of material additional
traffic due to proposed project ,parking
arrangement etc.
X Detailed description of flora and fauna Details are covered in table
(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the no.3.15 & 3.16 of chapter - 3
study area shall be given with special from page no.138 to 144.
reference to rare, endemic and endangered
species.
If Schedule-I fauna are found within the
study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan
shall be prepared and furnished.
XI Socio-economic status of the study area. Details are covered in Table
no.3.17 of chapter-3 from page
no.144 to 146.
7. Impact and Environment Management Plan
I. Assessment of ground level concentration Details are covered under topic
of pollutants from the stack emission 4.1 & 4.2 of chapter - 4 from
based on site-specific meteorological page no. 158 to 184.
features. In case the project is located on a Location map is shown in figure
hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be no. 4.7 to 4.14 of chapter - 4 on
done using inputs of the specific terrain page no. 172 to 179.
characteristics for determining the
potential impacts of the project on the
AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of


emissions (including transportation) on
the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.
Details of the model used and the input
data used for modelling shall also be
provided. The air quality contours shall be
plotted on a location map showing the
location of project site, habitation
nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.
II. Water Quality modelling - in case of Not Applicable, Unit is CETP
discharge in water body member.
III. Impact of the transport of the raw Details are given in topic no.
materials and end products on the 4.2.4.2 of chapter-4 from page
surrounding environment shall be no. 179 & 180.
assessed and provided. In this regard,
options for transport of raw materials and
finished products and wastes (large
quantities) by rail or rail-cum road
transport or conveyorcum- rail transport
shall be examined.
IV A note on treatment of wastewater from Details are covered under topic
different plant operations, extent recycled 2.8.1.1 of chapter - 2 from page
and reused for different purposes shall be no. 105 to 107.
included. Complete scheme of effluent
treatment. Characteristics of untreated and
treated effluent to meet the prescribed
standards of discharge under E(P)
Rules.
V Details of stack emission and action plan Details are given in topic no.
for control of emissions to meet standards. 8.8.1, table no. 8.1 of chapter-8
on page no. 284.
VI Measures for fugitive emission control Details are given in topic no.
8.8.1, table no. 8.1 of chapter-8
on page no. 284.
VII Details of hazardous waste generation and Details are covered under topic
their storage, utilization and management. 2.10 in table 2.23 of chapter - 2
Copies of MOU regarding utilization of on page no.110.
solid and hazardous waste in cement plant
shall also be included. EMP shall include
the concept of waste-minimization,
recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy
conservation, and natural resource


conservation.
VIII Proper utilization of fly ash shall be Not applicable.
ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.
A detailed plan of action shall be
provided.
IX Action plan for the green belt Details are covered under topic
development plan in 33% area i.e. land 8.8.7 of chapter - 8 on page no.
with not less than 1500 trees per ha. 296 to 299.
Giving details of species, with of
plantation, planning schedule etc. Shall be
included. The green belt shall be around
the project boundary and a scheme for
greening of the roads used for the project
shall also be incorporated. All
rooftops/terraces shall have some green
cover.
X Action plan for rainwater harvesting Details are covered under topic
measures at plant site shall be submitted 8.8.8 of chapter - 8 on page no.
to harvest rainwater from the roof tops 299 to 300.
and storm water drains to recharge the
groundwater recharge structures may also
be constructed outside the plant premises
in consultation with local gram Panchayat
and village hand to augment the ground
water level, incorporation of water
harvesting plan for the project is
necessary, if source of water is bore well.
XI Environment Management Plan (EMP) to Details are covered under topic
mitigate the adverse impacts due to the 8.6 to 8.8 of chapter - 8 from
project along with item wise cost of its page no. 277 to 302.
implementation. Total capital cost and Details are covered under topic
recurring cost/annum for environmental 5.5.1 in table no. 5.3 of chapter -
pollution control measures shall be 5 from page no. 193.
included.
XII Total capital cost and recurring Details are covered under topic
cost/annum for environmental pollution 5.5.1 in table no. 5.3 of chapter -
control measures shall be included. 5 from page no. 193.
XIII Action plan for post – project Environment monitoring plan
environmental monitoring shall be covered in chapter - 5.
submitted.
XIV Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Details are covered under topic


Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency 6.6 of chapter - 6 from page no.
Management Plan including Risk 246 to 260.
Assessment and damage control. Disaster
management plan should be linked with
District Disaster Management Plan.
8. Occupational Health:
I Plan and fund allocation to ensure the Details are covered under topic
occupational health & safety of all 6.7.10 of chapter - 6 on page no.
contract and casual workers 265.
II Details of exposure specific health status Details are covered under topic
evaluation of worker. If the workers’ 6.7.8 of chapter - 6 on page no.
health is being evaluated by pre designed 264.
format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, This is new project and units will
Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near submit medical report and fitness
vision, colour vision and any other ocular medical certificate along with
defect) ECG, during pre-placement and compliance report.
periodical examinations give the details of
the same.
Details regarding last month analysed data
of above mentioned parameters as per
age, sex, duration of exposure and
department wise.
III Details of existing Occupational & Safety Details are covered under topic
Hazards. What are the exposure levels of 6.7.5 of chapter - 6 on page no.
hazards and whether they are within 262.
Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these
are not within PEL, what measures the
company has adopted to keep them within
PEL so that health of the workers can be
preserved,
IV Annual report of heath status of workers This is new project and units will
with special reference to Occupational submit medical report and fitness
Health and Safety. medical certificate along with
compliance report.
9. Corporate Environmental Policy
I Does the company have a well laid down Environment policy approved by
Environment Policy approved by its its Board of Directors is attached
Board of Directors? If so, it may be as annexure - IX.
detailed in the EIA report.
II Does the Environment Policy prescribe Details are covered under topic
for standard operating process / 8.5 of chapter - 8 on page no.


procedures to bring into focus any 277.
infringement / deviation / violation of the
environmental or forest norms /
conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the
EIA.
III What is the hierarchical system or Details are covered under topic
Administrative order of the company to 8.5 in Figure no. 8.1 of chapter -
deal with the environmental issues and for 8 on page no. 275.
ensuring compliance with the
environmental clearance conditions?
Details of this system may be given.
IV Does the company have system of Details are covered under topic
reporting of non-compliances / violations 8.5 in Figure no. 8.2 of chapter -
of environmental norms to the Board of 8 on page no. 277.
Directors of the company and / or
Shareholders or stakeholders at large?
This reporting mechanism shall be
detailed in the EIA report.
10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities This is existing unit so all
such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be infrastructure facilities are
provided to the labour force during provided.
construction as well as to the casual
workers including truck drivers during
operation phase.
11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Details are covered under topic
i. At least 2.5% of the total cost of the 7.4 in table 7.1 of chapter - 7
project shall be earmarked towards the from page no. 272.
enterprise social commitment based on
public hearing issue and item wise details
along with time bound action plan shall be
included. Social-economic development
activities need to be elaborated upon.
12. Any litigation pending against the project No
and/or any direction/order passed by any
Court of Law against the project, if so,
details thereof shall also be included. Has
the unit received any notice under the
Section 5 of Environment (Protection)
Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and
Water Acts? If so, details thereof and
compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and


present status of the case.
13. A tabular chart with index for point wise Details are covered in table
compliance of above TORs. no.1.12 of chapter - 1 from page
no.20-31.
ADDITIONAL TOR FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
1. Details of solvents to be used, measures Details of solvents to be used are
for solvent recovery and for emissions covered in table 2.6 of chapter-2
control. from page no. 91.
Details of measures for solvent
recovery and for emissions
control are covered in table 8.2
of chapter-8 from page no. 285.
2. Details of process emissions from the Details are covered under in table
proposed unit and its arrangement to 8.2 of chapter-8 from page no.
control. 285.
3. Ambient air quality data should include Details are covered in topic no.
VOC, other process- specific pollutants* 3.3.1 of chapter-3 from page no.
like NH3*, chlorine*, 116 to 120.
HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as
applicable)
4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for Details are covered in topic no.
hazardous chemicals. 6.7.6 of chapter-6 from page no.
262.
5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme Details of solvents to be used are
including segregation of effluent streams covered in table 2.8 of chapter-2
for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge. from page no. 100.
6. Action plan for odour control to be Details are covered under topic
submitted. 8.9.4 of chapter - 8 from page no.
305.
7. A copy of the Memorandum of Not Applicable.
Understanding signed with cement
manufacturers indicating clearly that they
co-process organic solid/hazardous waste
generated.
8. Authorization/Membership for the Not Applicable
disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and
solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.
9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers Not Applicable
salts.
10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Noted
Chemicals are being used/will be used. Provided in CD.


11. Authorization/membership for disposal of Attached as Annexure-XI.
the solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.
12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. No Incinerator Installed.
13. Risk assessment for storage and handling Details are covered under topic
of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action 6.2.1, table No. 6.1 of chapter - 6
plan for handling & safety system to be from page no.198.
incorporated.
14. Arrangements for ensuring health and Details are covered under topic
safety of workers engaged in handling of 6.7.4 to 6.7.10 of chapter-6 on
toxic materials. page no. 261 to 269.
1.10 COMPLIANCE OF STANDARD TOR (ANNEXURE-1) GIVEN

BY SEAC/SEIAA, GUJARAT.
TABLE: 1.11
TOR GIVEN BY SEAC OF GANDHINAGAR
1. A tabular chart with index for point-wise All point-wise compliance of TORs
compliance of above TORs. is covered as below.
2. Executive summary of the project – giving Executive Summary of the EIA are
a prima facie idea of the objectives of the covered in chapter 9.
proposal, use of resources, justification,
etc. In addition, it should provide a
compilation of EIA report, including EMP
and the post-project monitoring plan in
brief.
3. Justification for selecting the proposed Details are covered in chapter 1
product and unit size. under section 1.3 from page no 4 to
5.
4. Land requirement for the project including Details are covered in chapter 2
its break up for various purposes, its under section 2.7.1 on page no 95.
availability and optimization.
5. Land possession documents. Copy of NA Plot or Land already acquired
order showing permission to use the from Panoli GIDC.
project land for industrial purpose. If Land possession document is
located in GIDC, copy of plot holding attached as Annexure - IV.
certificate obtained from GIDC Authority.
6. Location of the project site and nearest Details are covered in chapter 1
habitats with distances from the project under section 1.3.3 to 1.3.5 from


site to be demarcated on a toposheet (1: page no 4 to 6.
50000 scale).
7. Topography details of the project area. Topographical map is referred in
Annexure – IV.
8. Geological features and geo-hydrological Details are covered in chapter 1
status of the study area. under section 1.4, table no.1.5,
1.6 from page no 10 to 12.
Geo-hydrological is not
applicable.
9. In case of project located outside notified Not Applicable
area: Legal Undertaking stating that unit is Unit has located in notified
complying the three conditions [i.e. water GIDC, Panoli.
3
consumption less than 25 M /day; Fuel
consumption less than 25 TPD; and not
covered in the category of MAH units as
per the Management, Storage, Import of
Hazardous Chemical Rules (MSIHC
Rules), 1989] as per the amendment to
EIA Notification, 2006 vide SO 1599 (E)
dated 25/06/2014.
10. Present land use pattern of the study area Land use pattern are covered in
shall be given based on satellite imagery. chapter 3 under section 3.7 from
page no 135.
11. Layout plan of the factory premises clearly Plant Layout map indicating all the
demarcating various units within the plant. things is attached as an Annexure-
Provision of separate entry & exit and V.
adequate margin all round the periphery
for unobstructed easy movement of the
emergency vehicle / fire tenders without
reversing back. Mark the same in the plant
layout.
12. Technical details of the plant/s along with Best available technologies are
details on best available technologies covered in chapter 2 under section
(BAT), proposed technology and reasons 2.4.1 (A) in page no 62.
for selecting the same.
13. Product spectrum (Proposed products Details are covered in chapter 2
along with production Capacity) and under section 2.4.1(B) from page no
processes. 62 to 87.
14. Chemical name of each proposed product Chemical name of each product with
to be manufactured. Details on end use of end use of each product are covered


each product. in chapter 2 under section 2.3.; table
(Provide CAS number of all the products & no. 2.2 & 2.3 from page no 49 to 50.
raw materials. In case of Dyes, CI CAS No. of all products is given in
number). Table-1.1 of chapter-1 on page no.
2.
CAS No. of all raw materials is
given in Table-2.1 of chapter-2 on
page no. 45 to 47.
15. Details on raw materials, source and Details of raw materials, source and
storage within the premises. storage are covered in chapter 2
under section 2.3.2; table no. 2.3 &
2.7 from the page no. 51 to 53 & 60
to 62 respectively.
16. Details of complete manufacturing process Manufacturing process/operations of
/ operations of each product along with each product are covered in chapter
chemical reactions, process flow diagram 2 under section 2.4.1(B) from page
describing each unit processes and unit no 62 to 87.
operations along with material balance,
consumption of raw materials etc.
17. Details on strategy for the implementation Cleaner production are covered in
of cleaner production activities. chapter 8 under section 8.8.10 from
page no 304.
18. Assessment of source of the water supply Water supply permission letter from
with adequacy of the same to meet with GIDC-Panoli is attached as an
the requirements for the project. Annexure – VII.
Permission obtained from the concern
authority for supply of raw water.
19. Undertaking stating that no bore well shall Undertaking stating that no bore well
be dug within the premises (If project is will be dug within the premises is
located within the Industrial estate). attached as an Annexure - XII.
20. Details on water balance including quantity Details of water balance including
of effluent generated, recycled & reused. quantity of effluent generated,
Details of methods to be adopted for the recycled & reused are covered in
water conservation. chapter 2 under section 2.7.7 & 2.8
from page no 100 to 103 and figure
no.2.3 from page no. 101.
Details of methods to be adopted for
the water conservation are covered
in chapter-8 under section 8.9.2 from
page no. 305.
21. Explore the possibilities for Zero Liquid Details are covered in chapter 2


Discharge (ZLD) or Efforts to minimize under section 2.8 from page no 101.
effluent discharge and to maintain quality
of receiving water body.
22. Segregation of waste streams, Segregation of effluent are
characterization and quality with specific covered in chapter 2 under
treatment and disposal of each stream section 2.8 from page no 103 to
including action plan for maximum 105.
recycle of treated waste water and
minimum discharge for effluent.
23. Capacity of ETP in KL/day. Details of Capacity of ETP will be 30 KL.
ETP including dimensions of each unit ETP details are covered in
along with schematic flow diagram. Inlet, chapter 2 under section 2.8.1.1,
transitional and treated effluent qualities table no.2.17 from page no 105
with specific efficiency of each treatment to 107.
unit in reduction in respect of all
concerned/regulated environmental
parameters. Inlet effluent quality should be
based on worst case scenario considering
production of most polluting products that
can be manufactured in the plant
concurrently.
24. In case of discharge into GIDC drainage / Not Applicable.
Pipeline:
I. Copy of permission letter with quantity
(KL/day) from the concern authority of
drainage network / pipeline with
confirmation for spare capacity available
to take additional effluent.
II. Characteristics of the combined
effluent and treated water to be sent to
Common pipeline with reference to the
MoEFCC/CPCB/GPCB discharge norms.
25. In case of waste water sent to Common
Facilities (CF) like CETP, MEE, Spray Not Applicable
Dryer etc. Details of Common facilities
including
(1) Total capacity of the CF
(2) Copy of CC&A of the CF.
(3) Actual load at present
(Qualitative and Quantitative – KL per
day)


(4) Booked quantity & Spare capacity of
CF
(5) Copies of XGN generated Inspection
reports with analysis reports of the
water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by
GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions
issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point
wise compliance thereof.
(6) Copies of Show- cause notices, closure
notices etc. served by the GPCB and its
compliance
(7) Recommendations and suggestions of
the last two Environment Audit reports of
CETP and its compliance report.
(8) Common Facility Up gradation
scheme, if any.
26. In case of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) : I. Attached as Annexure-XII.
I. Action plan for ‘Zero’ discharge of II. Details are covered in chapter 8
effluent shall be included. Notarized under section 8.8.2.1(A) on page
undertaking for assuring that underground no.291.
drainage connection will not be taken in III. Details are covered in chapter 2
the unit. under section 2.8.1.1 on page
II. Economical and technical viability of no.105.
the effluent treatment system to achieve IV. Unit will provide piezometer
Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). wells as per direction and monitor all
III. Certification of adequacy of proposed the parameters mentioned in IS
ZLD scheme through credible institutes of 10:500 for potable water.
National repute.
IV. To estimate & monitor ground water
quality & its contamination status,
piezometer wells, one on up gradient of
the groundwater flow and other three on
the down gradient side of the ground water
flow of the proposed project at different
depth based on available ground water
depth shall be established and all the
parameters mentioned in IS 10:500 for
potable water standard shall be monitored.
27. In case of in-house MEE for waste water Attached as Annexure-X.
treatment: Capacity of MEE in KL/hr.
Technical details of MEE including


evaporation capacity, steam required for
evaporation, adequacy of the proposed
boiler to supply steam for evaporation in
addition to the steam required for the
process etc. Techno economical viability
of the evaporation system. Control
measures proposed for the evaporation
system in order to avoid/reduce gaseous
emission/VOC from evaporation of
industrial effluent containing solvents &
other chemicals.
28. Technical details of ATFD/ Crystallizer/ Attached as annexure-XVII.
Dryer, RO/NF system etc. (If any).
29. Undertaking stating that a separate electric Undertaking stating that a
meter will be provided for the waste water separate electric meter is
treatment system viz. ETP, RO, MEE, provided for the waste water
Spray dryer etc. (Whichever is applicable) treatment system as an
Annexure –XII.
30. Economical and technical viability of the Details are covered in chapter 8
effluent treatment system. under section 8.8.2.1(A) on page
no.291.
31. Plans for management, collection and Details are covered in chapter 8
disposal of waste streams to be generated under section 8.8.2.1(B) on page
from spillage, leakages, vessel washing, no.292.
used container washing etc. Measures
proposed for preventing effluent discharge
during unforeseen circumstances.
32. Action plan for reuse of waste streams like Details are covered in chapter 8
Spent acids, Poly Aluminium Chloride etc. under section 8.2.2.1 (C) on
within premises to convert into valuable page no.292.
products instead of sending outside to
actual end-users.
33. One season Site-specific micro- Details are covered in chapter 3
meteorological data using temperature, under section 3.2 on page
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and no.114.
direction and rainfall should be
incorporated.
34. Anticipated environmental impacts due to Anticipated environment
the proposed project/production may be impacts due to the proposed
evaluated for significance and based on projects are covered in chapter 4


corresponding likely impacts VECs under section 4.2 from page no.
(Valued Environmental Components) may 166 to 184.
be identified. Baseline studies may be Baseline studies are covered in
conducted within the study area for all the chapter 3 under section 3.3 to
concerned/identified VECs and likely 3.6 from page no.116 to 134.
impacts will have to be assessed for their
magnitude in order to identify mitigation
measures.
35. One complete season base line ambient air Baseline studies are covered in
quality data (except monsoon season) to be chapter 3 under section 3.3 from
given along with the dates of monitoring. page no. 116 to 120.
The parameters to be covered shall be in
accordance with the revised National
Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)
as well as project specific parameters like
NH3, HCl, CL2, HBr, VOC etc. Locations
of the monitoring stations should be so
decided so as to take into consideration the
pre-dominant downwind direction,
population zone and sensitive receptors.
There should be at least one monitoring
station in the upwind direction. There
should be at least one monitoring station in
the pre dominant downwind direction at a
location where maximum ground level
concentration is likely to occur.
36. Modeling indicating the likely impact on Modeling details are covered in
ambient air quality due to proposed chapter 4 under section 4.2 from
activities. The details of model used and page no. 166 to 179.
input parameters used for modeling should The wind rose showing pre-
be provided. The air quality contours may dominant wind direction is
be shown on location map clearly covered in chapter 3 under
indicating the location of sensitive section 3.2 from page no. 114 to
receptors, if any, and the habitation. The 115.
wind rose showing pre-dominant wind
direction should also be indicated on the
map.
Impact due to vehicular movement shall
also be included into the prediction using
suitable model.
Results of Air dispersion modeling should


be superimposed on satellite Image /
geographical area map.
37. Base line status of the noise environment, Base line status of the noise
impact of noise on present environment environment is covered in
due to the project and proposed measures chapter 3 under section 3.5 from
for noise reduction including engineering page no. 131 & 132.
controls. Impact of noise environment is
covered in chapter 4 under
section 4.2.3 on page no.179 &
180.
38. Specific details of a) Process gas emission is covered in
a) Process gas emission from each unit chapter 2 under section 2.9.2 from
process with its quantification. page no.107 & 108.
b) Air pollution Control Measures b) APCM proposed for process gas
(APCM) proposed for process gas emission is covered in chapter 8
emission. Adequacy of the air pollution under section 8.8.1 from page no.
control measures (APCM) for process gas 107 & 108.
emission measures to achieve the GPCB c) Detail of Utilities is covered in
norms. chapter 2 under section 2.7.4, table
c) Details of the utilities required. no.2.9 on page no. 97 & 98.
d) Type and quantity (MT/hr & MT/Day) d) Detail of Type and quantity
of fuel to be used for each utility. (MT/hr & MT/Day) of fuel to be
e) Flue gas emission rate emission from used for each utility is covered in
each utility. chapter 2 under section 2.7.4, table
f) Air Pollution Control Measures no.2.11 on page no. 97 & 98..
(APCM) proposed to each of the utility e) Flue gas emission is covered in
along with its adequacy. chapter 2 under section 2.9.1, table
g) List the project specific sources of no.2.16 from page no. 97 & 98..
fugitive emission along with its g) & f) Detail is covered in chapter
quantification and proposed measures to 8 under section 8.8.1, table no.8.1
control it. from page no. 285.
h) Details on tail gas treatment.(If any) h) Not Applicable.
39. Action plan for odour control to be Action plan for odour control is
submitted. covered in chapter 8 under
section 8.9.4 on page no. 251 &
252.
40. Management plan for solid/hazardous Management plan for
waste including storage, handling, solid/hazardous waste are
utilization and safe disposal as per the covered in chapter-8 under
Hazardous and Other Wastes section 8.8.6 on page no. 297 &
(Management and Transboundary 298.


Movement) Rules 2016. CPCB guidelines Minimization of Manual
in respect of specific treatment, such as Handling is covered in chapter-4
solar evaporation, incineration, etc., need under section 4.2.4.2 on page no.
to be followed. How the manual handling 182.
of the hazardous wastes will be
minimized. Methodology of de-
contamination and disposal of discarded
containers and its record keeping.
41. Membership of Common Environmental Membership certificate of TSDF
Infrastructure like TSDF, Common site is attached as an Annexure-
Incineration Facility (CHWIF) etc. XI.
42. Name and quantity of each type of Solvent recovery systems are
solvents to be used for proposed covered in chapter-2 under
production. Details of in-house solvent section 2.6 on page no. 88 to 94.
recovery system including mass balance,
solvent loss, recovery efficiency (%
recovery), feasibility of reusing the
recovered solvents etc. for each type of
solvent.
43. Appropriate monitoring network has to be Detail is covered in chapter 5
designed and proposed, to assess the under section 5.3.4, table no.5.1
possible residual impacts on VECs. from page no. 188.
44. A detailed EMP including the protection Detail of EMP is covered in
and mitigation measures for impact on chapter 8 under section 8.4 to
human health and environment as well as 8.8 from page no. 274 to 305.
detailed monitoring plan and Detail is covered in chapter 8
environmental management cell proposed under section 8.9 from page no.
for implementation and monitoring of 305 to 310.
EMP. The EMP should also include the Total capital cost and recurring
concept of waste minimization, recycle/ cost is covered in chapter 5
reuse/ recover techniques, energy under section 5.5, table no.5.3
conservation, and natural resource on page no. 193.
conservation. Total capital cost and
recurring cost/annum earmarked for
environment pollution control measures.
45. Details of in-house monitoring capabilities Environment audit will be
and the recognized agencies if proposed carried out once in year through
for conducting monitoring. GPCB recognized schedule - 2
Environment Auditors.
46. Permission from PESO, Nagpur for storage Not Applicable
of solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.


47. Occupational health impacts on the Details of Occupational health
workers and mitigation measures proposed impacts on the workers are
to avoid the human health hazards along covered in chapter 6 under
with the personal protective equipment to section 6.7/6.7.5 from page no.
be provided. Provision of industrial 261 & 262.
hygienist and monitoring of the Details are covered in Chapter 6
occupational injury to workers as well as under section 6.7.4 from page
impact on the workers. Plan for periodic no. 261.
medical checkup of the workers exposed.
Details of work place ambient air quality
monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories
Rules.
48. Details on volatile organic compounds Details of VOCs from the plant
(VOCs) from the plant operations and operations are covered under
occupational safety and health protection topic no. 8.8.1 of chapter-8 from
measures. Proposal for Leak Detection and page no. 284 to 286.
Repair (LDAR) program as per the CPCB
guidelines.
49. Risk assessment including prediction of Details of risk assessment are
the worst-case scenario and maximum covered in chapter 6 under
credible accident scenarios should be section 6.3/6.3.2 from page no
carried out. The worst-case scenario 200 to 238.
should take into account the maximum
inventory of storage at site at any point of On-Site / Off-Site Emergency
time. The risk contours should be plotted Plan are covered in chapter 6
on the plant layout map clearly showing under section 6.6 from page no
which of the facilities would be affected in 246 to 260.
case of an accident taking place. Based on
the same, proposed safeguard measures
including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency
Plan should be provided.
50. MSDS of all the products and raw Material Safety Data Sheet is
materials. provided in soft copy.
51. Details of hazardous characteristics and Details hazardous characteristics
toxicity of raw materials and products to and toxicity of raw materials
be handled and the control measures and products are covered in
proposed to ensure safety and avoid the chapter 6 under table 6.2 (B)
human health impacts. This shall include from page no 199.
the details of Antidotes also. Details are covered in chapter 6
under section 6.5.5 from page
no. 245.


52. Details of quantity of each hazardous Details are covered in chapter 6
chemical (including solvents) to be stored, under section 6.1 from page no
Material of Construction (MoC) of major 198.
hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke Details are covered in chapter 6
details, threshold storage quantity as per under section 6.5.3 from page
schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & no. 243 & 244.
Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules of
major hazardous chemicals, size of the
biggest storage tank to be provided for
each raw material & product etc. How the
manual handling of the hazardous
chemicals will be minimized?
53. Details of the separate isolated storage Details are covered in chapter 6
area for flammable chemicals. Details of under section 6.5.1 & 6.5.2 from
flame proof electrical fittings, DCP page no 240 to 242.
extinguishers and other safety measures
proposed. Detailed fire control plan for
flammable substances and processes
showing hydrant pipeline network,
provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey
pump, toxic gas detectors etc.
54. Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Details are covered in chapter 6
Don’ts of preventive maintenance, under section 6.5.4 from page
strengthening of HSE, manufacturing no 243 & 244.
utility staff for safety related measures.
55. Detailed five year greenbelt development Green belt development are
program including annual budget, covered in chapter 8 under
planning schedule, species, width of section 8.8.7 from page no 298
plantations, number of trees to be planted, to 301.
area under green belt development [with
map], budgetary outlay etc. along with
commitment of the management to carry
out the tree plantation activities outside the
premises at appropriate places in the
nearby areas and elsewhere.
56. Action plan for the greenbelt development Details are covered in chapter 8
– species, width of plantations, planning under section 8.8.7 from page
schedule, etc., in accordance to CPCB no 298 to 301.
published guidelines.
57. Detailed socio-economic development Details are covered in chapter 7
measures including community welfare under section 7.1 to 7.4 from


program most useful in the project area for page no 270 to 272.
the overall improvement of the
environment. Submit a detailed plan for
social corporate responsibilities, with
appropriate budgetary provisions for the
next five years and activities proposed to
be carried out; specific to the current
demographic status of the area.
58. (a) Does the company have a well laid a) Details are covered in chapter 8
down Environment Policy approved by its under section 8.3 on page no 273.
Board of Directors? If so, it may be Environment Policy approved by its
detailed in the EIA report. (b) Does the Board of Directors is attached as
Environment Policy prescribe for standard Annexure- IX.
operating process / procedures to bring b) Details are covered in chapter 8
into focus any infringement / deviation / under section 8.5 from page no 275
violation of the environmental or forest to 277.
norms / conditions? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA.
59. What is the hierarchical system or Details are covered in chapter 8
administrative order of the company to under section 8.5 on page no
deal with the environmental issues and for 276.
ensuring compliance with the EC
conditions? Details of this system may be
given.
60. Does the company have a system of Details are covered in chapter 8
reporting of non compliances / violations under section 8.5 from page no
of environmental norms to the Board of 276 & 277.
Directors of the company and / or
shareholders or stakeholders at large?
This reporting mechanism should be
detailed in the EIA Report.
61. Phase wise project implementation Details are covered in chapter 1
schedule with bar chart and time frame, in under section 1.3.2 from page
terms of site development, infrastructure no 4 & 5.
provision, EMS implementation etc.
62. Certificate of accreditation issued by the The consultant has got the stay
NABET, QCI to the environmental order from Hon’ble Gujarat
consultant should be incorporated in the High Court and it is attached as
EIA Report. an Annexure-XIII.
63. An undertaking by the Project Proponent Undertaking by the Project
on the ownership of the EIA report as per Proponent on the ownership of


the MoEF&CC the EIA report is attached as
OM dated 05/10/2011 and an undertaking annexure –XII and an
by the Consultant regarding the prescribed undertaking by the Consultant
TORs has been complied with and the data regarding the prescribed TORs
submitted is factually correct as per the has been complied with and the
MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009. data submitted is factually
correct as per the MoEF&CC
OM dated 04/08/2009 is
attached as Annexure-XIV.
64. In case of Expansion of the project a) Detail of need for the proposed
a. Need for the proposed expansion should expansion is covered in chapter 1
be justified in detail. under section 1.3.1 on page no 4.
b. Records of any legal breach of b) This is a new unit.
Environmental laws i.e. details of show-
cause notices, closure notices etc. served
by the GPCB to the existing unit in last
five years and actions taken then after for c) This is a new unit. So Not
prevention of pollution. applicable.
c. Copies of Environmental Clearances d) This is a new unit. So Not
obtained for the existing plant, its point applicable.
wise compliance report.
d. Environmental audit reports for last 3
years and compliance of its
recommendations/ Suggestions. (Include
latest audit report and its compliance.) e) This is a new unit. So Not
e. Copy of Consent to Operate (CC&A) applicable.
obtained along with point wise compliance
status of all the conditions stipulated
therein. f) This is a new unit. So Not
f. Compliance of MoEFCC circulars vide applicable.
No: J-11011/618/2010-IAII (I) dated
30/05/2012 and J-11013/41/2006-IA-II (I)
dated 20/10/2009.
g. Copies of XGN generated Inspection g) This is a new unit. So Not
reports with analysis reports of the applicable.
water/Air/Hazardous samples collected by
GPCB (Last 2 year). Copies of instructions
issued by GPCB in last 2 year and point
wise compliance thereof.
65. In case of project is located in (A) The unit is located at GIDC
Ankleshwar-Panoli, Vatva-Narol & Vapi Ankleshwar. The Moratorium Period


GIDC. was lifted on 25.11.2016 due to
(A) Compliance of MOEFCC’s OM no. J- CEPI figure reduced less than 70.
11013/5/2010-IA.II (I) dated 25/11/2016 The high CEPI figure was due to
regarding lifting of moratorium on the under performance of CETP (ETL).
consideration of projects for The unit will be send effluent within
environmental clearance. membership limit. Thus, there will
(B) Compliance of direction under section be no effect CEPI due to water
18 (1) (b) of the Water (Prevention and environment. Unit will provide
Control of Pollution) act, 1974 issued by proper APCM to keep emission rate
CPCB dated 31/03/2016 regarding below permissible limit and will not
compliance of CETP. contribute to CEPI index. In view of
a) Action initiated by GPCB, if any, above, it can be said that CEPI figure
against proposed unit regarding non- will remain unaltered due to
compliance of prescribed standards under proposed project.
the various environmental laws. (B) The unit will be send effluent
b) Performance of CETP with respect to within membership limit. So, This
current hydraulic load & prescribed direction is not applicable.
standards with No Objection Certificate of
CETP regarding incorporation of the
proposed unit for acceptance of waste
water.
c) Performance of TSDF site with respect
to current load & prescribed standards
with No Objection Certificate of TSDF
site regarding incorporation of the
proposed unit for acceptance of hazardous
waste to the common infrastructure.
d) Copies of quarterly action report taken
for the above points submitted to the
CPCB.
e) Report of GPCB which have conducted
monitoring as per the said direction by
CPCB dated 31/03/2016.

EIAREPORT OFM/S. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES, PANOLI GIDC, BHARUCH.
CHAPTER -2
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

M/s. Om Shiv Industries (formally Known as M/s. Aims Industries Ltd.) is located at Plot
No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Dist.: Bharuch, State: Gujarat. M/s. Aims Industries
Ltd. was doing work of refilling oxygen cylinder for medical and corporate at plot no. 915.
There is minor construction i.e. Security building, Admin house, 4-5 rooms. M/s. Om Shiv
chemicals 775 MT/Month. The production capacity of all products and by products is given
in Table 1.1 of Chapter 1.
The proposed products by the unit fall in the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification, i.e.
Project No. 5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals. The project is established in the notified
industrial estate, Panoli, District: Bharuch, so it is categorized as category B.
2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
The Indian pharmaceuticals market is the third largest in terms of volume and thirteenth
largest in terms of value, as per a report by Equity Master. India is the largest provider of
generic drugs globally with the Indian generics accounting for 20 per cent of global exports
in terms of volume. Of late, consolidation has become an important characteristic of the
Indian pharmaceutical market as the industry is highly fragmented. The Indian pharma
industry, which is expected to grow over 15 per cent per annum between 2015 and 2020, will
outperform the global pharma industry, which is set to grow at an annual rate of 5 per cent
between the same period . The market is expected to grow to US$ 55 billion by 2020, thereby
emerging as the sixth largest pharmaceutical market globally by absolute size, as stated by
Mr Arun Singh, Indian Ambassador to the US. Branded generics dominate the
pharmaceuticals market, constituting nearly 80 per cent of the market share (in terms of
revenues). The sector is expected to generate 58,000 additional job opportunities by the year
2025. *
grow by 30 per cent over the next three years to reach US$ 20 billion by 2020, according to
the Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India (PHARMEXCIL).
M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. 43

Looking toward the increasing demand of API Intermediates and having well experience
partners , project proponents have decided to implement the project.
2.3 PRODUCTS AND RAW MATERIAL DETAILS
Product wise raw materials consumption with quantity in MT/Month is given in Table 2.1.
TABLE: 2.1
PRODUCT WISE LIST OF RAW MATERIAL WITH CONSUMPTION
Sr. Name of Product Name of Raw CAS No. MT/M

No. Product Quantity Material
MT/M
1. Valproic Acid 5 Ethanol 64-17-5 0.55
Sodium Metal 7440-23-5 0.82
Dimethyl Melanic 108-59-8 6.82
Acid Ester
N Propyl 106-94-5 4.55
Bromide
Sulphuric Acid 8014-95-7 1.14
Toluene 108-88-3 0.91
Total 14.77
2. 6-Chloro Phenyl 5 Methanol 67-56-1 0.7
Hexanone Methyl Aceto 105-45-3 6
Acetate
Bromochloro 109-70-6 7
Propane
Pottassium 584-08-7 9
Carbonate
Sulphuric Acid 8014-95-7 4
Hydro Chloric 7647-01-0 14
Acid
Toluene 108-88-3 0.14
Sodium 497-19-8 7
Carbonate
Total 48
3. Tetra Iso Propyl 100 Iso Propyl 67-63-0 104
Titanate Alcohol
N Hexane 110-54-3 9.4
Titanium Tetra 7550-45-0 78
Chloride
Ammonia 7664-41-7 28
Total 219.4
4. Ketoprofen 5 Benzene 71-43-2 0.3
Nitrite 3(1-cynoethyl 5537-71-3 4
benzoic acid)
Thionyl Chloride 7719-09-7 3
Aluminium 7446-70-0 7
Chloride

Hydrochloric 7647-01-0 1
Acid
Sodium 497-19-8 9
Carbonate Sol
Iso Propyl 67-63-0 0.4
Alcohol
Total 24.4
5. Sodium 10 Bromo Proponic 590-92-2 10
Bromopropionate Acid
Toluene 108-88-3 2
Sodium 124-41-4 8
Methoxide
Total 20
6. 4-Bromo , 10 2 Fluro Aniline 348-54-9 5.08
2Fluoro Acetic Anhydrous 108-24-7 6.10
Acetanilide Sodium 1310-73-2 6.27
Hydroxide
(NaoH)
Methanol 67-56-1 0.68
Bromine 7726-95-6 8.76
Total 26.90
7. 2-Chloro 5Nitro 10 Methline 75-09-2 1.14
Benzoic Acid Dichloride
Sulphuric Acid 8014-95-7 30
Chloro Benzoic 118-91-2 14
Acid
Nitric Acid 7697-37-2 9
5% Sodium 144-55-8 11
Bicarbonate
Solution
Methanol 67-56-1 0.6
Total 65.74
8. Sodium 2 Ethyl 10 Octoic Acid 124-07-2 10.00
Hexanoate Caustic prill 1310-73-2 2.87
Toluene 108-88-3 0.32
Methanol 67-56-1 0.53
Total 13.71
9. Cocamidopropyl 50 Coconut Oil 8001-31-8 9.74
Betamine Dimethyl amine 124-40-3 5.01
Sodium Boro 16940-66-2 0.01
Hydrate
Mono Chloro 79-11-8 1.98
Acetic Acid
Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 1.98
Total 18.72
10. Glycerol 50 Glycerine 56-81-5 13.88
Monosterate Staric Acid 57-11-4 40
Caustic Flakes 1310-73-2 0.29
Total 54.17
11. SorbitonMonoole 50 Sorbitol 70% 608-66-2 23.74

ate Oleaic Acid 112-80-1 24.09

Fatty Acid 67701-03-5 16.06
Caustic Flake 1310-73-2 0.11
Total 64
12. 1 H 1,2,4 10 Formic Acid 64-18-6 12.50
Triozole Ammonia Gas 7664-41-7 3.75
Hydrazine 7803-57-8 4.25
Hydrate
Total 20.5
13. 4- Amino 1,2,4 10 H Hydrate 7803-57-8 16.67
Triozole Formic Acid 64-18-6 14.43
Iso Propyl 67-63-0 0.2
Alcohol
Total 37.77
14. 2-Mercapto 100 Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 122.91
5benziamidozole OPDA 95-54-5 74.49
Carbon 75-15-0 65.18
Disulphide
Hydro Chloric 7647-01-0 74.49
Acid
Total 337.36
15. 2Mercapto 100 Sodium 16721-80-5 200
5Methoxy Hydrosulphide
Benziami Solution-23-30%
4 methoxy 2 nitro 96-96-8 100
aniline
Caustic Lye 1310-73-2 113
Carbon 75-15-0 53.33
Disulphide
Hydro Chloric 7647-01-0 95.24
Acid
Total 561.57
16. SorbitonMonoste 50 Sorbitol 70 % 608-66-2 26.85
rate Staric Acid 57-11-4 41.30
Caustik Flakes 1310-73-2 0.11
Total 68.26
17. Sulphanilic Acid 200 Aniline 62-53-3 107.94
Sulphuric Acid 8014-95-7 114.29
Total 222.23

2.3.1 PRODUCT STORAGE & HANDLING
Production table is covered in Table 1.1 & 1.2 of chapter 1.Solid products willbestored in
HDPE woven bag with PP liner. Liquid products will be stored in MS/ SS Tank or HDPE
Tank or drums. The quality of products will be checked properly and stored in the close shed
with due consideration of compatibility of chemicals.
The storage area will be designed in such a way that the floor level will be 150 mm above the
maximum floor level with 2.5 mm thickness of HDPE geo membrane and two layers of RCC
in storage is proposed.
Details of Product & By product Storage and handling is given in Table 2.2.

TABLE 2.2
DETAILS OF PRODUCT AND BY PRODUCT STORAGE

Sr. Name of Products Chemical Name State Storage in Capacity MOC End Use
No. Tank/Bags
1 Valproic Acid 2-Propylpentanoic acid LIQUID Drums 200 lit/ HDPE Intermediate of sodium
50 lit valporate API
2 6- ChloroPhenylhexanone 6- ChloroPhenylhexanone LIQUID Drums 200 lit/ HDPE Intermediate of
50 lit phynoxyfyline API
3 Tetra Isopropyl Titanate Tetra Isopropyl Titanate LIQUID Drums 200 lit/ HDPE It is use as coupling agent in
50 lit Adhesive, plasticizer,
polyester, glass ,& metal
4 Ketoprofen Nitrite Ketoprofen Nitrite SOLID Drums 25/50 kg FIBRE/HD Intermediate of ketoprofen
POWDER PE API
5 Sodium Bromo Propionate Sodium Bromo Propionate SOLID Drums 25/50 kg FIBRE/HD Intermediate of Flubiprofen
POWDER PE
6 4-Bromo 2-Flouro 4-Bromo 2-Flouro Acetanilide SOLID Bags 25kg HDPE Intermediate of Flubiprofen
Acetanilide POWDER
7 2- Chloro 5 Nitro 2- Chloro 5 Nitro Benzioic SOLID Bags 25kg HDPE Intermediate of Masalamine
Benzioic Acid Acid POWDER API
8 Sodium 2 ethyl Hexanoate Sodium 2 ethyl Hexanoate SOLID Drums 50kg HDPE
CRYSTAL
Pharma intermediate API
9 CocamidopropylBetanine CocamidopropylBetanine LIQUID Drums 200 lit/ HDPE Food & personal care
50 lit product
10 Glycerol Monostearate Glycerol Monostearate SOLID Bags 25/50 kg HDPE Food & personal care
11 Sorbiton Mono Oleate Sorbiton Mono Oleate LIQUID Drums 200 lit/ HDPE Intermediate of
50 lit plastic,food& cosmetics
12 1 H 1,2,4 Triozole 1 H 1,2,4 Triozole SOLID Drums 25/50 kg FIBRE/HD Intermediate of Fluconozole
POWDER PE API
13 4 Amino 1,2,4 Triozole 4 Amino 1,2,4 Triozole SOLID Drums 25/50 kg FIBRE/HD Intermediate of Fluconozole
POWDER PE API

Sr. Name of Products Chemical Name State Storage in Capacity MOC End Use
No. Tank/Bags
14 Derivatives of 2 Derivatives of 2 SOLID Drums 50 kg FIBRE Intermediate of anto ulcer
Mercaptobenziamidazole Mercaptobenziamidazole POWDER drugs Lansoprazole,
rabeprazole
15 2 Mercapto 5 2 Mercapto 5 SOLID Drums 50 kg FIBRE Intermediate of anto ulcer
methoxyBenziamidazole methoxyBenziamidazole POWDER drugs Lansoprazole,
16 Derivatives of Sorbiton Derivatives of Sorbiton Mono SOLID Bags 25/5 0kg HDPE Use as heat transfer agent,
Mono Stearate Stearate laboratory Agent
17 Sulphanilic Acid Sulphanilic Acid SOLID Bags 25/50 kg HDPE Food & personal care
*Product will be manufacture on the campion basis and storage will be provided according to that.

2.3.2 RAW MATERIAL& SOLVENT STORAGE AND HANDLING
Product wise monthly raw material consumption is covered in above Table 2.1 & 2.2. Raw
materials will be stored in M.S. Tanks, S.S. Tanks, HDPE Tanks, HDPE Carboys, HDPE
bags, fiber drums. The quality of raw material will be checked properly and stored in the
close shad storage area as per characteristic of raw material.
The storage area will be designed in such a way that the floor level is 150 mm above the
maximum flood level with 2.5 mm thickness of HDPE geo membrane and two layers of RCC
in storage is proposed.
Hazardous flammable substances will be separately stored in (solvent) tank farm area within
premises. Chemicals likeliquor ammonia and methanol will be stored in MS/SS tank with all
precautionary process instrumentation and safety appliances. All the liquid chemicals storage
tanks will be fitted with appropriate controls to avoid any leakages and bund/dyke walls will
be provided 1.5 times higher than storage tanks for Hazardous chemicals. The provision of
raw material & solvent total solid & tank farm area is 927sq.m. Close handling system for
chemicals will be provided. Flame arrester cum breather valve and flame proof fittings will
be provided at tank farm. Solvent transfer will be done by pumps. Reactor and solvent
handling pumps will have mechanical seal with flame proof electrical fitting. The solvent
storage area will be restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthling will be provided in
all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done. Also jumpers & flange guards
will be provided in piping.
All hazardouschemicalswillbe store as per the Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoEF), Govt. of India.
Details of quantity of raw material and solvent storage are given in Table 2.3& 2.4.
TABLE: 2.3
DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL STORAGE
Sr. Name of Raw Maximum
State Storage Capacity MOC
No. Material Storage
1 Ethanol Liquid Drums 0.5 MT 0.5MT HDPE
Drums
2 Sodium Metal Solid with 0.2MT 0.2MT MS
kerosene
Dimethyl Melanic Bag FIBRE 50KG FIBRE
3 Solid
Acid Esater DRUM
Bag FIBRE 50KG FIBRE
4 N Propyl Bromide Solid
DRUM


5 Sulphuric Acid Liquid Tank 20MT 16KL MS
6 Toluene Liquid Tank 10 MT 10KL MS
7 Methanol Liquid Tank 3 KL MT 3 KL MS
8 Methyl Aceto Acetate Liquid Tank 1.0MT 200LIT HDPE
9 Bromochloro Propane Liquid Drums 2.0 MT 200LIT HDPE
50KG HDPE
10 Pottassium Carbonate Solid Bag 3.0MT
BAG
11 Hydro Chloric Acid Liquid Tank 10MT 10KL HDPE
Solid HDPE
12 Sodium Carbonate Bag 5.0MT 5.0MT
BAGS
13 DM Water Liquid Tank 5.0 KL 5.0KL HDPE
14 Iso Propyl Alcohol Liquid Tank 20KL 20KL MS
15 N Hexane Liquid Tank 10KL 10KL MS
Titanium Tetra Liquid Tank
16 20KL 20KL MS LB
Chloride
17 Ammonia Liquid Tank 5.0MT 5.0MT MS
18 Benzene Liquid Tank 10KL 10KL MS
3(1-cynoethyl benzoic HDPE
19 Solid Bag 2.0MT 50KG
acid)
20 Thionyl Chloride Liquid Barrel 1.0mt 200kg GI
HDPE
21 Aluminium Chloride SOLID Bag 2.0MT 50KG
BAGS
22 BromoProponic Acid Liquid Drum 2.0 MT 200KG HDPE
23 Sodium Meythoxide SOLID Bag 1.0MT 50KG HDPE
24 2 Fluro Aniline Solid Bag 1.0MT 50KG HDPE
25 Acetic Anhydride Liquid DRUMS 2.0MT 50KG HDPE
Sodium Hydroxide
28 SOLID Bag 5.0MT 50KG HDPE
(NaoH)
Glass
30 Bromine Liquid 1.0 MT 3 KG GLASS
Bottle
31 Methline Dichloride Liquid Drum 1.0 MT 200LIT HDPE
32 Chloro Benzoic Acid SOLID Bag 5.0MT 50KG HDPE
33 Nitric Acid Liquid Tank 5.0MT 5.0MT SS316
5% Sodium Liquid HDPE
34 Tank 5.0MT 5.0MT
Bicarbonate Solution
34 Coconut Oil Liquid Tank 10MT 10MT HDPE
36 Dimethyl amine Liquid Tank 2.0MT 2.0 MT HDPE
37 Sodium Boro Hydrate SOLID Bags 0.1MT 50KG HDPE
Mono Chloro Acetic
38 SOLID Bags 2.0MT 50KG HDPE
Acid
39 Caustic Flakes SOLID Bags 2.0MT 50KG HDPE
40 Glycerine Liquid Tank 10 MT 10 MT SS316
41 Staric Acid SOLID Bags 10 MT 50KG HDPE
42 Sorbitol 70% Liquid Tank 10 MT 10 MT SS316
43 Oleaic Acid Liquid Tank 10 MT 10 MT SS316
44 Fatty Acid SOLID Bags 10 MT 50KG HDPE
45 Caustic Flake SOLID Bags 1.0 MT 50KG HDPE
46 Formic Acid Liquid Tank 5.0KL 5.0KL HDPE


MS MS
47 Ammonia Gas GAS 100KG 2.0MT
Cylender
48 Hydrazine Hydrate Liquid Tank 10 MT 10 MT SS316
49 Caustic Lye Liquid Tank 25 KL 25.0 KL MS
50 OPDA SOLID Bags 20 MT 50KG HDPE
51 Carbon Disulphide Liquid Tank 20 MT 20 MT MS
Sodium Liquid MS
52 Hydrosulphide Tank 25 MT 50 MT
Solution-23-30%
4 methoxy 2 nitro HDPE
53 SOLID Bags 40 MT 50KG
aniline BAGS
56 Aniline Liquid Tank 30 KL 30 KL MS
TABLE: 2.4
DETAILS OF SOLVENT STORAGE
Sr. Name of solvents No. of Total MOC
No. Tank capacity
1 Ethanol 1 5KL HDPE
2 Methanol 1 5KL MS
3 Toluene 1 10 KL MS
4 Iso Propyl Alcohol 1 20 KL MS
5 Methylene Dichloride 1 1KL HDPE
Details of other chemical use in ETP to be stored are given in Table 2.5.
TABLE: 2.5
DETAILS OF OTHER CHEMICAL STORAGE FACILITY

Name of State No. of containers & size
Chemical
No. of MT Material of construction of
containers storage
Lime Solid 200 Bags 10 MT HDPE Bags of 50 Kgs.
Poly Electrolyte Liquid 4 carboys 0.2 MT 50 kg carboys
Note: All the RM material will be purchased and stored according to manufacturing of the
products schedule. Products will be manufactured on campaign basis.
Physical & Chemical Property / Characteristics of Raw Materials:
The characteristic of raw materials are given in Table 2.6.

TABLE: 2.6
CHARACTERISTICS OF RAW MATERIALS
PRODUCTS
Sr. Name of Products Physical State M.P B.P F.P LEL/UEL TLV LD50 Sp. Vapor
No. 0C 0C 0C % ppm or (mg/Kg) Gravity Density
mg/m3 LC50 (mg/l) (water=1) (air =1)
1. Valproic Acid Liquid 1300C 2280C 950C NA NA 0.9210 3.5
2. 6- Liquid -55.50C 1270C 950C NA NA NA 0.812 NA

ChloroPhenylhexa
none
3. Tetra Isopropyl Liquid 140C 1040C 180C NA NA 746mg/kg 0.97 NA
Titanate
4. Ketoprofen Nitrite Solid 940C NA NA NA NA 62.4mg/kg NA NA
5. Sodium Bromo Solid 2850C NA NA NA NA 6232mg/kg NA NA

Propionate
6. 4-Bromo 2-Flouro Liquid 1140C 3040C 1730C NA NA 800mg/kg 1.219 4.65
Acetanilide
7. 2- Chloro 5 Nitro Solid 1680C NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
Benzioic Acid
8. Sodium 2 ethyl Solid 3000C 1570C NA NA NA 2500mg/kg NA 0.0001
Hexanoate
9. CocamidopropylBe Liquid -80C 1000C 940C NA NA 5000mg/kg 1.043 NA
tanine
10. Glycerol Solid 680C 1000C NA NA NA NA NA NA
Monostearate
11. Sorbiton Mono Liquid -20.560C 579.30 1490C NA NA 38000mg/k 1.068 NA
Oleate C g
12. 1 4 1,2,4 Triozole Solid 1210C 2600C 1700C NA NA 265mg/kg 1.5 6.913

13. 4 Amino 1,2,4 Solid 860C 2600C 1700C NA NA 265mg/kg 1.5 6.91
Triozole
14. Derivatives of 2 Solid 1710C 3600C NA NA NA 300mg/kg 1.242 NA
Mercaptobenziami
dazole
15. 2 Mercapto 5 Solid 2550C 3090C 1400C NA NA 300mg/kg . 1.38 NA
methoxyBenziamid
azole
16. Derivatives of Solid 680C 1000C NA NA NA NA 1.043 NA
Sorbiton Mono
Stearate
17. Sulphanilic Acid Solid 2880C NA NA NA NA 12300mg/k 1.485 NA
g
RAW MATERIALS
Sr. Name of Raw Physical M.P B.P F.P LEL/UEL TLV LD50 Sp. Vapor
No. material State 0C 0C 0C % ppm or (mg/Kg) Gravity Density
mg/m3 LC50 (mg/l) (water=1) (air =1)
1 Ethanol Liquid -1300C 78.20C 120C NA NA NA NA NA
2 Sodium Metal Solid 97.80C 8810C NA NA NA NA 0.97 NA
Dimethyl Solid 1570C NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
3
MelanicAcid Esater Yellow
4 N Propyl Bromide Liquid -240C 710C NA 4% NA 4260mg/kg 1.32 4.3
5 Sulphuric Acid Liquid -1.10C 3300C NA NA NA 510mg/kg 1.843 3.4
6 Toluene Liquid 1110C -950C 8% 5000mg/kg 0.87 3.14
-900C 900C -800C 6% 200PP 5000mg/kg 0.792 1.105
7 Methanol
M
Methyl Aceto Liquid -980C 570C -5.80C 3.1% 760mg/ 5000mg/kg 0.92 2.8
8
Acetate kg
Bromochloro Liquid -59.20C 1450C 450C NA NA 930mg/KG 1.592
9
Propane
10 Pottassium Solid 8910C NA NA NA NA 1870mg/kg 2.29 NA

Carbonate
11 Hydro Chloric Acid Liquid -46.20C 330C NA NA NA 1108mg/kg 1.15 1.267
12 Sodium Carbonate Solid 8540C NA NA NA NA 4090mg/kg 2.29 NA
13 Iso Propyl Alcohol Liquid -88.50C 820C 150C NA NA 5000mg/kg 0.79 2.1
14 N Hexane Liquid -950C 690C -7.60C NA NA 5048mg/kg 0.79 2.1
Titanium Tetra Liquid -250C 1350C NA NA NA 1300mg/kg 1.73 NA
15
Chloride
16 Ammonia Gas NA -28.10C NA 25% 2000mg/kg 0.045 114.4
0 0
17 Benzene Liquid NA 80 C -1.1 C 1.8% NA 4700mg/kg 0.877 2.7
3(1-cynoethyl Solid 1430C0C 0
355 C 1690C NA NA 10000mg/k 1.204 4.21
18
benzoic acid) g
19 Thionyl Chloride Liquid -1040C 760C NA NA NA 324mg/kg 1.638 NA
Aluminium Solid NA NA NA NA NA 3805mg/kg 2.44 NA
20
Chloride
21 Hydrochloric Acid Liquid -46.20C 330C0 NA NA NA 1108mg/kg 1.15 1.267
Sodium Carbonate Liquid 8540C NA NA NA NA 4090mg/kg 2.29 NA
22
Sol
BromoProponic Liquid -20.80C 140.990 56.70 2.9% NA 3500mg/kg 0.9954 2.56
23
Acid C C
24 Toluene Liquid NA 1110C -950C 8% NA 5000mg/kg 0.87 3.14
Solid 72.50C 2320C 104.40 NA NA 100mg/kg 1.169 NA
25 2 Fluro Aniline
C
Liquid -73.10C 139.90 510C 2.7% NA 1780mg/kg 1.08 3.52
26 Acetic Anhydride
C
Sodium Hydroxide Solid 6040C 13900C NA NA NA 1350mg 2.13 NA
27
(NaoH)
28 Bromine Liquid -7.250C 580C NA NA NA 2600mg/kg 3.11 7.1
Methylene Liquid -970C 400C NA 13% NA 162mg/kg 1.33 2.93
30
Dichloride
Chloro Benzoic Solid 1420C NA 173 NA NA 510mg/kg 1.544 NA
31
Acid

32 Nitric Acid Liquid -41.60C 1210C NA NA NA 430mg/kg 1.408 2.50

5% Sodium Liquid NA 1030C NA NA NA 100mg/kg NA NA
33 Bicarbonate
Solution
34 Coconut Oil Liquid 270C NA NA NA NA NA 0.92 NA
Liquid -990C 70C -180C 2.8% 27.6mg 5290mg/kg 0.119 1.6
34 Dimethyl amine
/kg
Sodium Boro Solid NA NA NA NA NA 160mg/kg 1.074 1.3
36
Hydrate
Mono Chloro Solid 630C 1890C 640C NA NA 76mg/KG 1.58 3.26
37
Acetic Acid
38 Caustic Flakes Solid 6040C 13900C NA NA NA 1350mg/kg 2.13 NA
39 Glycerine Liquid NA 1760C 160 NA NA NA 1.261 NA
40 Staric Acid Solid 690C 3610C 1960C NA NA 500mg/kg 8.4 NA
41 Sorbitol 70% Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA .919 NA
Liquid 16.30C 2860C NA NA NA 25000mg/k 0.895 9.7
42 Oleaic Acid
g
43 Fatty Acid Solid 600C 2250C 1800C 350 NA 20mg/kg 0.85 NA
44 Caustic Flake Solid 6040C 13900C NA NA NA 1350mg/kg 2.13 NA
Liquid 8.40C 1000C 37.80 559 NA 729mg/kg 1.21 1.59
45 Formic Acid
C
0
46 Ammonia Gas Gas NA -28.1 C NA 25% NA 2000mg/kg 0.045 114.4
47 Hydrazine Hydrate Liquid -51.70C 1130C 720C 3.5% NA 129mg/kg 1.0 1.0
48 Process Water Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA
0
49 Caustic Lye Liquid NA 145 C 120C NA NA 1350mg/kg 1.48 NA
50 OPDA Solid 103.50C 2570C 1560C 1.5% NA 366mg/kg NA 3.70
51 Carbon Disulphide Liquid -111.60C 46.30C 300C 1.3-50% NA 2780mg/kg 1.2632 2.630
Sodium Liquid 200C 122.80 17.80 4.44% NA 1500mg/kg 1.152 1.17
52 Hydrosulphide C C
Solution-23-30%

4 methoxy 2 nitro Solid 1230C NA 4800C NA NA 14100mg/k 0.56 NA

53
aniline g
55 Ice Solid 00C NA 0 0C NA NA NA .0.95 NA
56 Sorbitol 70 % Liquid NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.919
57 Caustik Flakes Solid 6040C 13900C NA NA NA 1350mg/kg 2.13 NA
Liquid -6.00C 184.10 700C 1.3% NA 250mg/kg 1.0216 3.22
58 Aniline
C

2.3.3 TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS AND FINISHED PRODUCTS
The raw materials and finished goods will be transported through tankers and trucks. There
is well developed road structure in GIDC, Panoli as well as within premises also. No
additional road infrastructure will be required for transportation.
The number of trucks per day for raw material and finished product transportation will be
approx. 10 to 12 trucks. The raw material source will be standard manufacturer or supplier.
Indicative list along with mode of transportation is included in Table 2.7.
TABLE: 2.7
DETAILS OF RAW MATERIAL SOURCE AND METHOD OF TRANSPORTATION
Sr. Name of Raw Material State/Na Source Mode of
No. tion transportation
1 Ethanol Gujarat Kanoria Chemical Ltd Road Tanker
Sodium Metal Private
2 Sodium Metal Gujarat Limited, Vadodara Road Truck
Dimethyl Melanic Acid Leap Lab Chem

3 Gujarat Road Tanker
Esater
4 N Propyl Bromide Gujarat Mahesh Industries Road Tanker
5 Sulphuric Acid Gujarat Birla Copper Ltd Road Tanker
6 Toluene Gujarat Reliance Industries Ltd Road Tanker
7 Methanol Gujarat GNFC LTD Road Tnaker
8 Methyl Aceto Acetate A.P. Choice Organochem Road Tanker
9 Bromochloro Propane Gujarat Dhruv Chem Ind. Road Truck
10 Pottassium Carbonate Gujarat UNIVERSAL CHEM IND Road Truck
11 Hydro Chloric Acid Gujarat GACL LTD Road Tanker
12 Sodium Carbonate Gujarat Nirma Ind. Ltd Road Truck
Reliance Ind.Ltd
13 Iso Propyl Alcohol Gujarat Road Tanker
RIDHDHI SIDHDHI
14 N Hexane Gujarat CHEMICALS Road Tanker
15 Titanium Tetra Chloride Gujarat Triveni Chemicals Road Tanker

16 Ammonia Gujarat Verma Gas Ltd Road Truck
18 Benzene Gujarat Reliance Ind Ltd Road Tanker
3(1-cynoethyl benzoic Biotain Pharma Co Ltd Ship &Road
19 Chaina
acid) Tanker
20 Thionyl Chloride Gujarat Shree Sulphuric Ltd Road Truck
21 Aluminium Chloride Gujarat GACL LTD Road Truck


22 Hydrochloric Acid Gujarat GACL LTD Road Tanker
23 Sodium Carbonate Gujarat Tata Chemical Ind Road Truck
24 BromoProponic Acid Gujarat Dhruv Chem Ind. Road Truck
25 Toluene Gujarat Reliance Industries Ltd Road Tanker
26 Sodium Meythoxide Gujarat Intas Pharma Ltd Road Truck
27 2 Fluro Aniline Gujarat Aarti Industries Ltd Road Truck
28 Acetic Anhydrous Gujarat Luna Chemical Ind. Road Tnaker
Sodium Hydroxide GACL LTD
29 Gujarat Road Truck
(NaOH)
30 Bromine Gujarat Mahesh Ind. P Ltd Road Truck
Maharas M N Global P Ltd
31 Methline Dichloride Road Tanker
tra
32 Chloro Benzoic Acid Gujarat Keshar Emulsion P Ltd Road Truck
33 Nitric Acid Gujarat GNFC LTD Road Tanker
34 5% Sodium Bicarbonate Gujarat Tata Chemical Ind Road Truck
34 Coconut Oil Kerla Dolphin Enterprise Road Truck
Maharas RCF Ltd
36 Dimethyl amine Road Truck
htra
37 Sodium Boro Hydrate Gujrat Gujarat Boron Derivatives Road Truck
38 Caustic Flakes Gujarat GACL LTD Road Truck
Maharas Savita Chemical Ltd
39 Glycerine Roadtruck
htra
40 Staric Acid Gujarat Godrej Ind Ltd Road Truck
41 Sorbitol 70% Gujarat Gulshan Sugar Ltd Road Tanker
Natural
42 Oleaic Acid Malaysia OleochemicalSbnBhd Road Container
43 Fatty Acid Gujarat Godrej Ind Ltd Road Truck

44 Caustic Flake Gujarat GACL LTD Road Truck
45 Formic Acid Gujarat GNFC LTD Road Truck
46 Ammonia Gas Gujarat Verma Gas Ltd Road Truck
47 Hydrazine Hydrate Gujarat Tirupati Enterprise Container Load
48 Caustic Lye Gujarat GACL Ltd Road Truck
49 OPDA Gujarat Aarti Industries Ltd Road Tan
50 Carbon Disulphide Gujarat Aditya Birla Nuvo Ltd Road Tanker
Sodium Hydrosulphide Silicon Industries Ltd
51 Gujarat Road Tnaker
Solution-23-30%


4 methoxy 2 nitro Telanga Quiver Technologies
52 Road Truck
aniline na
53 Sorbitol 70 % Gujarat Gulshan Sugar Ltd Road Tanker
55 Caustik Flakes Gujarat GACL LTD Road Truck
56 Aniline Gujarat GNFC LTD Road Tnaker
2.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.4.1 (A)BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY& REASON FOR
SELECTING THEM
The company will use the Best Available Process Technology (BAT) for the production.
This section includes the manufacturing process of the product, chemical reactions and
mass balance of each product.
The products will be manufactured by unit will be establish since last long and increase the
reaction efficiency up to optimum level in R&D lab. Above all the products are tailor made
products based on literature review and set in R&D. Hence no proposal of alternate process
or technology and currently it is best technology available with the proponent.
2.4.1. (B) MANUFACTURING PROCESS
1. VALPROIC ACID
Brief Manufacturing Process
 Charge ethyl alcohol & sodium metal in SS reactor under stirring at 75C to 80 C and
maintain stirring for 3 hours.
 Then transfer material to GLR reactor & add diethyl Malanic acid & add N propyl
bromide solution within 8 hours & stir it for 1 hr.
 Then distill out ethanol
 Add DM water and stir material for one hour.
 Settle the material & separate out aqueous layer of sodium bromide 25%.
 Stir this material at 80C for 8 hours then charge toluene and Sulphuric Acid and stir for
2 hour at 160 C & settle and separate out aqueous layer.
 Then crude valproic acid for distillation after distillation.
 Pure Valproic Acid packed in drum.

Chemical Reaction
O O CH3 CH3
Na+, C2H5OH
O O
+ Br
CH3 CH3 CH3
Toluene
Diethyl Propanedioate Bromobutane HO O
M.W.=160 M.W.=137 2-Butylhexanoic Acid
M.W.=172
Material Balance
Raw Material Input. Kgs Product Output. Kgs

Ethanol 300 Reaction Mass 568
Sodium Metal 18 COUPLING
Dimethyl Melanic Acid Ester 150 REACTION
N Propyl Bromide 100
Total 568 Total 568
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 568 Reaction Mass 280
DISTILLATION
Ethanol 288
Total 568 Total 568
Input: Output:
EXTRACTION
Water 800 NaBr Solution 25% 812
Total 1080 Total 1080
Input: Output:
LAYER
Sulphuric Acid 25 Water/ effluent 30
SEPERATION
Toluene 500
Total 793 Total 793
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 763 Product 110
DISTILLATION Recovered Toluene 480
Water/ Efflunent 173
Total 763 Total 763

2. 6-CHLORO PHENYL HEXANONE
 Charge methanol, methyl acetoacetate ,bromochloro propane in SS reactor.

 Rise temperature of reaction mass for 40-45 C & maintain it for 2-3 hours.
 Rise the temperature 60-65 C & maintain for 12 hours.
 Recover methanol by simple distillation.
 Charge process water &Sulphuric acid
 Stir the material for 2 hours and then keep it for 1 hour settling & separate layer.
 Wash organic layer with water and transfer the organic material to second reactor for
distillation.
 Then we get 99-100 % pyaran. Then charge HCl& toluene with pyaran in reactor.
 Maintain 80-85 C for 6 hours.
 Cool this reaction mass for 30 C & separate out aqueous layer.
 Wash organic layer with water & separate out water then give wash with 5 % sodium
bicarbonate solution, then separate out aquous layer.
 After that organic material sent to distillation at 100-120 C and we will get 6- chloro
phenyl hexanone.
Chemical Reaction
O
H3C Pottasium Carbonate,
Cl Cl
Methyl Aceto Acetate
Br Methanol, Water
2-bromo-1-chloropropane 6-chloro-1-phenylhexan-1-one
M.W.=157 M.W.=209

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Methanol 1200 Reaction Mass 2700
Methyl Aceto Acetate 400 COUPLING
Bromochloro Propane 500 REACTION
Pottassium Carbonate 600
Input: Output:
DISTILLATION
Methanol Recovered 1150
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1550 EXTRACTION & Reaction Mass 1900
Water 2500 LAYER NaBr Solution 25% 2450
Sulphuric Acid 300 SEPERATION
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1900 LAYER Reaction Mass 2600
Hydro Chloric Acid 1000 SEPERATION & Water/ Efflunent 1000
Toluene 700 EXTRACTION
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 2600 WASHING & Reaction Mass 2600
Sodium Carbonate LAYER
500 Water/ Effluent 500
50% solution SEPERATION
Input: Output:
Residue 50
DISTILLATION
Recovered Toluene 690
Effluent to ETP 1510

3. TETRA ISO PROPYL TITANATE
 Charge Iso Propyl Alcohol & N-hexane into lead bonded reactor.
 Start stirring & maintain temperature 50 C and then charge Titanium tetra chloride & neutral
it by adding ammonia.
 Neutralize then add second lot of Titanium Tetra Chloride.
 Neutral the reaction mass by addition of ammonia. All four lot of titanium tetra chloride
charge and neutral it by ammonia after completion of titanium chloride.
 Check the sample for free chloride.
 Transfer reaction mass to centrifuge & separate filtrate & send to storage tank and remove
ammonium chloride from centrifuge.
 Charge filtrate to SS reactor for reaction mass upto 100 C & distill out N. Hexane to storage
tank
 After rising the temperature of reaction mass upto 15C under vacuum & separate out tetra iso
propyl titanate& send to storage tank.
Chemical Reaction
H3C CH3
Cl O
OH H3C CH3
Cl Ti Cl + 4 + 4 NH3
O Ti O + 4 NH4Cl
Cl H3C CH3 CH3
H3C O
Titanium Isopropyl
Tetrachloride Ammonia
Alcohol H3C CH3
Ammonium
M.W.=190 M.W.=4X60=240 M.W.=4X17=68 Tetra Isopropyl titanate Chloride
M.W.=284 M.W.=4X53.5=214
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Iso Propyl Alcohol 520 Reaction Mass 1850
N Hexane 800
REACTION
Titanium Tetra Chloride 390
Ammonia 140
Input: Output:
CENTRIFUGE
N Hexane 375 Ammonium Chloride 600
Input: Output:
DISTILLATION N-Hexane 1113
Distillation Waste 12

4. KETOPROFEN NITRITE
 Charge benzene, 3(1-cynoethyl benzoic acid), thionyl chloride in SS reactor.

 Stir the reaction mass for 2 hours at 75C to 80 C then after recovered benzene by
simple distillation.
 Charge benzene ,Aluminium Chloride the stir material for 4 hours at 80 C, then
decrease the temperature of reaction mass at 10 C.
 Charge water and HCL in glass lined reactor.
 Separate out aqueous layer, then charge solution of sodium bicarbonate solution.
 Stir it for 2 hours. Then settle for one hour then separate aqueous layer & organic
layer.
 Then charge 1050 lit IPA in reaction mass distilled out benzene & then stir at 60 C &
cool to 10C.
 Send material to centrifuge, give water wash. Then send material to dryer at 45 C.
Chemical Reaction
O
OH Thyonyl Chloride, AlCl3 O

Water, Benzene, IPA
NC CH3 N
3-(1-cyanoethyl)benzoic acid CH3
M.W.=175 2-(4-benzoylphenyl)propanenitrile
M.W.=235

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Benzene 800 Reaction Mass 1675
3(1-cynoethyl benzoic
500 CHLORINATION
acid)
Thionyl Chloride 375
Input: Output:
DISTILLATION Benzene Recovered 780
Loss 20
Input: Output:
Benzene 1650 CONDENSATION
Aluminium Chloride 813
Input: Output:
Water 2000 STIRING Water 2500
Hydrochloric Acid 113
Input: Output:
pH ADJUSTMENT
& LAYER
Sodium Carbonate Sol 1042 Water 1100
SEPERATION
Input: Output:
DISTILLATION Recovered Benzene 1630
Loss 20
Input: Output:
PRECIPITATION
Iso Propyl Alcohol 1050
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 2293 Product Cake 650
Centrifuge Mother
CENTRIFUGE 643
Liquor
Iso Propyl Alcohol 1000
Input: Output:
Product Cake 650 Product Cake 650
M/S. WASHING
WaterJYOTI OM CHEMICAL 600 RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR.
Water 66 600
Input: Output:
Input: Output:
Product Cake 650 Product Cake 650
WASHING
Water 600 Water 600
Input: Output:
Product Cake 650 Product 600
DRYING
Evaporation Loss 50
Total 650 Total 650
5. SODIUM BROMO PROPIONATE

 Charge bromo propionic acid, toluene in reactor& sodium methoxide slowly at
temperature 40-45C within 12 hours.
 After completion of reaction, cool the reaction mass at 25C-30C & then transfer
material to IIndreactor for distillation, recover toluene and methanol at 50 C.
 Add 250 lit toluene & cool this reaction mass & transfer to it for centrifuge.
 Separate toluene as ML & wet cake as product then dry wet cake.
 This is finished product.
Chemical Reaction
H3C O CH3ONa H3C O

+ CH3OH
Br OH Toluene Br O Na
2-bromopropanoic Acid Sodium 2-bromopropanoate Methanol

M.W.=153 M.W.=175 M.W.=32

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Bromo Propionic Acid 300 Reaction Mass 1600
Toluene 1050 COUPLING
Sodium Meythoxide 250
Input: Output:
DISTILLATION
Toluene + Methanol 1000
Input: Output:
Toluene 250 DISTILLATION Toluene 400
Total 850 Total 850
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 450 Wet Cake 350
CENTRIFUGE Toluene 100
Total 450 Total 450
Input: Output:
Wet Cake 350 Product 300
DRYING Evaporation Loss 50
Total 350 Total 350
6. 4 BROMO 2 FLUORO ACETANILIDE
Brief Manufacturing
 Charge 2 fluoro aniline & acetic anhydride at 90-95 C in glass line reactor.
 Charge NaOH slowly in methanol at 45-60 C after completion of reaction then add
slowly bromine then cool reaction mass at 25-30 C.
 Then transfer this reaction mass to centrifuge product & ML separate then wet cake in
dryer at 45 C then pack in drum.
Chemical Reaction
O
O O O
NH2 HN CH3
O CH3
F H3C F
MDC, W ATER
Br
2-Chlorobenzoic Acid 2-Chloro 5 Nitrobenzoic Acid

M.W.=156.5 M.W.=201.5

Material Balance
Input: Output:
2 Fluro Aniline 300 Reaction Mass 2920
Acetic Anhydrous 360
Water 1000
COUPLING
Sodium Hydroxide
270
(NaoH)
Methanol 990
Input: Output:
Bromine 517
BROMINATION
Sodium Hydroxide (NaoH) 100
Water 600
Input: Output:

CENTRIFUGE NaBr Solution 2647
Recovered Methanol 950
Input: Output:
DERYING Evaporation Loss 150
Total 740 Total 740
7. 2 CHLORO 5 NITRO BENZOIC ACID
 Charge MethlineDichloride ,Sulphuric Acid &Chloro benzoic acid.

 Stir the reaction mass at -5C for 2 hours.
 Then charge Nitric Acid at -5C within 12 hours.
 Then sample check for TLC then charge water. Stir for 2 hours, settle and separate
aqueous layer then charge 5 % sodium bicarbonate solution for washing then again
separate aqueous layer.
 Then charge water & methanol, then recover methlineDichloride by distillation then
transfer material for centrifuge, then dry in dryer at 50C temperature.

Chemical Reaction
O OH O OH
H2SO4, HNO3 Cl
Cl
MDC, WATER
O2N
2-Chlorobenzoic Acid 2-Chloro 5 Nitrobenzoic Acid

M.W.=156.5 M.W.=201.5
Material Balance

8. SODIUM 2 ETHYL HEXANOATE
 Prepare 40 % Caustic Solution in reactor, then charge Octoic acid in reactor in

temperature range 40-50 C, control temperature by cooling, then start circulation for 1
hour & maintain pH- 9.2 to 9.5 after maintain pH.
 Charge DM water within 1.5 hours & toluene within 1 hours.
 Then calculate material for 30 minutes & keep for settle for 30 minutes then separate
aqueous layer & toluene layer.
 Transfer aqueous layer to second SS reactor through sparkler filter.
 Circulate material through sparkler filter for 30 minutes and check for pH, it should be
8.8 to 9.3. If require adjust pH
 Then take sample and check for pH & free acidity
 If sample is OK then start water recovery by vaccum simple distillation at temperature
105 C.
 Then cool reaction mass for 70C within 2 hours. Then charge methanol within 1 hour.
 Stir well upto total uniform slurry under cooling upto 50C.
 Then charge 6 kg activated charcoal powder & stir for 30 minutes.
 Keep circulation continue& pH is 6.5 to 8 after evaporation
 When crystal clear liquid collected in reactor in SS reactor for methanol recovery then
unload sodium ethyl hexonate in empty open mouth control
 Then charge material vaccum tray dryer. Start dehumidifier & maintain room humidity
up to 50 RH, maintain dryer temperature 65-70 C.
 After 12 hours check sample for moisture. It should be less than 1% then pulverize in
multi mill & packed in air tight drums.
Chemical Reaction
H3C
H3C CH3 O Na
+ Na OH
HO O O
+ H2O
CH3
Octoic Acid Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Ethyl Hexonoate Water
M.W.=144 M.W.=40
M.W.=166 M.W.=18

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Octoic Acid 380 Reaction Mass 1519
Caustic prill 109 Recovered Toluene 290
D M Water 1000 REACTION
Toluene 300
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1519 Crude wet cake product 480
Water recovery 1039
DISTILLATION
Input: Output:
Methanol 650 PURIFICATION Methanol + Water 680
Input: Output:
Product 450 Product 380
DRYING
Evaporation Loss 70
Total 450 Total 450
9. COCAMIDOPROPYL BETAMINE
 Charge coconut oil & dimethyl amine in SS reactor.

 Start stirring & heating at 50C charge sodium boro hydrate powder under stirring
through manhole.
 At 90 C temperatures reflux will start. Maintain reflux at 130 -135 C for 3 hours then
unreacted amine recovered in receiver.
 Amine content should be 175 to 185 ppm in reaction mass. If it is ok then start cooling
& drop temperature up to 50C to 60C, then store this material in IBC or drum.
 Charge (cocapa) 720 kg is reactor then charge 1200 liter DM water.
 Charge 100 kg caustic flake 100 kg DM water and make 50 % solution of caustic lye.
 Then 230 kg MCAA, dissolve it in 200 lit DM water and make 50% solution
 Then charge caustic solution and MCAA solution simultaneously in rector under
stirring at room temperature
 Then start boiler and rise temperature upto 90-95C and maintain this temperature for
1 to 1.5 hours.

 Then after check sample for NaCl % &pH.

 pH should be 5.6 &Nacl content should be 6-7 ppm. If it is less than 6-7 ppm than
charge more Nacl.
 If all above parameters are maintained then drop temperature of reaction mass 50 – 60
C.
 Check the sample for % of CAPB. If it is more than 37% then charge D M water &
maintain 37% & store in drum or IBC tank.
Chemical Reaction
HO N
+ H2N
O Dodecanoic acid N,N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine
M.W.=200 M.W.=88
N
O
NH
O
Dimethylamino Propyl Amine
M.W.=286 O
ClCH2COOH -
O
NaOH
+
O
N + NaCl
NH
O
Cocamidopropyl betaine Sodium Chloride
M.W.=342.5 M.W.=58.5
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Coconut Oil 2455 Reaction Mass 3670
Water Evaporation
Ist STAGE
Dimethyl amine 1263 Loss 50
REACTION
Sodium Boro Hydrate 2
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 3670 CAPB 12600
D M Water 8000 2nd STAGE Evaporation Loss 70
Mono Chloro Acetic Acid 500 REACTION
Caustic Flakes 500

10. GLYCEROL MONOSTEARATE
 Charge glycerin 660 kg in SS reactor & 2000 kg staric acid.

 Then start heating & rise temperature upto 100C than charge 14 kg caustic flaker
 Charge nitrogen purging at 115C then rise temperature upto 220C for 1 hour.
 Then apply cooling & drop temperature upto 100C and
 Maintain flaker temperature 0C to 10C.
 Flake pack into 25 kg bags
Chemical Reaction
OH
O
CH2 CH CH2 + OH
OH OH
Glycerine Stearic Acid
M. W.= 92 M. W.= 284
O
O
OH + H2O
OH
Glycerol monostearate Water
M. W.= 358 M. W.= 18
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Glycerine 666 Product 2400
Stanic Acid 2000 Ist STAGE Evaporation Loss 280
Caustic Flakes 14 REACTION
11. SORBITON MONO OLEATE
 Charge oleaic acid in SS reactor, then charge sorbitol & charge 1060 kg fatty acid.
 Start heating & rise temperature upto 115C.
 Then charge 7 kg caustic flakes at 140C then start purging Nitrogen gas under stirring.

 Under stirring maintain 240C for 2 hour, then stop heating & down temperature by
cooling at 180C.
 Transfer the material to another reactor & keep it for settling for 2 hours. Separate solid
emulsion from bottom of reactor. Then start stirring & drop temperature upto 90C
Chemical Reaction
OH OH
OH O
HO
+ HO OH
OH OH
Sorbitol Oleaic Acid
M.W.= 182 M.W.= 282
OH
O O
+ 2 H2O
HO O OH
OH OH
Sorbitan Monooleate Water
M.W.= 428 M.W.= 2X18=36
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Sorbitol 70% 1567 Product 3300
Oleaic Acid 1590 Evaporation Loss 924
Fatty Acid 1060 REACTION
Caustic Flake 7
12. 1 H 1,2,4 TRIAZOLE
 Charge 500 kg formic acid in SS reactor. Then slowly pass ammonia gas up to pH 8
then cool this mass at room temperature.

 It gets completely solidification. Then heat this material up to 140C water will be
removed completely.
 Then rise temperature upto 180C.
 Slowly add hydrazine hydrate at 180C within 5 to 6 hours.
 After addition completed, maintain it for 2 hours.
 Then cool to 100C & then unload in SS tray, it will get completely solidify in tray
 Get it wash & load in centrifuge wash with 50 kg chilled methanol
 Then charge material in tray dryer & dry it for 60 to 65 C and then packed it in fiber
drum
Chemical Reaction
2HCOOH + 2NH3 2HCONH2 + 2H2O

Formic Acid Ammonia Formamide Water
M.W.=2X46=92 M.W.=2X17=34 M.W.=2X45=90 M.W.=2X18=36
H
N
2HCONH2 + NH2-NH2.H2O
N + 3H2O + NH3
N
Hydrazine Hydrate 1H-1,2,4 Triazole Water Ammonia

Formamide
M.W.=2X45=90 M.W.=32 M.W.=69 M.W.=3X18=54 M.W.=17

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Formic Acid 500 Reaction Mass 650
AMIDATION
Ammonia Gas 150
Total 650 Total 650
Input: Output:
CONDENSATION
Hydrazine Hydrate 170 Water 310
Total 820 Total 820
Input: Output:
CENTRIFUGE
Mother Liquor 85
Total 510 Total 510
Input: Output:
DRYING Evaporation
Loss 25
Total 425 Total 425
13. 4AMINO 1,2,4 TRIOZOLE

 Charge 1000 kg hydrazine hydrate in SS reactor, then slowly add 860 kg formic acid
between room temperature to 60 C.
 After addition completed increase temperature upto 80 C & maintain it for 2 hours,
then temperature rise slowly upto 140 C.
 Water will be completely removed then cool reaction mass to 80 C & then charge 500
lit IPA.
 Then cool this reaction mass to room temperature & chilled at 10C.
 Then material transfer to centrifuge. Wash the material with 5 liter IPA. Unload
material from centrifuge and send it to dryer.
 Dry this material at 60-65C for 2-3 hours and then pack it in fiber drum.

CHEMICAL REACTION
NH2
2HCOOH NH2-NH2.H2O N N
+ 4H2O
Formic Acid Hydrazine Hydrate N

M.W.=2X46=92 M.W.=2X32=64
4 Amino-1,2,4 Triazole Water
M.W.=84 M.W.=4X18=72
Material Balance
Input: Output:
H Hydrate 1000 Reaction Mass 1080
CONDENSATION
Formic Acid 860 Evaporation Loss 780
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1080 Wet Product 650
Iso Propyl Alcohol 400 WASHING IPA + Water 830
Input: Output:
Product 650 Product 625
CENTRIFUGE
Mother Liquor 25
Total 650 Total 650
Input: Output:
Wet Product 625 Dry Product 600
DRYING
Evaporation Loss 25
Total 625 Total 625

14. 2- MERCAPTOBENZIAMIDAZOLE
Brief manufacturing Process

 Charge water & caustic lye.
 After that charge ortho phenyl diamine at temperature 35-45 C.
 Then charge carbon disulphide in reactor through addition tank. Keep this material
under stirring for 2-3 hours. This exothermic reaction may go upto 40-45 C.
 Start heating and rise temperature of reaction mass upto 80-90 C.
 Stir reaction mass for 1.0 to 1.30 hour. After that check sample for TLC.
 If TLC is OK then apply cooling in jacket of reactor & drop temperature upto 35-40
C.
 Then charge reaction mass in neutch filter & then apply vacuum & remove all mother
liquor and unload material in drums
 Charge kg water in reactor. Then charge wet cake in reactor and caustic lye.
 Stir the mass for 15-20 minutes. Check the clarity of solution. It should clear and then
charge activated carbon in reactor & stir the reaction mass for 1 hour.
 Start filtration through sparkler filter& then check the clarity of material.
 If it is clear than transfer this mass to second reactor & adjust the pH 4.0 & 5.0
 Then charge material in centrifuge & wash it with water in centrifuge. Then unload
material & charge in dryer FBD/ tray dryer and maintain temperature 75C.
Chemical Reaction
H2N H2N
H2N
+ CS2 HS
H2N
+ H2S
O-Phenyl Diamine Carbon Diasulfide 2 Mercaptobeziamidazole Hydrogen sulfide

M.W.=108 M.W.=176 M.W.=150 M.W.=34

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Process Water (1000
kg water from 1000 Reaction Mass 1255
Purification)
Caustic Lye 330 SSR I Water 825
OPDA 400
Carbon disulphide 350
Input: Output:
Water from WASHING
Water 250
purification 245
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1250 Crude MBI 935
Water 200 Effluent 1245
Caustic Lye 330 PURIFICATION
Hydro Chloric Acid 400

Input: Output:
Crude MBI 935 Wet Cake of 2 MBI 935
Water (1000 kg to Water 1000
1000 WASHING
reuse in next batch)
Input: Output:
Wet Cake of 2 MBI 935 DRYING Dry Product 537

Evaporation Loss 398
Total 935 Total 935

15. 2 MERCAPTO 5 METHOXY BENZIAMIDAZOLE
 Charge 2100 kg Sodium Hydro Sulphide Solution. Apply steam and raise temperature
up to 55C then stop heating & charge 1050 kg methoxy 2 nitro amine slowly with in 1
to 2.5 hour.
 Maintain reaction mass under stirring at temperature 90-100 C for 2 hours.
 Then check sample for TLC. If TLC is Ok then cool reaction mass upto 40-50 C. Stop
stirring & settle reaction mass for 3.0 hours & separate bottom aqua layer & charge
1200 kg process water in organic mass & 540 kg caustic lye in reactor & charge 900
kg ice in reactor.
 Cool reaction mass upto 15-20 C. Then stop stirring & add 560 kg CS2 slowly with 30
minute and then start stirring & maintain reaction mass for 3 hours at temperature 40-
45C.
 Then apply heating & rise temperature upto 85-90 C for 1 hour and then sample for
TLC.
 If TLC is Ok then down temperature upto 35-40 C.
 Then transfer reaction mass to neutch filter and apply vacuum to neutch filter &
remove all mother liquor, then give wash to material by 1000 lit water upto pH turns
neutral and then remove crude material & store in drum only 1450 kg
 Charge 3000 liter water & 725 kg crude material in reactor with 325 kg 48 % caustic
lye solution.
 Stir it for 10-15 minute then check clarity of material
 Solution should be clear, if it not found clear then add more caustic lye solution and 30
kg charcoal powder in reaction mass & apply steam. Rise temperature to 50-60C.
Keep this material under stirring for 1 hour and then transfer this solution to second
reactor through sparkler filter.
 After completion of filtration wash reactor with 800 lit water and collect filtrate
through sparkler filter till PPT is absent in washing water.
 Then charge 10-12 kg sodium hydro sulphite into filtrate. Meanwhile charge 500 kg
HCL slowly in reaction mass & adjust pH 6.5-6.0.
 Then stir reaction mass for 40 minutes. Then transfer this reaction mass neutch filter.
 Wash reactor with water. Remove all mother liquor by applying vacuum in neutch
filter & give water wash to material until pH turns neutral.
 Water come out of centrifuge material & dry in FBD/try dryer & pack in 25 kg bags.
Chemical Reaction
O H
+ H2N N
- N O Na2S2O3 CS2/NaOH
O HS
N O
H2N O
H2N
(4-methoxy-2-nitrophenyl)amine 4-methoxybenzene-1,2-diamine 2-mercapto-5-methoxy-

M.W.=138 1H-benzimidazole
M.W.=168
M.W.=180

Material Balance
Input: Output:
Sodium Hydrosulphide
2100 Reaction Mass 1000
Solution-23-30% SSR-1 REACTION I
4 methoxy 2 nitro 1050 Water 2150
aniline
Input: Output:
Water 500 Water 1950
Caustic Lye 540 SSR-II REACTION II
Ice 900
Carbon Disulphide 560
Input: Output:
Reaction Mass 1550 Crude MBI 1550
PURIFICATION
Caustic Lye 48 % 650
Hydrochloric Acid 1000
Input: Output:
Crude MBI 1550 Crude MBI 1500
WASHING
Input: Output:
Wet 2 MBI 1500 Product 1050
DRYING Evaporation
Loss 450

16. SORBITON MONO STEARATE
 Charge 1235 kg sorbitol 70% in reactor and then charge 1900 kg staric acid.
 Start heating upto 100 C and start stirrer. Than charge caustic flake at 140C then
close manhole of reactor & start nitrogen purging and rise temperature upto 220 C.
Maintain temperature upto 220C for 15-30 minute and then cool this material upto
180C.
 Transfer this material to second rector & keep it for settling for 2 hours.
 Separate solid emulsion from bottom valve of reactor. Then start cooling and drop
temperature upto 95C and then pack in 25 kg bags.
Chemical Reaction
OH OH
OH O
HO
+ OH
OH OH
Sorbitol Stearic Acid
M. W.= 284
M.W.= 182
OH
O O
O
+ 2 H2O
OH
OH OH
Sorbitan Monostearate Water
M.W.= 428 M.W.= 2X18=36
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Sorbitol 70 % 1235 Reaction Mass 2300
Stanic Acid 1900 REACTION Evaporation Loss 840
Caustik Flakes 5

17. SULPHANILIC ACID
 Charge 370 kg sulphuric acid & 350 kg aniline in ball mill.

 Then start heating for 3 hours and check reaction mass for free Aniline.
 If there is free aniline in reaction mass then charge sulphamic acid according to mole
ratio. When free aniline is remain 0.2 to 0.5% maximum then stop heating & discharge
the product from manhole of ball mill & pack in 50 kg HDPE woven bags.
Chemical Reaction
O
NH2 OH
S

O
+ H2SO4 + H2O
H2N
Aniline Sulphuric Acid Sulphanilic Acid Water

M.W.=93 M.W.=98 M.W.=173 M.W.=18
Material Balance
Input: Output:
Aniline 340 Reaction Mass 630
Sulphuric Acid 360 REACTION Evaporation Loss 70
Total 700 Total 700
2.5 MAGEMENT PLAN FOR BY PRODUCTS
There will not be any by-product generated.

2.6 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
A solvent recovery system comprises of two stage heat exchangers. Cooling tower water
will be circulated in primary heat exchanger and in secondary heat exchanger chilled water
circulation will be done. The uncondensed solvent after the secondary heat exchanger will
be diverted to water scrubber. The traces of solvent will get dissolved in water. On getting
saturation, the solvent mix water will be subjected for recovery of solvent (if feasible)
and/or water will be diverted to ETP plant for further treatment. The remaining air will be
passed through carbon tower. The process will ensure no VOC emission from solvent
recovery system. Solvent recovery plant will be designed to recover the solvent from the
mother liquor. Plant will work efficiently with approx.90 to 99 % recovery. Recovered
solvent will be reused in next batch. There will no loss in the atmosphere. Details of
solvents to be used and recoveredas per worst case scenario are given in below Table. 2.8.
Diagram for solvent recovery system is shown in Figure 2.1.

FIGURE: 2.1
FLOW DIAGRAM OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM
VOC Vent
Cooling Tower Line
Chilled Water
Circulation Spray
Primary Secondary
Condenser Condenser
Receiver
Un
Reactor scrubbed
VOCs
Water Tank
Carbon
Adsorption tower

TABLE: 2.8
DETAILS OF SOLVENTS TO BE USED AND RECOVERED
Sr. Name of Product Name of Solvent Product Solvent Solvent Solvent Percentage
No. used Quantity in Quantity recovered Recovered Recovery
MT/Month used in ton Quantity in Quantity in
per ton of Ton per ton MT/Month
product of product
1. Ethanol 2.73 2.62 13.09 95.97

Valproic Acid 5
Toluene 4.55 4.36 21.82 95.82
2. 6 Chloro phenyl Methanol 3.43 3.29 16.45 95.91
5
hexanone Toluene 2 1.97 9.86 98.5
3. Tetra Isopropyl Hexane 2.35 2.23 223 95
100
Titanate
4. Ketoprofen Nitrile Iso Propyl Alcohol 5 1.75 1.67 8 95.42
5. Sodium Bromo Toluene 4.33 4.17 41.7 96.3
10
Propionate
6. 4-Bromo 2-Flouro Methanol 1.68 1.61 16.1 95.83
10
Acetanilide
7. Methylene 2.86 2.84 28.4 99.30
2-Chloro 5 Nitro
Dichloride 10
Benzoic Acid
Methanol 1.71 1.69 17 98.83
8. Sodium 2 Ethyl Toluene 0.79 0.76 7.6 96.20
10
Hexanoate Methanol 1.71 1.66 16.6 97.07
9. 4 Amino 1,2,4 Iso Propyl Alcohol 0.67 0.64 6.4 95.52
10
Triozole

2.6.1 COMPLIANCE OFSPENT SOLVENT GUIDELINES
The solvent recovery is the part of the process. Unit has not proposed to install separate
solvent recovery unit. Even though, unit will follow the solvent recovery guidelines. Brief
compilation of guidelines is given in Table 2.9.
TABLE: 2.9
COMPLIANCE OF SPENT SOLVENT GUIDELINES, GPCB
SR. GUIDELINE COMPLIANCE

NO.
7.2 On site and Off site Distillation units:
A. Technical aspects for distillation : On site Distillation units.
i. Solvent recovery shall not be less than 95% Noted by the unit.
under any case and shall be upgraded
gradually to achieve 99% recovery.
ii. Distillation of spent solvents should be Noted by the unit.
done by vacuum distillation and facility Unit will do distillation under closed
shall include close circuit dry vacuum circuit with using dry vacuum pump
pump, minimum two condensers with along with condenser with chilled
second condenser using chilled water / water/ brine solution as cooling media.
brine solution ascooling media.
iii. The condensers shall be provided with Condenser will be provided with
sufficient Heat Transfer Area and residence sufficient Heat Transfer Area and
time so as to achieve more than 95% residence time to achieve more than
recovery and upgrade it to 99%. 95 % recovery and up gradation it to
99.
iv. Solvents shall be stored in a separate space Solvents will be stored at designated
specified with all safety measures. It shall place with adequate spillage
be transferred through solvent transfer containment facility & adequate
pump. firefighting arrangements.
v. During loading and unloading of spent Solvent loading & unloading of
solvent / distilled solvent from tanker to distilled solvent from tanker to storage
storage tank or storage tank to tanker, vent tank or storage tank to tanker, vent of
of both (i.e. storage tank /tanker) shall be both (i.e. storage tank/ tanker) will be
connected to each other so as to minimize connected to each other for minimum
VOC emission. VOC emission.
vi. The solvent storage tanks shall be provided Solvent storage tanks will be provided
with breather valve to prevent losses. Vent with breather valve to prevent losses.
of all storage tanks (for spent solvent Vent of all storage tanks (for distilled
/Distilled solvent) shall be connected solvent) will be connected through
through condenser. condenser.


NO.
vii. Normally spent solvents shall be stored in Unit will be using distilled solvent for
dedicated tanks. In case of storage of spent process. Distilled solvent will be
solvent in drum is required, it shall be done stored in leak proof drums in good
in leak proof drums in good condition with condition with tightly closed lids/ caps
tightly closed lids / caps and stored in close and stored in close shed having
shed having adequate safety measures. adequate safety measures.
Nomenclature and proper label pasted on Nomenclature and proper label pasted
them indicating name of solvent, date of on them indicating name of solvent,
generation, batch no, quantity etc. shall be date of generation, batch no, quantity
made on each of the storage unit. etc. will be made on each of the
storage unit.
viii. Vents of reaction vessels, centrifuges, Noted by the unit.
condensers etc. which are the potential We will provided proper vent and
sources of the VOC, shall be connected to which are the potential sources of the
proper air pollution control measures like VOC, will be provide APCM system.
activated charcoal tower.
ix. The vent of the condenser shall be 6m Noted by the unit.
above the roof top.
x. Reactor and solvent handling pump shall Reactors and solvent handling pumps
have proper seals to prevent leakages. will have proper seals to prevent
leakages.
xi. Entire Plant shall be flame proof. Proper Entire plant will be flame proof.
earthing shall be provided in all the Proper earthing will be provided in all
electrical equipment wherever solvent the electrical equipment wherever
handing is done. All storage tanks and solvent handling will be done. All
vehicles shall be fitted with spark arrestors. storage tanks and vehicles will be
fitted with spark arrestors.
xii. For drying of solid products containing Noted by the unit.
solvents, tray dryers or fluidized bed dryer
with vents open to atmosphere should not
be used. Instead dryers
(Like RVCD, VTD, Vacuum agitated
nutch filters etc.) with facility of solvents
recovery from exhaust air shall be used. If
required, vent / stack after solvent
recovery, shall be connected to activated
charcoal tower for theprevention of the
VOC.
xiii. Every Distillation facility shall have VOC VOC monitoring facility will be
monitoring facility. VOC monitoringshall provided and regular monitoring will
be regulatory carried out and its record be done at periodic intervals & records
shall be maintained. will be maintained for the same.


NO.
xiv. All efforts shall be carried out to control Noted by the unit.
the odour nuisance from the processes.
xv. The unit shall comply with work zone Agreed & Noted by Unit.
standards as per The Factories Act and
Gujarat Factories Rules.
B.Management aspects for Distillation unit (Both off site and onsite):
i. The distillation unit shall maintain the Records of receipt, management and
records of receipt, management and disposal of the all the solvents in the
disposal of the all the solvents in the prescribed format will be maintained.
prescribed format as per Annexure- II
attached herewith and shall produce to the
Gujarat Pollution Control Board (Board) /
Authority as and when demanded.
ii. In case of off-site toll distillation, entire Noted by the unit.
quantity of distillation residue, condensate The distillation residue will be
etc. shall be collected / lifted back by disposed through co-processing /
generating unit from the outsourced incineration.
distillation unit to which solvents were
given for distillation. In the case of the
independent off site distillation unit, the
distillation residue shall be disposed
through co-processing / incineration.
iii. Recovered solvent shall be either used in- Distilled solvent will be sold to actual
house or sold to the actual user. Only the users or traders. Distilled solvent not
recovered solvents not suitable for reuse suitable for reuse (by actual user) will
(in-house or by actual user) shall be be reused in process.
disposed-off through co-processing or else
shall be incinerated following the
requirement of the prevailing Acts and
Rules.
iv. As per hazardous waste rule 2008, spent Not Applicable. 97% Purity/ Pure
solvents (before distillation) and solvent is not falling under any
Recovered solvents along with other schedule of Hazardous Waste Rule
hazardous wastes generating from the 2008. There will be no applicability of
process shall not be stored for more than solvent storage guideline to the unit.
90 days. The time may be extended with
prior permission of the Board as per
provisions of the Hazardous wastes
(Management, Handling & Trans
Boundary Movement) Rules, 2008.
v. Selling of the spent solvent, recovered Distilled solvent will be sold to end


NO.
solvent to the traders is not permitted but users.
such sale shall be executed directly to the
authorized actual users / units.
C. Specific Conditions to be followed by Offsite Distillation Unit:
i.. Off-site distillation units shall not have any Not Applicable.
drainage connection (other than for
disposal of sewage). An undertaking by
owner of unit in this regard shallbe
submitted to Board. If the unit is located in
any of the GIDC, a certificate from GIDC
authorities shall be furnished to the Board.
Offsite Distillation unit shall strictly
observe zero liquid discharge (ZLD) status.
ii. Offsite Distillation unit shall obtain the Not Applicable.
permission of the Central Pollution Control
Board under rule 11 of the Hazardous
Wastes (MH & TM) Rules- 2008.
iii. The distillation unit shall submit a Not Applicable.
notarized undertaking as per the format
given in Annexure B.
7.3Actual user of spent / Recovered Solvent
(other than generator and / offsite distillation unit:
i.. The unit shall be actual and genuine user of Noted by Unit.
the recovered solvent.
ii. The unit shall maintain the record of the Noted by Unit.
receipt and use of the recovered solvent in
the prescribed format as per Annexure- I
attached herewith and shall produce to the
Gujarat Pollution Control Board (Board) /
Authority as and when demanded.
iii. Transportation of recovered / spent solvent Noted by Unit.
shall be done through authorized vehicles Transportat6ion of distilled solvent
only following the guideline prescribed in will be done as per guidelines.
Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling
& Trans Boundary Movement) Rules,
2008. Such vehicles shall be GPS enabled.

2.7 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT

2.7.1 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES (LAND)
The total plot area of the unit is 3089 sq. m. The greenbelt area will be1089.5 sq. m.
Details of breakup of plot area are covered under following Table 2.10. Adequate green
belt is kept in periphery and provision of two gates is also kept.
TABLE: 2.10
LAND USE BREAK UP OF TOTAL PLOT AREA
Sr. Title Area in m2 % of Total Area
No.
1. Admin & warehouse-A 150 4.86
2. Plant-B 225 7.28
3. Plant-C 150 4.86
4. ETP-D 144 4.66
5. MEE Plant-E 200 6.47
6. Ammonia Storage-F 35 1.13
7. Tank Farm-G 180 5.83
8. Utility-H 150 4.86
9. Security Cabin -I 16 0.52
10. Green Belt 1089.5 35.27
11. Parking 72 2.33
12. Road 617 19.97
13. Open Space 60.50 1.96
TOTAL 3089 100.00
2.7.2 DETAILS OF FUEL AND ELECTRICITY CONSUMPTION
The energy requirement in terms of power and fuel for proposed unit is shown in following
Table 2.11.
TABLE: 2.11
FUEL CONSUMPTION & ELECTICITY CONSUMPTION
Sr. Fuel Requirement Remark

No.
Electricity
1. Electricity Connected Load 150 KVA DGVCL Company
Fuel
2. Natural Gas for Boiler & TFH 2100 NM3/Hr Local Supplier
3. Bio Fuel/ Bio Coal 4.2 MT/day
4. Diesel 50 Lit/d

2.7.3 DETAILS OF ENERGY DISTRIBUTION/UTILISATION
Details of energy distribution are given in below Table 2.12.

TABLE: 2.12
ENERGY REQUIREMENT
Sr.
Name of Equipments Connected Electricity load in HP
No.
1. Reactors 44
2. Cooling Tower 7.5
3. Boiler 5.0
4. Dryer 5.0
5. Filter press NA
6. Pumps & Motors 25
7. Pulverizer 3
8. ETP 10
9. Centrifuge 15
10 Chilling plant 25
11 Thermic Fluid 5
12 Ball mill 15
TOTAL 150

2.7.4 UTILITIES
The project the utilities to be installed will be Cooling tower, Compressor and Chilling plant. Details of utilities are given in below Table 2.13.
TABLE: 2.13
DETAILS OF UTILITIES
Sr. Name of Capacity MOC Nos. Fuel APCM Pollutant Concentration Concentration
No. Utilities before APCM After APCM
1. Steam 1TPH MS 1 Natural PM 200-250 mg/NM3 125-150mg/NM3
Boiler Gas/Bio-coal Bag Filter SO2 80-100 PPM 80-100 PPM
NOx 40-50 PPM 40-50 PPM
2. TFH PM 200-250 mg/NM3 125-150mg/NM3
250000 Natural
MS 1 Bag Filter SO2 80-100 PPM 80-100 PPM
Kcal/Hr Gas/Bio-coal
NOx 40-50 PPM 40-50 PPM
3. D.G.Set 250 KVA MS 1 Bio-coal Adequate PM 200-250 mg/NM3 125-150mg/NM3
Stack height SO2 80-100 PPM 80-100 PPM
NOx 40-50 PPM 40-50 PPM
Cooling Electricity- -- -- -- --
4. 50 KLD -- 2
tower
Air -- -- -- --
5. 100 CFM MS 5 Electricity-
compressor
Vacuum -- -- -- --
6. 100 M3/Hrs MS 5 Electricity-
pump
Vacuum SS/gra -- -- -- --
7. 50 M3/Hrs 4 Electricity-
pump phite

*Technical details of Bag Filter along with it adequacy, details of its operational controls with DCS, system for online monitoring of the pollutants
from the stack etc are covered in chapter 8. Details of provisions to be kept in Bag Filter to ensure that in any case the air emission does not cross
the GPCB norms including preventive maintenance, failure / tripping control system, guarantee from the APCM supplier.

2.7.5 MANPOWER
The manpower required for the project as well as during the construction/ commissioning
activities will be employed from the local area. The man power requirement is shown in
Table no. 2.14.
TABLE: 2.14
MAN POWER REQUIREMENT
Phase of Project Type of Labor No. of Workers

(Proposed Scenario)
During Construction Contractual 50
During Commissioning Contractual 30
During Operations Managerial 5
Skilled 10
Un-Skilled 15
2.7.6 EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES
The list of major proposed equipments/machineries likely to be installed at the proposed

site is given in Table no. 2.15.
TABLE: 2.15
PROPOSED EQUIPMENTS/MACHINERIES
Quantity in
Sr. No. Name of utilities Capacity MOC
Number
1 Reactor 6KL 4 SS316
2 Reactor 6KL 2 GLASS LINED
3 Reactor 4KL 5 SS316
4. Reactor 3KL 2 SS316
5 Reactor 6KL 2 MSLB
6 Reactor 5 KL 2 PP /FRP
7 Reactor 2 KL 1 GLASS LINED
8 Centrifuge 48” 2 SS316
9 Chilling Plant 25 TR 1 MS
10 Cooling Tower 50TR 1 PP/FRP
11 Steam Boiler 800KG/HR 1 MS
12 TFH 300000KCAL/HR 1 MS
15 Trey Dryer 36TREY 1 SS316
16 Ball Mill 1000KG 2 MS
17 FBD 200KG/HR 1 SS316
18 Sparkler Filtr 18 1 SS316
19 Crystalliser 6KL 2 PP/FRP

2.7.7 WATER REQUIREMENT
Water consumption will beprimarily for processing, washing, boiler, cooling tower,
gardening and domestic purpose. The existing fresh water requirement for domestic and
industrial purpose is met through GIDC water supply. GIDC has its own water reservoir
and distribution network throughout the GIDC Estate. A letter from GIDC stating that the
proposed additional quantity of water will be provided and it is attached asAnnexure–VII.
Total water consumption will be 63 KL/day (35.5 KL/day of fresh water + 27.5 KL/day of
recycled water). Stream wise bifurcation of water consumption is given in Table 2.16 and
water balance diagramisgiven in Figure 2.2& 2.3.
TABLE: 2.16
DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION
Sr. Particulars Total Water Consumption KL/Day

No Fresh Recycle Total
1. Domestic 10 0 10
2. Gardening 10 0 10
3. Industrial
Process 3 13 16
Boiler 10 0 10
Cooling 2.5 12.5 15
Other (for scrubber)* 0 2 2
Total Industrial 15.5 27.5 43
TOTAL 35.5 27.5 63
(Domestic +
Gardening +
Industrial)

FIGURE: 2.2
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
Total water consumption 63 KL/Day Recycled Water 27.5 KL/Day

(Fresh Water 35.5KL/Day + Recycle 27.5 KL/Day)
Process 16 KL/Day Water for scrubber Cooling Tower 15KL/Day Boiler Gardening Domestic
(Fresh 3 Kl & Re.13 Kl) 2KL/Day (Re.2 Kl) (Fresh 2.5 Kl & Re.12.5KL) 15KL/Day 10KL/Day 10 KL/Day
Loss 14KLD
(Fresh Kl& Re. Kl)
Effluent Effluent Blow down Blow down Loss
25 KL/Day 2KL/Day Septic
1 KL/Day 1 KL/Day 14 KL/Day
Tank/Soak Pit
4 KL/Day
Effluent Treatment Plant 29
92 KL/Day
ETP Sludge
1KL/Day
RO
RO85
28 RO Permeate Recovered Water21 KL/Day
RO Reject 7 KL/Day KL/Day 21 KL/Day
To TSDF
Recovered Water6.5 KL/Day

MEE MEE Condensate
MEE Salt
7KL/Day 6.5 KL/Day
0.5 KL/Day

2.8 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT
The details of proposed plant waste water generation are given in below Table 2.17.
2.8.1 WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS
The waste water generation from industrial activities will be 29 KL/Day. The concentrated
process effluent and washing waterwill be treated in unit’s own ETP having primary,
secondary and tertiary treatment. Detail of ETP plant is given in Chapter 8.The ETP treated
water27KL/Day will be send to RO plant and the RO permeate water 21 KL/Day will be
recycle. RO reject water 7KL/Day will be send to MEE. MEE condensate will be reuse and
MEE salt will be disposed at TSDF site along with ETP sludge.
The details of waste water generation are given in below Table 2.17.
TABLE: 2.17
DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION
Sr. No. Particulars Total Waste Water Generation

KL/Day
1. Domestic 4
2. Gardening 0
3. Industrial
Process 25
Boiler 1
Cooling Tower 1
Other (for scrubber) 2
Total Industrial 29
TOTAL 33
(Domestic + Industrial)

TABLE: 2.18
DETAILS OF PRODUCT WISE WASTE WATER GENERATION WITH QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF
THE EACH WASTE STREAM
Sr. Name of Products Quantity of pH COD in COD in BOD BOD in TSS in TSS in TDS in TDS in
No. effluent in mg/L KG/Day in KG/Day mg/L KG/Day mg/L KG/Day
KL/Day mg/L
1. 2 Mercapto 6.5-7.0 9020 138.90 2706 41.672 350 5.390 1120 17.248
15.4
5Methoxybenziami
2. 2Mercapto 6.5-7.0 8100 37.26 2630 12.098 420 1.932 1470 6.762
4.6
Benziamidazole
3. 4Amino 1,2,4 6.0-7.0 4972 0.9944 1491 0.2982 230 0.046 970 0.194
0.2
Triozole
4. Valproic Acid 0.2 5.5-6.5 5225 1.045 1567.5 0.3135 220 0.044 1050 0.21
5. 6 Chloro Phenyl 6.5-7.0 977 0.8793 294 0.2646 120 0.108 250 0.225
0.9
Hexanone
6. Ketoprofen Nitrile 0.7 6.5-7.0 1147 0.8029 344 0.2408 110 0.077 320 0.224
7. 2-Chloro 5 Nitro 6.5-7.0 683 1.9807 205 0.5945 260 0.754 185 0.5365
2.9
Benzoic Acid
8. 1H 1,2,4 Triozole 0.3 6.5-7.0 1833 0.5499 550 0.165 140 0.042 420 0.126
*Effluent will be generated from the above product and from other products no effluent will be generated.

TABLE: 2.19
DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION WITH QUALITATIVE AND

QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF EACH WASTE STREAM
Sr. Source of Waste Quantity in Quality Effluent load
No. Water Generation KL/Day in Kg/day*
1. Boiler blow down 1 pH:8-9.5 --
TSS:50-100 mg/L 0.1
COD:50-80 mg/L 0.08
Cooling Tower blow 1 pH:8-9.5 --
2. down TSS:50-100 mg/L 0.1
COD:100-300mg/L 0.3
3. Scrubber 1 pH:4-9 --
TSS:250-400 mg/L 0.4
COD:3500-5000 mg/L 5
4. Process 25 pH:4-9 --
TSS:250-450 mg/L 11.25
COD:5000-7000 mg/L 150
Note: *Load is calculated based on highest value.
2.8.1.1 EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLAN
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The wastewater stream will be collected in a collection sump from where it will be
pumped to oil and grease trap to remove free oil from the raw effluent. After oil and
grease removal the effluent goes to equalization cum neutralization tank where lime and
alum dosing will be done. The effluent will be pumped from equalization cum
neutralization tank & filtered through filter press. The filtered clear effluent will go to
aeration tank for activated sludge biological treatment. To maintain biomass
concentration in aeration tank active sludge from the clarifier will be partly recirculated in
aeration tank. The effluent will be passed through sand filter and carbon filter for further
reduction of COD. Treated effluent will be again passed from R.O. treatment. Permeate
will be sent for reuse where as the reject will be sent to MEE plant.MEE condensate is
reuse and MEE salt will be disposed at TSDF site.

EFFLUENT TREATMENT FLOW DIAGRAM

FLOW DIAGRAM AND HYDROULIC FLOW DIAGRAM OF
EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT
CHEMICAL SOLUTION TANK

M.C.C
TO SAND AND CARBON FILTER
ALUM CHEMICAL HOUSE
RAW EFFLUENT LIME

FROM PLANT Primary Secondary
Aeration
Aeration
tank
Stripper PUMP
PUMP tank
COLLECTION OIL COLLECTED IN DRUMS
SUMP NO. 1 OIL & GREASE TRAP
(IN PRODUCTION PLANT) EQUALISATION CUM
NEUTRALISATION TANK PRIMARY HOPPER
Water BOTTOM SETTLING TANK
Sludge
Filter Press PRIMARY
Sludge to TSDF
CLARIFIER
SLUDGE RECIRCULATION
V - NOTCH Recycle to Premises
CHAMBER Sludge
RO Permeate
ACTIVATED SLUDGE MEE
RECIRCULATION Permeate
FINAL CLARIFIER
Sand Carbon RO MEE
PUMP
Filter Filter Salt to TSDF site
RO RO Rejected

PARTICULARS OF EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT

Sr. No. Description Nos. Capacity
1 Collection Tank 2 45 m3
2 Oil & Grease Trap 1 15 m3
3 Equalization and Neutralization tank 2 45 m3
4 Collection Sump 1 30 m3
5 Lime soln preparation tank 1 2m3
6 Alum soln preparation tank 1 1m3
9 Primary clarifier 1 30 m3
10 Primary aeration tank 2 30 m3
11 Secondary aeration tank 1 30 m3
12 Secondary clarifier 1 30 m3
13 Pressure Sand Filter 1 15 m2
14 Carbon filter 1 15 m2
15 RO Shed 1 15 m2
16 RO rejection tank 1 10 m3
21 RO permeate tank 1 25 m3
22 MEE plant 1 10 m3
23 MEE Condensate tank 1 10 m3
24 Operator room 1 18m2
25 Hazardous Waste area 1 20 m2
EFFLUENT QUALITY AT CONVENTIONAL ETP

Sr. Before Design Primary Secondary Tertiary
Parameters
No. Treatment Consideration Outlet Outlet Outlet
1 pH 4-6 4-6 6.5-7.5 6.5-7.5 6.8-7.5
2 T.D.S in 7000-9000 9000 7650 7497 6673
mg/L
3 T.S.S. in 800-100 981 87 77 75
mg/L
4 C.O.D. in 5000-6000 5450 3276 612 500
mg/L
EFFLUENT QUALITY AT R.O.

Sr. Before
Parameters Permeate Reject
No. Treatment
1 pH 6.8-7.5 6.8-7.5 6.8-7.5
2 T.S.S in mg/L < 80 <30 < 250
3 T.D.S. in mg/L < 7000 < 1500 <28000
4 C.O.D. in mg/L <500 < 75 <850

EFFLUENT QUALITY AT MEE

Sr. No. Parameters MEE Inlet MEE condensate
1 pH 6.8-7.5 6.8-7.5
2 T.S.S in mg/L < 250 <30
3 T.D.S. in mg/L <28000 < 1200
4 C.O.D. in mg/L <850 < 100
2.8.1.1 Adequacy for ZLD:
The waste water generation from industrial activities will be 29 KL/Day.The concentrated
process effluent and washing water will be treated in unit’s own ETP having primary,
secondary and tertiary treatment. The ETP treated water27KL/Day will be send to RO
plant and the RO permeate water 21 KL/Day will be recycle. RO reject water 7KL/Day
will be send to MEE. MEE condensate will be reuse and MEE salt will be disposed at
TSDF site along with ETP sludge. The stage wise charactestics of effluent is given in
above table. The Charactestics of RO permeate and MEE condensate is usable in process,
washing and cooling tower. The cost of effluent treatment will be 0.31Rs./Lit of effluent.
So, the provided ETP system is adequate for ZLD.
2.8.2 SEWAGE GENERATION OR DOMESTIC WASTE WATER
Sewage generation will be 4 KL/Day will be send to soak pit.
2.9GASEOUS EMISSION
The source of air pollution will be in a form of flue gas emission and process emission.
To control the emission of pollutants from these sources, scrubbers and stacks are
installed of appropriate height and diameter.
2.9.1 FLUE GAS EMISSION
A common stack will be attached to Boiler (1 TPH, Natural Gas/ Biocoal based) and
Thermic Fluid Heater (TFH) (2, 50,000 Lack K cal/hr, Natural Gas/ Bio coal based). A
stack attached to 250 KVA D.G. Set.
Details of stack height, fuel consumption, air pollution control system etc. are shown in
below Table 2.20.

TABLE: 2.20
DETAILS OF FLUE GAS EMISSION

Sr. Stack Stack Type of Fuel Type of Permissible APCM
No. attached Height fuel consumption emission Limit
to (m)
1. Steam 30 m Natural 33 NM3/hr ---
Boiler Gas 800 NM3/Day SPM 150 mg/Nm 3
(1 TPH) OR SO2 100 ppm

Biocoal 0.15 MT/Hr NO2 50 ppm Bag Filter
4 MT/Day
2. TFH 11 m Natural 33 NM3/hr ---
(250000 Gas 800 NM3/Day SPM 150 mg/Nm 3
Kcal/Hr) OR SO2 100 ppm

Biocoal 0.15 MT/Hr NO2 50 ppm Bag Filter
4 MT/Day
3. D.G.Set 11 m Diesel 50 Liter/Hr SPM 150 mg/Nm3 Adequate
(250 SO2 100 ppm stack height
KVA) NO2 50 ppm
(1Nos.)
Note:DG sets will be run only in case of electricity failure.
2.9.2 PROCESS GAS EMISSION
PROPOSED PROCESS GAS EMISSION
There will be two stacks attached to two fluid bed dryer. There will be bag filters as
APCM to control particulate matter. There will be three vents attached to three scrubbers
to scrub H2S, HCL and Cl.The process gas emissions from proposed manufacturing
activities are given in the Table 2.21.
TABLE: 2.21
DETAILS OF PROCESS EMISSION
Sr. Stack Stack Air Pollution Parameter Permissible

No. Attached To Height (m) Control System Limit
1. Fluid Bed 30 m Bag Filter PM 150 mg/Nm3
Dryer (2 Nos.)
2. Tray Dryer 30 Bag Filter PM 150 mg/Nm3
3. Vent attached 25 Water scrubber + H2S 40 mg/Nm3
to reactor Alkali Scrubber
Charcoal Tower VOC ---
4. Vent attached 25 Water Scrubber + HCl 20 mg/NM3
to reactor Alkali Scrubber HBr 20 mg/NM3
5. Vent attached Br2 9 mg/NM3
to reactor NOx 25 mg/NM3

2.9.2 (a)ADEQUACY OF APCM:
The APCM systems proposed by the unit are more than adequate. For HBr,HCl, SO2 and
H2S provision of water scrubberfollowed bycaustic scrubber and for NH3provision of
water scrubber followed by acid scrubber is proposed. All the calculations are given in
the table 2.22 and table 2.23. Pollutants concentration quantification are carried out based
on material balance. The designing is done considering all products are running at the
time. Looking towards number of reactors, it is unlikely that such a situation will ever
arise. Absorbed solution will go as effluent at ETP. However for designing purpose the
quantity is shown as going to scrubber. Thus the air pollution management seems to be
adequate.
TABLE: 2.22
QUANTITY OF AIR POLLUTANT S COMING OUT OF REACTOR
Sr. Name of Product Air Quantity of Quantity of Efficiency
No. Pollutant air pollutant air pollutant
Ton/Ton Ton/Ton (%)
before APCM After APCM
1. 4-Bromo 2-Flouro Bromine gas 0.02 0.002 90
Acetanilide
2. 2-Chloro 5 Nitro NOx 0.02 0.002 90
Benzoic Acid
3. HCl Gas 0.02 0.002 90
2 Mercapto
Benziamidazole Hydrogen 0.31 0.003 90
sulphide gas
4. 2Mercapto 5Methoxy HCl Gas 0.02 0.002 90
Benziami
2.10 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION

The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities.
All the waste will be stored separately in a designated storage area. The details of
hazardous waste are given in Table 2.23.TSDF certificate is attached as Annexure XI-A.

TABLE: 2.23
DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION
Sr. Name of Hazardous Category Generation Mode of Disposal
No. Waste Quantity
1. Effluent Treatment 35.3 25 MT/M Collection, Storage,
Plant Sludge + MEE Transportation & disposal at
salt TSDF site.
2. Used Oil 5.1 0.10 MT/M Collection, Storage,
Transportation & sale to
authorized recycler
3. Empty Barrels/ 33.1 1.2 MT/M Disposal by reuse or sale to
Containers/ Liners authorized vendor
Contaminated with
hazardous chemicals/
wastes
4. Spent Solvent 28.6 26 MT/M Collection, Storage,
(IPA, methanol, Transportation & Sale under Rule
toluene, hexane, 9 or dispose to common
ethanol & MDC) incinerator system at BEIL or co-
processing industry.
5. Sodium Bromide II 38 MT/M Collection, Storage,
Solution (NaBr) Transportation & Sale under Rule
9 permission
6. Ammonium Chloride II 120 MT/M Collection, Storage & Transport
powder to sister concern unit or to sale
under Rule 9.
7. Distillate residue 20.3 18.55 Collection, Storage,
MT/Month Transportation & dispose to
common incinerator system at
BEIL or co-processing industry.
8. Spent Carbon 28.3 0.4 Collection, Storage,
MT/Month Transportation & dispose to
common incinerator system at
BEIL or co-processing industry.

CHAPTER – 3
BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
3.1 INTRODUCTION
It is essential to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area before
implementation of the any project for assessing the environmental impacts. The Environment
status within the study area could be used for identification of significant environmental issues
to be addressed in the impact assessment study.
The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding environment are mainly
regulated by,
• The nature of the pollutants,
• Their quantities discharged to the environment,
• Existing environment quality
• Assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and
• Topography and terrain of the project site.
In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is necessary to gather
information on existing environmental quality relating to various components of the
environment.
Primary data were collected for baseline collection. Secondary data were also gathered for
remaining information like meteorological data, Socio-economic data, Ecological data and
Land use data. For the purpose of collection of primary data, study area was selected within 5
km radius taking project site as a center which also included towns and villages.
The main factor of local, sub-regional and regional meteorology that influence the air quality in
area of the proposed project are diurnal and seasonal wind pattern and wind direction, humidity
,temperature etc.
Panoli is a very important industrial center having the advantage of due to NH-8 and Panoli
railway station, GIDC is well connected by road and rail to rest parts of the country.
Communication facility available in the area is good. Water is available from GIDC.
Panoli is large industrial estate with a number of chemical plants, paper mills, textile
processing plants and other allied industries totaling to about more than 500 units.
At present there are several industries located in this area. Lists of major industries in the Panoli
are given in Table 3.1.

TABLE: 3.1
LIST OF MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE PANOLI-GIDC
Sr. No. Name Of The Company Address
1. Krishna Polymers Plot No: 227/3, Phase-i, Opp. Cheminova India
Ltd., G.I.D.C., Panoli- 393416, Gujarat, India.
2. Saffron Chemical Industries Plot No-3003, G.I.D.C., Near Gujrat Agro
Chemicals, Panoli - 393416, Gujarat, India
3. Yash Engineering Shed No. J-1415, G.I.D.C., Estate,, Panoli -
394116, Gujarat, India
4. P K Intermediates Pvt. Ltd. C1b 1906 & 1907 G.I.D.C. Panoli, Dist -
Bharuch, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
5. Shreeji Chemical Industries Plot No- 506, G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli District-
Bharuch, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
6. Vrundavan Chemicals C1-b 407/6, G.I.D.C. Estate, Tal-ankleshwar,,
Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
7. Arihant Inorganics Process Plot No. 906/19, Nr. Ganeshanand Chowkdi,
(pvt.) Ltd. G.I.D.C., Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
8. Navkar Chemicals Plot No. 3010, Third Phase, G.I.D.C. Industrial
Estate, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
9. Jackson & Sons Plot No. 514, 515, 516, B/h, V-trans (i) Ltd.,
G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
10. Sun Chloride Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 603, G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli, Panoli -
11. Pragna Life Science Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 409/b/2, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
12. Visual Pharma Chem Plot No.: 2216/2217, G.I.D.C., Phase-3, Panoli -
13. Impro Interchem Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 414, G.I.D.C. Industrial Estate, Panoli -
394116, Gujarat, India.
14. Shivnath Industries Plot No.1815, I-phase, G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394116,
Gujarat, India.
15. Enzal Chemicals (i) Ltd. Plot No-2803/4, G.I.D.C. Estate, Bharuch
District, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
16. Dalmiya Chemicals Ltd Plot No.425, G.I.D.C., Panoli - 394116, Gujarat,
India.
17. Sai Vision Chem India Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 2912, G.I.D.C. Phase-3, Panoli - 394116,
Gujarat, India.
18. Machhar Industries Limited Office No.614, G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394115,
Gujarat, India.
19. Plus Chemicals Plot No. 220/a, Near J.b. Chemical, Water Tank,
G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394 116, Gujarat, India.
20. Solvay Specialities India Pvt. Plot No. 3526/27, G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli,
Ltd. Bharuch, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.

Sr. No. Name Of The Company Address

21. Rhodia Polymers & Specilist Plot No-237, G.I.D.C. Estate, District Bharuch,
India Pvt. Ltd. Panoli - 393002, Gujarat, India.
22. Trikaldarshi Chemical Plot No.: 104, Road No.: 1, G.I.D.C. Panoli -
Industries 394116, Gujarat, India.
23. Gujarat Reclaim & Rubber Plot No.664, G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394116, Gujarat,
Products Ltd. India
24. Karunesh Remedies Plot No. 417/2, G.I.D.C. Panoli, Tal; Ankleshwar,
Dist: Bharuch, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India
25. Rahul Intermediates Plot No: 422, G.I.D.C., Panoli, near Dalmia
Chemical, Road No-4, Opp. Blueblend Syntex,
Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
26. Abs Industries Plot No: 408/10, Opp. Achechem Limited
G.I.D.C., Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
27. Gujarat Amines Plot No.:2107, G.I.D.C., Opp. Sanjali Railway
Station, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
28. Acmechem Limited Plot. 412-413, G.I.D.C. Estate, Dist. Bharuch,
Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
29. S. R. Chemicals Plot No. 1917 & C-1/1918, G.I.D.C., Dist.
Bharuch, Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
30. Sunwell Organics Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 602, G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli - 394116,
Gujarat, India.
31. Shubhlaxmi Pigments Plot No-502, G.I.D.C. Industrial Estate, Panoli -
32. Meghmani Organics Ltd. Plot No.21/21/1, G.I.D.C. Estate, Panoli -
33. R. P. Industries Plot No.314/315, G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394116,
Gujarat, India.
34. Ohm Dye Chem Plot No-517, G.I.D.C. Industrial Estate,, Panoli -
35. Rajchem Industries Plot No. 2915/2916, Phase-iii, Opp. Gujarat Agro
Chem, G.I.D.C. Panoli - 394116, Gujarat, India.
M/s. Om Shiv Industries will be located in GIDC Estate, Panoli. The location aspects of the site
are provided in Table 1.4 in Chapter 1.
For Baseline Study, the monthly meteorological data for study period from March-2017 to
May-2017 is shown at below Table 3.2.

3.2 WINDROSE
Based on the meteorological data, wind rose have been prepared for the summer season period
between the March-2017 to May-2017. The wind rose diagram prepared from same data is
shown at Figure 3.1(A), Figure 3.1(B) Figure 3.2.
TABLE: 3.2
METEOROLOGICAL DATA
Month Temperature(oC) Humidity (%) Rain fall (mm)
Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum
March-2017 36.5 16 49 4 00 00
April-2017 38.5 14 86 3 00 00
May-2017 43.5 16 72 16 00 00
FIGURE: 3.1(A)
WIND ROSE DIAGARM FOR PERIOD OF MARCH-2017 TO MAY-2017

FIGURE: 3.1(B)
WIND ROSE DIAGARM ON SATELITE IMAGE
FIGURE: 3.2
WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISRTIBUTION

It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the North East direction. Average wind
speed was 4.01 m/s with calm winds recorded to be 0.54%.
3.3. AIR ENVIRONMENT
3.3.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY (AAQ)
The basic objective of collection of base line data for air environment is to identify project
specific air pollutants being released into atmosphere, which will have significant impact on air
environment of immediate locality of the proposed project site. For assessment of the baseline
data it is important to specify the study area in respect of the location of the proposed project. It
was decided to the study ambient air quality at 8 locations in the different direction in probable
impact zone including the project site.
3.3.1.1 LOCATION OF AAQ MONITORING STATIONS
Ambient air quality stations were chosen considering the various factors like the most
prevailing wind direction, pockets of habitation, available infrastructure facilities like power
supply, accessibility etc. The location of AAQ monitoring stations are shown in Figure 3.3 and
Table 3.3.
FIGURE: 3.3
LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.3
DETAILS OF SAMPLING LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING
Sr. Location Sample ID Distance & Direction District
No. w.r.t project site
1. Project Site A1 -- Bharuch
2. Kharod A2 2.45, SE Bharuch
3. Panoli A3 4.13, SW Bharuch
4. Nana Borsana A4 3.76, S Bharuch
5. Sanjali A5 1.22, SSE Bharuch
6. Umarwada A6 2.85, NNW Bharuch
7. Bakrol A7 2.51, ENE Bharuch
8. Bhadi A8 4.34, ESE Bharuch
3.3.1.2 BASE LINE DATA
The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out during period of March-2017 to May-2017.
Monitoring details like location, monitoring date are attached as Annexure-IX. The frequency
of monitoring was twice in a week for a period of 12 weeks to assess the existing the sub
regional air quality status. All the sampling locations were monitored for PM2.5, PM10, SO2,
NOX, CO, HCl, Cl2, Br2, HBr, H2S and VOC on 24 hr basis to enable the comparison with
ambient air quality standards prescribed by the CPCB.
Based on the data obtained through ambient air quality survey statement showing maximum,
minimum average concentration values of different monitoring location in the study area have
been computed and presented at Table 3.4.
TABLE: 3.4
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STATUS OF STUDY AREA
Locations Min. Value Max. Value Avg. Value
3
PM10 (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard) : 100 µg/m )
A1-Project Site 60 71 66.5
A2-Kharod 64 74 69
A3-Panoli 74 86 80
A4-Nana Borsana 75 88 81.5
A5-Sanjali 77 91 84
A6-Umarwada 70 81 76.5
A7-Bakrol 66 78 72
A8-Bhadi 62 76 69
3
PM2.5 (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard) : 60 µg/m )
A2-Kharod 27 31 29


A3-Panoli 32 35 33.5
A5-Sanjali 39 40 39.5
A6-Umarwada 32 36 34
A7-Bakrol 30 35 32.5
A8-Bhadi 31 34 32.5
3 3
SO2 µg/m (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard):80 µg/m ) (24 hr)
A1-Project Site 24 30 27
A2-Kharod 26 32 29
A3-Panoli 35 41 38
A4-Nana Borsana 36 42 39
A5-Sanjali 40 46 43
A7-Bakrol 28 34 31
A8-Bhadi 24 32 28
3 3
NOx µg/m (Permissible Limit (CPCB standard):80 µg/m ) (24 hr)
A2-Kharod 21 25 23
A3-Panoli 32 34 33
A4-Nana Borsana 36 42 39
A5-Sanjali 40 44 42
A7-Bakrol 30 36 33
A8-Bhadi 24 30 27
3 3
NH3 in µg/m ( Permissible Limit : 400 µg/m )
A2-Kharod ND ND ND
A3-Panoli ND ND ND
A4-Nana Borsana ND ND ND
A5-Sanjali ND ND ND
A6-Umarwada ND ND ND
A7-Bakrol ND ND ND
A8-Bhadi ND ND ND
3
VOC – (µg/m )
A1-Project Site 2.0 4.2 3.1
A2-Kharod 2 3.8 2.9
A3-Panoli 1.6 3.2 2.4
A4-Nana Borsana 2.7 3.9 3.2
A5-Sanjali 2.5 3.7 3.6
A6-Umarwada 2 3.9 3.0
A7-Bakrol 1.2 2.4 1.8
A8-Bhadi 2.1 3.4 2.7


H2S in µg/m3
A1-Project Site BDL BDL BDL
A2-Kharod BDL BDL BDL
A3-Panoli BDL BDL BDL
A4-Nana Borsana BDL BDL BDL
A5-Sanjali BDL BDL BDL
A6-Umarwada BDL BDL BDL
A7-Bakrol BDL BDL BDL
A8-Bhadi BDL BDL BDL
Cl2 (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 400 µg/m3)
HCl (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 400 µg/m3)
A2-Kharod 3 7 6.32
A3-Panoli 6 8 7.20
A5-Sanjali 2 6 6.16
A6-Umarwada 1 9 6.80
A7-Bakrol 3 8 6.42
A8-Bhadi 4 8 6.80
HBr (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 400 µg/m3)
Br2 (Permissible Limit(CPCB standard): 400 µg/m3)


3
CO (permissible limit- 2 mg/m )
A1-Project Site 0.3 0.5 0.41
A2-Kharod 0.2 0.5 0.34
A3-Panoli 0.5 0.7 0.60
A4-Nana Borsana 0.3 0.5 0.41
A5-Sanjali 0.6 0.8 0.69
A6-Umarwada 0.3 0.6 0.47
A7-Bakrol 0.5 0.8 0.67
A8-Bhadi 0.3 0.7 0.47
OBSERVATION:
Based on data obtained, it could be stated that, during the study period the values of PM10 at
monitored locations is ranged between 62-91 µg/m3 while the values PM2.5 fluctuates in the
range of 26-40 µg/m3. The values of SO2 and NOx were observed to be in the range of 24-46
µg/m3 and20-44 µg/m3 respectively. The values of NH3 were observed in the range of 06-08
µg/m3.The values of VOC & CO were observed to be in the range of 1.2- 4.2 ppm & 0.2-0.8
mg/m3 respectively. The values of Br2, Cl2, HBr & H2S were observed below detectable limit.
The values of HCl was observed to be in the range of 1-9 µg/m3.
The average concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOC and NH3 are within prescribed limit
at all locations.
PM was carried out. It was found that, it is visibly due to transport activity in the study area.
These concentrations at all AAQM locations were primarily caused by local phenomena
including vehicular movement and natural dusting due to human activities and wind movement.
3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

There are two categories of water environment:
1) Ground water: - accumulation in deeper strata of ground and
2) Surface water: - river, drains, cannals, ponds etc.

Sampling Method
The samples were collected as per Indian standard IS: 3025 (part-1) for ground water and
surface water quality assessment.
Analysis Method
The analysis method followed for the measuring different parameters to evaluate water quality
is given in Table 3.5.
TABLE: 3.5
METHOD OF ANALYSIS
Sr. Parameters Applicable Standard Detection Limit
No. Method of Analysis
1. Color in Pt. Co. Sc. APH (22nd Edition) Spectrophotometer 1
(analogous to APHA 2120 C) (Platinum
Cobalt Method)
2. pH APHA(22nd Edition) 4500 H+ B 0.01
Electrometric Method
3. Total hardness APHA(22nd Edition) 2340 C: Page 2 – 37 2
(as CaCO3) in mg/l EDTA Titrimetric Method
4. Chloride (as Cl) in APHA(22nd Edition) 4500-Cl-B- 1
mg/l Argentometric method
5. TDS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540 C Total 4
Dissolved Solid Dried at 180˚ C
6. TSS in mg/l APHA (22nd Edition) 2540-D-Total 4
Suspended Solids Dried at 103-1050C
7. Calcium (as Ca) in APHA (22nd Edition) 3500- Ca : B Page 3 – 2
mg/l 65 EDTA Titrimetric Method
8. Magnesium (as Mg) APHA(22nd Edition) – 3500 - Mg : B Page 3 2
in mg/l – 84 Calculation Method
9. Sulphate (as SO4) APHA (22nd Edition) 4500–SO4-2 E: Page 4- 1
in mg/l 188 Turbid metric Method/ IS 3025 (Part 24)
1986 (Reaffirmed 1986) Gravimetric Method
10. Alkalinity (as APHA (22nd Edition) – 2320 B: Page 2 – 27 2
CaCO3) in mg/l Titration Method
11. COD in mg/l APHA(22nd Edition)– 5220 B Open Reflux 4
Method
12. BOD in mg/l IS: 3025 (Part – 44) 1993 1
(Reaffirmed 1999)
13. MPN Coliform APHA -9221 C --
Count
14. E.coli APHA- 9221 D (Presence Absence Test) --
15. Nitrate in mg/l Spectrophotometer 1
16. Iron (as Fe) in mg/l By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer (Triazine) 0.01

17. Fluoride (as F) in By NOVA 60 spectrophotometer 0.1

mg/l
18. Residual Free Iodometric method 1
Chlorine in mg/l
19. Sodium in mg/l Flame photo meter --
20. Potassium in mg/l Flame photo meter --
21. Ammonical APHA-4500 N ORGBnC macro and semi- 2.8
Nitrogen in mg/l micro KJELDHAL
Eight locations were selected for ground water sampling and six locations were selected for
surface water sampling. Collected samples were analyzed for drinking water quality
parameters like physic-chemical parameters and heavy metals. During study period, the
sampling was done for one time. The map viewing location for sampling points is shown at
Figure 3.4 and Figure 3.5. The analysis results are presented at Table 3.6 & 3.8.
FIGURE: 3.4
LOCATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.6
DETAILS OF GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS
Sr. Location Sample Distance & Direction District
No. ID w.r.t project site
1. Project Site GW1 -- Bharuch
2. Kharod GW2 2.45, SE Bharuch
3. Panoli GW3 4.13, SW Bharuch
4. Nana Borsana GW4 3.76, S Bharuch
5. Sanjali GW5 1.22, SSE Bharuch
6. Umarwada GW6 2.85, NNW Bharuch
7. Bakrol GW7 2.51, ENE Bharuch
8. Bhadi GW8 4.34, ESE Bharuch

TABLE: 3.7
WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (GROUND WATER SOURCES)
Parameter Unit IS 10500 : 2012 Sampling Location
Desirable Permissible Project site Kharod Panoli Nana Sanjali Umarwada Bakrol Bhadi
Limit Limit (GIDC (GW2) (GW3) Borsana (GW5) (GW6) (GW7) (GW8)
Water) (GW4)
(GW1)
pH --- 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 –8.5 8.5 8.1 8.3 7.08 8 7.5 7.3 7.2
Color Hazen 5 25 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
TDS mg/L 500 2000 240 3505 1115 685 1230 3325 1090 4185
Total mg/L 300 600 143 1623 312 427 493 909 390 1455
Hardness
(as CaCO3)
Chloride mg/L 250 1000 48 1513 251 627 357 174 116 270
(as Cl)
Calcium mg/L 75 200 78 623 78 160 260 481 254 545
(as Ca)
Magnesium mg/L 30 100 65 1000 234 267 233 428 156 910
(as Mg)
Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.3 1 ND 0.1 0.01 0.36 0.02 0.05 0.02 0.02
Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.47 0.03 0.2 0.01 0.01
(as F)
Sodium mg/L -- -- 25.3 500 246 488.2 279 624 311.5 219
(as Na)
Potassium mg/L -- -- 26 2719 1005 48.9 1238 3313 665.2 458.6
(as K)
Sulphate mg/L 200 400 44.8 120 150 54 52 360 102 420
(as SO4)
Nitrate mg/L 45 45 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 135 393 471 358 370 325 404 235

Parameter Unit IS 10500 : 2012 Sampling Location

Desirable Permissible Project site Kharod Panoli Nana Sanjali Umarwada Bakrol Bhadi
Limit Limit (GIDC (GW2) (GW3) Borsana (GW5) (GW6) (GW7) (GW8)
Water) (GW4)
(GW1)
(as CaCO3)
COD mg/L 4 -- ND 08 ND 12 04 08 20 04
BOD mg/L 1 -- ND ND ND 2 ND ND 3 ND
Free mg/L -- -- ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Residual
Chlorine
E.coil MPN/1 Abse006 No Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
00 ml Et relaxation
Total MPN/ 1 10 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 ND 1.8 ND ND <1.8
coliform 100 ml
Bacteria
*ND-Not Detected
Detectable limit for Free Residual Chlorine- 1 mg/l
Observation: Quality of Ground Water
It was observed from the analysis report that:
• pH of the groundwater samples were recorded in the range of 7.0-8.5 as against the IS: 10500 drinking water standard of 6.5 to
8.5. pH of the water sample collected from the borewell within the project site (8.5) was found to be with in the specified
standards.
• Total hardness in the groundwater samples recorded from 143 mg/l to 1623 mg/l. It was found to be exceeding the acceptable
limits (200 mg/l), whereas project site, panoli, nana borsana, Dharmod and bakrol within permissible limit of 600 mg/l.

• Chloride concentrations varied from 48 mg/l to 1513 mg/l in the groundwater samples project site, umarwada & bakrol had
chloride concentrations within the acceptable limit (250 mg/l), Samples collected from kharod were found to be exceeding the
permissible limit (2000 mg/l).
• Magnesium concentrations varied between 65 – 1000 mg/l. all the samples were found to be not exceeding the permissible limits
(100 mg/l).
• The level of total dissolved solids (TDS) recorded in the groundwater samples varied from 240 mg/l to 4185 mg/l. In samples
collected from project site the TDS levels were found to be exceeding the acceptable limit of 500 mg/l, while samples collected
from kharod, umarwada and bhadi was found to be exceeding the permissible limit (2000 mg/l).
• Fluoride levels in the groundwater samples were found to be in the range 0.01-0.47 mg/l. However, fluoride concentrations at all
location were found to be within the permissible limit (1.5 mg/l).
• Nitrate concentrations in all the samples were found to be within the acceptable limits (45 mg/l).
• E. coli concentrations were found to be absent for all the samples.
• Total coliform in the groundwater samples were found to be in the range of ND- <1.8 MPN/100 ml. All the samples were found
to be within the acceptable limits.
Analysis of collected samples reveals that rest of the parameters satisfy the permissible limits as per IS 10500:2012 specified for drinking
water and hence are suitable for drinking, however it is suggested that the water may disinfected by boiling or by use of chlorine tablets
before use.

FIGURE: 3.5
LOCATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS
TABLE: 3.8
DETAILS OF SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS
Sr. Location Sample Distance & Direction w.r.t District
No. ID project site
1. Project Site SW1 -- Bharuch
2. Kharod SW2 2.45, SE Bharuch
3. Panoli SW3 4.13, SW Bharuch
4. Nana Borsana SW4 3.76, S Bharuch
5. Sanjali SW5 1.22, SSE Bharuch
6. Umarwada SW6 2.85, NNW Bharuch
7. Bakrol SW7 2.51, ENE Bharuch
8. Bhadi SW8 4.34, ESE Bharuch

TABLE: 3.9
WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS (SURFACE WATER SOURCES)
Parameter Unit IS 10500: 2012 Sampling location

Desirable Permissibl Project Site Kharod Panoli Nana Sanjali Umar Bakr Bhadi
Limit e SW1 SW2 SW3 Borsan SW5 wada ol SW8
Limit a SW4 SW6 SW7
pH --- 6.5 -8.5 6.5-8.5 7.8 7.8 7.7 8 7 8.1 7.2 8.0
Colour Pt.co.s 5 15 <1 <1.2 <1.3 <1 <1 <1 <1.1 <1
c
Odour --- Unobjecti -- Unobjectionabl Unobjectio Unobjection Unobjec Unobjectio Unobj Unobj Unobj
onable e nable able tionable nable ectiona ection ection
ble able able
Turbidity NTU 3 5 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
Total mg/L 200 600 171 494 221 182 110 273 169 195
hardness
(as CaCO3)
Chloride mg/L 250 1000 106 415 183 39 174 202 48 183
(as Cl)
TDS mg/L 500 2000 556 625 625 345 2440 675 460 850
Calcium mg/L 75 200 116 234 130 104 831 169 78 117
(as Ca)
Magnesium mg/L 30 100 55 260 91 78 587 104 91 78
(as Mg)
Iron mg/L 0.3 1 0.002 0.15 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.25 0.02 0.2
Fluoride mg/L 1 1.5 0.34 0.02 0.3 0.03 0.1 0.02 0.04 0.1
Sodium mg/L -- -- 102 239.6 146.6 28.3 321.6 82.6 36.4 252.7
(as Na)
Potassium mg/L -- -- 53.5 978 415.2 46.6 1568 122.9 39.7 999.9
(as K)
Sulphate mg/L 200 400 18.3 52 54 120 56 220 220 63

(as SO4)
Nitrate mg/L 45 45 ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND
Alkalinity mg/L 200 600 129 303 236 180 112 493 134 370
(as CaCO3)
COD mg/L -- -- 08 40 52 4 12 12 16 4
BOD mg/L -- -- ND 9 14 ND ND ND ND ND
E.Coil MPN/ -- -- Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Abse Abse
100 nt nt
ml
Total MPN/ -- -- ND <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8
coliform 100
Bacteria ml
ND-Not Detected
Observation: Quality of Surface Water

It was observed from the analysis report that:
• pH of the surface water samples varied between 7.0-8.0.
• Highest TDS value was obtained for the sample collected from Dharmod (2440 mg/l).
• Total hardness in the surface water samples recorded from 110 mg/l to 494 mg/l, whereas all location is within the permissible limit of
600 mg/l.
• Chloride concentrations varied from 39 mg/l to 415 mg/l in all location had chloride concentrations within the acceptable limit (250
mg/l) except kharod location. Samples collected from kharod were found to be exceeding the permissible limit (2000 mg/l).
• Magnesium concentrations varied between 55 – 587 mg/l, Samples collected from kharod & Dharmod were found to be exceeding the
permissible limit (100 mg/l).

• The level of total dissolved solids (TDS) recorded in the surface water samples varied from 345 mg/l to 2440 mg/l. In samples collected
from all location in the TDS levels were found to be exceeding the acceptable limit of 500 mg/l, while samples collected from dharmod
was found to be exceeding the permissible limit (2000 mg/l).
• Biochemical Oxygen demand (BOD) of the samples varied between ND to 14 mg/l. highest BOD value was obtained for the sample
collected from panoli.
• Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) of the samples varied between 4.0-52 mg/l. highest COD value was obtained for the sample
collected from panoli.
• E. coli concentrations were found to be absent for all the samples.
• Total coliform in the groundwater samples were found to be in the range of ND- <1.8 MPN/100 ml. All the samples were found to be
within the acceptable limits.
In summary, surface water from the village ponds is used for bathing, irrigation and catching fish. The surface water quality reveals that the
water conforms to CPCB Class “B “(Outdoor bathing organized) and Class “D” (Propagation of wildlife and fisheries) water quality criteria.

EIA FOR EXPANSION OF M/S. KALYANI CORPORATION, GIDC, PANOLI.
3.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing. If intense
enough, it can damage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. Noise can also disturb natural wildlife
and ecological system.
3.5.1 RECONNAISSANCE
In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the
noise pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out.
3.5.2 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules,
2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The
ambient noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq). The measurements were
carried out at each monitoring location during day time and night time. Noise survey was
conducted using Sound Level Meter.
3.5.3 NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

A total of nine locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The
noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.6 and listed in Table 3.10.
FIGURE: 3.6
LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

TABLE: 3.10
NOISE LEVEL DATA
Sr. Location Sample Area LEQ (dB (A))
No. ID Category Day Time Night Time
1. Project Site N1 Bharuch 53-72 45-53
2. Kharod N2 Bharuch 53-61 42-52
3. Panoli N3 Bharuch 52-59 41-51
4. Nana N4 Bharuch 48-55 37-47
Borsana
5. Sanjali N5 Bharuch 49-57 44-49
6. Umarwada N6 Bharuch 53-59 45-51
7. Bakrol N7 Bharuch 50-55 42-50
8. Bhadi N8 Bharuch 48-53 41-45
TABLE: 3.11
CPCB RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COMMUNITY NOISE EXPOSURE
Area Code Category of area Leq. (dBA) Leq. (dBA)
(Daytime) (Night time)
(06:00 to 21:00hrs.) (21:00 to 06:00hrs.)
A Industrial area 75 70
B Commercial Area 65 55
C Residential Area 55 45
D Silence Zone 50 40
Note : 1 Silence zone is defined as areas up to 10 meters around such premises as hospitals,
education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component
Authority.
Note : 2 Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned
categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard has apply.
(Source: The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)
OBSERVATION & DISCUSSION

The noise levels during daytime varied from 48-53 dB (A) Leq to 53-72 dB (A) Leq in the study
area. The noise level in the study area is within the permissible Limits as per Noise rules 2000.
The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 37-47 dB (A) Leq to 45-53 dB (A)
Leq. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.

3.6 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.6.1 BASELINE DATA
Description of soil environment has become vital particularly when the treated effluent is to be
discharge on land for disposal or treatment. The soil environment is usually described by
determining the physical and chemical characteristics of soil samples collected from site with
the help of auger/spade. The composite soil sample was collected from project site and the
villages Within 5 km radius. The samples were collected to determine physical and chemical
characteristic of soil. The selected soil sampling locations are given in Table 3.12 and shown in
Figure 3.7.
TABLE: 3.12
SOIL QUALITY MONITORING WITH RESPECT TO THE PROJECT SITE
Sr. Locations Sample Direction Distance Type of Area District
No. ID from the site in Km
1. Project Site S1 -- -- Industrial Bharuch
2. Kharod S2 SE 2.45 Residential Bharuch
3. Panoli S3 SW 4.13 Residential Bharuch
4. Nana S4 S 3.76 Residential Bharuch
Borsana
5. Sanjali S5 SSE 1.22 Residential Bharuch
6. Umarwada S6 NNW 2.85 Residential Bharuch
7. Bakrol S7 ENE 2.51 Residential Bharuch
8. Bhadi S8 ESE 434 Residential Bharuch

FIGURE: 3.7
LOCATION OF SOIL MONITORING STATIONS
TABLE: 3.13
SOIL QUALITY PARAMETERS
Parameter Sampling Location
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
pH
7.92 7.4 7.96 7.93 7.6 7.5 7.1 7.78
(5% slurry)
Specific
1.46 2.5 1.28 1.15 2.1 2.53 2.56 1.32
Gravity
Porosity
20 47 20 22 45 41.2 48.17 22
(%)
Water
Holding
Capacity
46 37 41 39 45 39 38 39
(90% by
wt. of Soil
(%)
Grain Size Distribution (%)
Clay
(< 0.002 10.9 44 50 8.1 44 45 43 20
mm)
Slit 30 25 14.6 10 27 24 28 15.9

Parameter Sampling Location

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
(0.075-
0.002 mm)
Sand (4.75-
59.1 18 35.4 81.9 12 20 18 64.1
0.075mm )
Phosphate 0.000
0.008 0.0061 0.0179 0.0011 0.001 0.006 0.0179
(gm/kg ) 7
Calcium
0.194 0.70 0.899 0.141 0.19 0.24 0.68 0.145
(gm/kg)
Magnesium
0.220 0.25 0.149 0.299 0.20 0.2 0.12 0.251
(gm/kg)
Zinc
0.032 ND 0.259 0.0062 0.010 0.018 ND BDL
(gm/kg)
Nickel
0.05 0.001 0.028 0.022 0.006 0.03 0.015 BDL
(gm/kg)
Sodium
0.253 0.30 0.363 0.260 0.205 0.378 0.37 0.225
(gm/kg)
Potassium
0.079 0.020 0.128 0.170 0.85 0.7 0.02 0.036
(gm/kg)
%
Moisture 5.9 12.33 6.20 4.7 5.8 4.8 6.20 6.24
Content
3.7 LAND USE PATTERNS

The land use pattern of the study area has been studied by satellite imaginary picture of
National Remote Sensing Centre, Govt. of India. Details are covered in Table 3.14.
TABLE: 3.14
AREAS UNDER DIFFERENT LAND USE
Sr. Land Use Classification Area within 10 km of Percentage of Total
No. Project Location Area
1. Agriculture Land 80.32 25.56
2. Fallow Land 135.48 43.11
3. Habitation, Settlement 31.34 9.97
4. Marshy Land 0.20 0.06
5. Miscellaneous Land 28.44 9.05
6. Degraded Vegetation 1.98 0.63
7. Water 2.36 0.75
8. Open & Barren Land 33.37 10.62

Sr. Land Use Classification Area within 10 km of Percentage of Total

No. Project Location Area
9. River 0.74 0.24
Total 314.23 m sq. 100.00
(Courtesy: Environmental Information Center, New Delhi)

FIGURE: 3.8
LAND COVER MAP WITH VILLAGE LOCATION

3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT & SOCIO –ECONOMIC

ENVIRONMENT
3.8.1 ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
The study of the environmental components like flora and fauna is required to assess the
biological diversity of the region. Flora and fauna can be used for biological surveillance in
assessing the environmental status .The ecological interpretation of study area is based on
secondary sources of information.
Water is the basic and essential resource for the survival of flora and fauna. The flora being the
primary producer influences the fauna of the region. The characteristic flora existing in a region
depends upon the existing conditions such as intensity of sunlight, type of soil, quality of air,
including the quality and quantity of water available, etc.
The topography of Bharuch district is plain with numerous small watersheds and water logged
areas resulting from agriculture wasteland, fallow land and pastures collecting rainwater or
backwater and becoming marshy /saline. The waterlogged areas are dominated by hydrophytes.
The coast is silty to clayed silt substratum with some sandy part. The areas near the seashore are
mostly affected by tides and remain submerged for considerable time.
3.8.2 FOREST
Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of district is
1449. 68 sq. km. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the district. The study
area does not have any identified endangered species and also does not have any designated
forest, national park, sanctuaries.
(Source: Forest Department, Government of Gujarat).
3.8.3 FLORA
The list of flora found during field survey is given in Table 3.15.
TABLE: 3.15
LIST OF FLORA
Sr.No. Scientific name Common name Family
I Trees
1 Acacia aurriculifarmis Bangali Babool Fabaceae
2 A.leucopholia Aniar Fabaceae
3 A.catechu Khair Fabaceae
4 A.ferrungula Pandhara Khair Fabaceae
5 A.nilotica Babul Fabaceae
6 A.lebbeck Siris Fabaceae


7 A. procera Siris Fabaceae
8 A.polycantha Garad Fabaceae
9 Adina cordifolia Hed Rubiaceae
10 Aegle marmelos Bela Rutaceae
11 Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh Simaroubaceae
12 Alangium salvifolium Ankol Alangiaceas
13 Albizia odoratissimus Siris Fabaceae
14 Annogeissus latifolia Dhavda Combritaceae
15 Annona squamosa Sitafal Annonaceae
16 Azardirachta indica Nim Moraceae
17 Bahuania purpurea Kachamar Fabaceae
18 Bombax ceiba Semal Verbenaceae
19 Bridelia retusa Asta (Kathmohli) Fabaceae
20 B.squamosa Asan Fabaceae
21 Buchanania lanzan Charoli Anacardiaceas
22 Butea monospesma Palas Fabaceae
23 Callistemon lancealatus Bottlebrush Mytraceae
24 Casuarina equisetifoier Sura Casuarineae
25 Careya arborea Kumbh Mytraceae
26 Casearia elliptica Manjo Symydaceae
27 Caseria graveoiens Dedak manio Samidacea
28 Cassia fistula Sunari Fabaceae
29 Cestrum noctusnum Ralkirani Solana ceae
30 Cochiospermum Ganeri Cochlospermaceds
religiosun
31 Cocas nicifera Nariyal Palmeae
32 Cordia dichotoma Gundi Boranginacea
33 Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Fabaceae
34 D. latifolia Sisso Fabaceae
35 Murraya koenigii Karlilimb Rata ceae
36 Ixora parviflora Kara Rubiaceae
37 I.nigricans Kukeri Rubiaceae
38 Delonix elala Gulmohar Fabaceae
39 Diosphyros Tendu Ebenaceae
melanoxylon
40 Dolichandrone falcate Mallar sing Bignoniaceae
41 Elaeodendron Alinar Ceiastracea
roxburghii
42 Eucalyptus globules Safeda Eucalyptaceae
43 Emblica officinalis Aonla Euphobiaceae
44 Erithina uliginosa Pungara Fabaceae
45 Eramphis uliginosa Almi Rubiaceas
46 Ficus. Religiosa Pipal Moraceae
47 F.rumphii Pilari Moraceae
48 F.benghalensis Bara Moraceae
49 Flacourtia indica Rankdi Bixaceae
50 Garua pinnata Kakad Burseraceae


51 Griwia teliaefolia Dhaman Tiliaceae
52 Haidwickia bipinnata Aniar Caesalpiniacea
53 Holoptelia intigrifolia Valva Uticaceae
54 Kydia calycia Bhindi Malvaceae
55 Lagerstroemia Nano Fabaceae
lanceolata
56 L.parviflora Sidha Fabaceae
57 Michellia champaca Champa Bignoneaceae
58 Lannea caromadalica Modad Anacardiaceae
59 Madhuca indica Mahua Sapotaceae
60 Mangifera indica Amm Anacardiaceae
61 Miliusa tomentosa Gulambh Annonacea
62 Millgntonia hortensis Indian Coral tree Bignoniaceae
63 Mitragyna parvifolia Kalam Rubiaceae
64 Michelia Champa Champa Mangnoliaceae
65 Moringa oliefera shevga Moringaceae
66 Musa paradisiacea Kela Musaceae
67 Oroxyium indicum Tetu Bignoniaceae
68 Phoenix sylvestris Shindi Palminae
69 Prosopis juliflora Babul Mimoceae
70 P.cineraria Babul Mimoceae
71 Pithecelobium ducle Chisbalai Fabaceae
72 Pongamia pinnata Karanja Fabaceae
73 Pisidium guajava Guava Mutraceae
74 Pterocarpus marsupium Bija Fabaceae
75 Punica grantalum Anar Pomergrannatae
76 Sapindus emergginatus Aritha Sapindaceae
77 Soymida febrifuga Rohan Meliaceae
78 Poleathia langifolia Ashok Apoctnaceae
79 Saraca indica Ashok Apoctnaceae
80 Thevetia neirifolia Pilakanton Apoctnaceae
81 Sterculia urens Kodaya Sterculiaceae
82 Syzygium cuminii Jamun Myrtaceae
83 Terminalia crenulata Salad Fabaceae
84 T.bellirica Behada Combretaceae
85 T. arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
86 T.caltapa Jangli badam Combretaceae
87 Tamarindus indica Tentuli Fabaceae
88 Tecoma stans Nellow bell Bisgnonia ceae
89 Tectona grandis Sag Verbanaceae
90 Trema orientalis Gol Ulmaceae
91 Wrightia tinctoria kudo Apocynacea
92 Zizyphus xylocarpus Ghatbor Rhamnaceae
93 Z.mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae
Shrubs
1 Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae
2 Caranthus resus Sudufuli Apocyanaceae


3 C.calatropis Mundar Asclepiadaceae
4 Calatopis gigantean Rui Asclepiadaceae
5 Carrissa carandas Karvand Apocyaninnae
6 Clerodendrum Multaiforum Verbenaeae
multyfolium
7 Gymnosporia spinosa Spinosa Rekii Fabaceae
8 Lantana camera Ghaneri Verbanaceae
9 Opuntia dillenii Nivdang Cactacealea
10 Euphorbia nerifolia Wavding Celastraceae
11 Ocium gratissium Rantulro Labiateae
12 Helicteries isora Atali Sterculiaceae
13 Ficus hispida Tet umaro Moraceae
14 Datura fastuasa Dhotara Solanaceae
15 Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbaceae
16 Cassia tora Tarota Fabaceae
17 Zizyphus nummularia Beri Rhannaceae
18 Euphorbia tirucolli Thor Euphorbiaceae
Bamboos
1 Dendrocalamus strictus Manvel Grammineae
2 Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae
3 Capparis sepiraria Lamtjar Cappariaceae
4 Cocculus hirrutus Asanwel Menispermaceae
5 Combretum ovalifolium Jal Combratae
6 Cayratia carnosa Khatumbo Vitaceae
Grasses
1 Andropogon pumilus Kusal Gramineae
2 Cenchrus setgerus Dhramnu Gramineae
3 Cynodon dactylon Durva Gramineae
4 Cymbopogen marinil Rosha Gramineae
5 Heteropogon contortus Gawat Gramineae
6 Sorghum halepense Baru Gramineae
7 Themeda triandra Bhathdu Gramineae
Crops
1 Ricinus communis Arand Euphorbiaceae
2 Saccharum officinarum Ganna Gramineae
3 Sorghum vulgae Juwar Gramineae
4 Zea mays Makai Gramineae
5 Arachis hypogaea Ground nut Logumin
6 Oryza sativa Chokha Gramineae
Macrophytes
1 Eichhornia crassipes Jalkumbhi Pontederiace
2 Ipomea aqualica Kalmisay Volvulaceae
3 Trapa latifolia Lotus Nymphaceae
4 Nelumbo nucifera Lotus Nymphaceae
5 Azolla pinnata Commom duckweed Lemnaceae
6 Muntiacus muntjak Barking deer Bovidae
7 Falis chaus Jungle cat Falidae


8 Myaena hyaena The striped hyena Canidae
9 Presbytis entellus Hanuman langur Colobinae
(Courtesy: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat)

3.8.4 F AUNA
Some of the fauna found in study area is listed in Table 3.16.
TABLE: 3.16
LIST OF FAUNA
1 Acridothers tristis Common myna Sturnidae
2 A.ginginianus Bank myna Sturnidae
3 Athene brama Spotted owlet Striginae
4 Aegithina tiphia Common lora Lrenidae
5 Ardeola grayee Pond Heron Ardeidae
6 Amaurornis Whitebrested waterhen Phasinidae
phoenicurus
7 Babulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae
8 Centropus cinensis Crow-phesant Cuculidae
9 Columba Livia Blue Rock Pigeon Columidae
10 Corvus splendens House Crow Carvidae
11 Coracious Indian Roller Coracidae
benghalensis
12 Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo Dieruridae
13 Dinophum Goldenbacked Picidae
benghalense Woodpecker
14 Eudynamys Koel Cuculidae
scolopacea
15 Fracolinus Black partiridge Pharianidae
francollinus
16 Halcyon rustica Whitebrested Kingfisher Aicenidae
17 Hirundo rustica Common swallow Hirundinidae
18 Lanius exubitor Grey Shrike Daniidae
19 Launchura Whitethroated munia Estrildinae
malabarica
20 Megalaima Smallgrren barbet Capilonidae
rubricapilla
21 Merops orientalis Littlegreen Bea-eater Miropidae
22 M.malabarica Crimsonbrestwd Barbet Capilonidae
23 Milvus migrans Pathi Kite Accipitridae
24 Motacilla Large pied wagtail Motacillidae
maderatensis
25 Nactarinia asiatica Purplerumpled sunbird Nectarinidate
26 Nectarinia minima Small sunbird Nectarinidae
27 Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole Oriolidae
28 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Pachycephaline
29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passerinae
30 Psittacula Blossamheaded parakeet Psittacidae
cyanocephala
31 Pycnonotus caffer Redvented bulbul Pycnonotidae
32 Ploceus philipinensis Weaver bird Plocidae
33 Sexicoloides fulicate Indian Robin Corvidae


34 Sopsychus saularis Magpie Robin Corvidae
35 Streptopelia Spotted dove Columbidae
chinensis
36 S.senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae
37 Sternus pagodramus Brahiminy myna Sternidae
38 Turdoides caudatus Commom Babbler Muscicapidae
39 Upupa epopos Hoopoe Upupidae
40 Vanellus indicus Redwattled Lapwing Jacanidae
41 Metopidius indicus Brongewinged jacana Jacanidae
42 Ardea alba Large egrd Ardeidae
43 A.cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae
44 Falica atra Coot Rallidae
45 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae
(Courtesy: State forest Dept., Bharuch, Gujarat)
3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

As assessment of socio-economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study, baseline
information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline socio-economic
data collected for the study region, before the proposed expansion is operational, has been
identified for the four major indicators viz. demography ,civic amenities, economy and social
culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is compiled in forthcoming sections.
3.9.1 DEMOGRAPHIC DATA WITHIN THE REGION OF INTEREST
Demography covers the information related to population density sex ratio and literacy level of
the public in the study area. Table 3.19 provides the data on inhabitations of the Jhagadia Taluka.
On an average, Taluka Jhagadia has population density of about 228 persons per sq.km. (2011
Census data), compared to the Bharuch District, which has a population density of about 295
persons per sq.km. (2011 Census data).

TABLE: 3.17
DEMOGRAPHIC DATA
Sr. Village name Taluka Total Total Total Total
No population male female population
<6 years
1 Panoli Ankleshwar 5462 2817 2645 800
2 Kharod Ankleshwar 4658 2623 2035 537
3 Bakrol Ankleshwar 1591 851 740 199
4 Bhadi Ankleshwar 2831 1381 1450 444
5 Umarwada Ankleshwar 3711 1847 1837 476
6 Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 502 441 125
7 Avadar Ankleshwar 1333 707 626 152
8 Dadhal Ankleshwar 3695 1838 1857 540
9 Jitali Ankleshwar 4225 2160 2065 523
10 Kararvel Ankleshwar 1526 785 741 199
11 Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5938 2995 2943 646
12 Motali Ankleshwar 895 459 436 153
13 Naugama Ankleshwar 920 502 418 101
14 Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 292 294 63
15 Piprod Ankleshwar 607 298 309 97
16 Samor Ankleshwar 1294 670 624 152
17 Sangpor Ankleshwar 2670 1369 1301 286
18 Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16671 9373 7298 2666
19 Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 451 444 117
20 Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 156 137 45
21 Boridara Jhagadia 960 495 465 94
22 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 787 732 199
23 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 369 329 89
24 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 559 535 135
25 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 158 152 45
26 Damalai Jhagadia 563 298 267 77
27 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 916 867 202
28 Govali Jhagadia 4381 2297 2084 444
29 Haripara Jhagadia 816 433 383 70
30 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 2779 2667 550
31 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 1038 986 208
32 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 575 493 108
33 Kharchi Jhagadia 998 501 497 158
Bhilwada
34 Kharia Jhagadia 531 277 254 74
35 Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 99 101 31
36 Karad Jhagadia 727 368 359 94
37 Limet Jhagadia 1739 893 846 215
38 Malpor Jhagadia 906 466 440 121
(Dumala)

Sr. Village name Taluka Total Total Total Total

No population male female population
<6 years
39 Moran Jhagadia 866 437 429 106
40 Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1053 526 527 84
41 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 529 514 119
42 Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1644 852 792 188
43 Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 261 259 71
44 Padal Jhagadia 1743 880 863 209
45 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 307 285 71
46 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 165 174 44
47 Randedi Jhagadia 447 230 217 63
48 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 1125 1100 266
49 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 1093 1037 262
50 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 247 209 38
51 Selod Jhagadia 1653 836 817 179
52 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 3003 2861 570
53 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 559 510 135
54 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 1026 1031 250
55 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 1249 1189 250
56 Untia Jhagadia 752 378 374 92
57 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 349 312 82
58 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 778 744 223
59 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 133 141 37
60 Bhilod Valia 3476 1745 1731 389
61 Dholgam Valia 2556 1311 1245 303
62 Hirapor Valia 1963 1019 944 272
63 Kondh Valia 4562 2372 2190 544
64 Valia Valia 7678 3829 3849 769
(Source: Census-2011 for Bharuch District)
TABLE -3.18
POPULATION DENSITY & SEX RATIO
Population Sex ratio
Sr. Population
Name Density (No. of females per
No (Persons)
(Person/Sq.km.) 1000 males)
1 Within 10 km radius 117837 375 928
(2011)
2 Taluka Jhagadia 185337 228 949
(2011)
3 Taluka Ankleshwar 315596 725 882
(2011)
4 Taluka Valia 145400 283 962
(2011)
5 District Bharuch 1551019 295 925
(2011)

3.9.2 LITERACY RATE

The literacy rate is a major factor, which influences the socio-cultural condition of a particular
place. Details of literacy rate in percentage in district Bharuch and Taluka Jhagadia are given in
Table 3.19.
TABLE- 3.19
LITERACY RATE
Sr. No. Name Literacy rate (%)
1 Within 10 km radius 78.13%
2 Taluka Ankleshwar (2011) 75.62 %
3 District Bharuch(2011) 72.09 %
TABLE: 3.20
LITERACY RATE WITHIN 10 KM RADIAL DISTANCE OF STUDY AREA
Sr. Village name City/block Total Population Population Literacy (%)
No. name population < 06 years Literate
1 Panoli Ankleshwar 5462 800 3458 75.95
2 Kharod Ankleshwar 4658 537 3749 90.01
3 Bakrol Ankleshwar 1591 199 1183 84.8
4 Bhadi Ankleshwar 2831 444 1805 77.4
5 Umarwada Ankleshwar 3711 476 2516 78.6
6 Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 125 619 75.67
7 Avadar Ankleshwar 1333 152 963 81.54
8 Dadhal Ankleshwar 3695 540 2708 85.83
9 Jitali Ankleshwar 4225 523 2897 78.25
10 Kararvel Ankleshwar 1526 199 1039 78.29
11 Mandvabuzarg Ankleshwar 5938 646 4089 77.26
12 Motali Ankleshwar 895 153 545 73.45
13 Naugama Ankleshwar 920 101 656 80.09
14 Pardi Mokha Ankleshwar 586 63 467 89.29
15 Piprod Ankleshwar 607 97 360 70.58
16 Samor Ankleshwar 1294 152 699 61.20
17 Sangpor Ankleshwar 2670 286 1783 74.79
18 Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16671 2666 11430 81.61
19 Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 117 597 76.73
20 Andharkachhala Jhagadia 293 45 139 56.04
21 Boridara Jhagadia 960 94 696 80.37
22 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 199 1072 81.21
23 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 89 482 79.14
24 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 135 642 66.94
25 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 45 208 78.49
26 Damalai Jhagadia 563 80 314 65.01
27 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 202 1141 72.17
28 Govali Jhagadia 4381 444 2917 74.09
29 Haripara Jhagadia 816 70 530 71.04

Sr. Village name City/block Total Population Population Literacy (%)

No. name population < 06 years Literate
30 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 550 4081 83.35
31 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 208 1572 86.56
32 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 108 859 89.47
33 Kharchi Jhagadia 998 158 640 76.19
Bhilwada
34 Kharia Jhagadia 531 74 278 60.83
35 Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 31 119 70.41
36 Karad Jhagadia 727 94 471 74.40
37 Limet Jhagadia 1739 215 1149 75.39
38 Malpor Jhagadia 906 121 487 62.03
(Dumala)
39 Moran Jhagadia 866 106 603 79.34
40 Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1053 84 731 75.43
41 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 119 758 82.03
42 Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1644 188 1152 79.12
43 Navagam Mota Jhagadia 520 71 273 60.8
44 Padal Jhagadia 1743 209 1066 69.49
45 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 71 417 80.03
46 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 44 164 55.59
47 Randedi Jhagadia 447 63 256 66.66
48 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 266 1284 65.54
49 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 262 1177 63
50 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 38 384 91.86
51 Selod Jhagadia 1653 179 1150 78.09
52 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 570 4506 85.11
53 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 135 634 67.88
54 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 250 1415 78.3
55 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 250 1601 73.17
56 Untia Jhagadia 752 92 512 77.57
57 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 82 429 74.09
58 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 223 959 73.82
59 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 37 183 77.21
60 Bhilod Valia 3476 389 2392 77.48
61 Dholgam Valia 2556 303 1595 70.79
62 Hirapor Valia 1963 272 1321 78.11
63 Kondh Valia 4562 544 3208 79.84
64 Valia Valia 7678 769 6004 86.9
3.9.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
In economic development of the region its geographical location, natural resources, business and
employment, industries and manpower play vital role. Table 3.19 provides the occupational
patterns in all villages of Ankleshwar Taluka.

TABLE-3.21
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
Sr. Village Cd block Total Total Total main Total Total non Employment
No. name Name population Work Worker marginal Worker ratio%
Population Population Worker population
Population
1 Panoli Ankleshwar 5462 1897 1667 230 3565 34.73
2 Kharod Ankleshwar 4658 1290 1236 54 3368 27.69
3 Bakrol Ankleshwar 1591 782 554 228 809 49.15
4 Bhadi Ankleshwar 2831 898 868 30 1933 31.72
5 Umarwada Ankleshwar 3711 1429 1389 40 2282 38.50
6 Amrutpura Ankleshwar 943 388 252 136 555 41.14
7 Avadar Ankleshwar 1333 607 361 246 726 45.53
8 Dadhal Ankleshwar 3695 1301 1152 149 2394 35.21
9 Jitali Ankleshwar 4225 1610 1384 226 2615 38.1
10 Kararvel Ankleshwar 1526 544 403 141 982 35.64
11 Mandvabuz Ankleshwar 5938 2258 2086 172 3680 38.02
arg
12 Motali Ankleshwar 895 385 347 38 510 43.01
13 Naugama Ankleshwar 920 412 361 51 508 44.78
14 Pardi Ankleshwar 586 199 191 8 387 33.95
Mokha
15 Piprod Ankleshwar 607 264 251 13 343 43.49
16 Samor Ankleshwar 1294 617 587 30 677 47.68
17 Sangpor Ankleshwar 2670 1186 1147 39 1484 44.41
18 Sarangpore Ankleshwar 16671 5905 5587 318 10766 35.42
19 Uchhali Ankleshwar 895 324 297 27 571 36.2
20 Andharkac Jhagadia 293 140 81 59 153 47.78
hhala

Population
21 Boridara Jhagadia 960 411 377 34 549 42.81
22 Borjai Jhagadia 1519 478 466 12 1041 31.46
23 Bhojpur Jhagadia 698 398 397 1 300 57.02
24 Dadheda Jhagadia 1094 331 282 49 763 30.25
25 Dholakuva Jhagadia 310 185 124 61 125 59.67
26 Damalai Jhagadia 563 340 95 245 223 60.39
27 Fulwadi Jhagadia 1783 748 535 213 1035 41.95
28 Govali Jhagadia 4381 1857 1774 83 2524 42.38
29 Haripara Jhagadia 816 515 219 296 301 63.11
30 Jhagadia Jhagadia 5446 2164 2003 161 3282 39.73
31 Kapalsadi Jhagadia 2024 787 654 133 1237 38.88
32 Kharchi Jhagadia 1068 538 397 141 530 50.37
33 Kharchi Jhagadia 998 382 239 143 616 38.27
Bhilwada
34 Kharia Jhagadia 531 214 210 4 317 40.3
35 Kunvarpara Jhagadia 200 72 66 6 128 36
36 Karad Jhagadia 727 354 333 21 373 48.69
37 Limet Jhagadia 1739 683 679 4 1056 39.27
38 Malpor Jhagadia 906 579 566 13 327 63.90
(Dumala)
39 Moran Jhagadia 866 381 327 54 485 43.99
40 Mota Sanja Jhagadia 1053 498 483 15 555 47.29
41 Mulad Jhagadia 1043 437 393 44 606 41.89
42 Nana Sanja Jhagadia 1644 755 506 249 889 45.92
43 Navagam Jhagadia 520 160 160 0 360 30.76
Mota

Population
44 Padal Jhagadia 1743 664 442 222 1079 38.09
45 Panvadi Jhagadia 592 363 356 7 229 61.31
46 Rajpore Jhagadia 339 134 133 1 205 39.52
47 Randedi Jhagadia 447 145 110 35 302 32.43
48 Ranipara Jhagadia 2225 1030 1005 25 1195 46.29
49 Ratanpor Jhagadia 2130 743 545 198 1387 34.88
50 Sardarpura Jhagadia 456 202 106 96 254 44.29
51 Selod Jhagadia 1653 626 550 76 1027 37.87
52 Sultanpura Jhagadia 5864 2025 1844 181 3839 34.53
53 Shiyali Jhagadia 1069 403 344 59 666 37.69
54 Talodara Jhagadia 2057 715 579 136 1342 34.75
55 Uchedia Jhagadia 2438 1057 931 126 1381 43.35
56 Untia Jhagadia 752 506 402 104 246 67.28
57 Vanthevad Jhagadia 661 253 235 18 408 38.27
58 Vasna Jhagadia 1522 605 581 24 917 39.75
59 Vaghpara Jhagadia 274 79 78 1 195 28.83
60 Bhilod Valia 3476 1312 1127 185 2164 37.74
61 Dholgam Valia 2556 900 499 401 1656 35.21
62 Hirapor Valia 1963 869 743 126 1094 44.26
63 Kondh Valia 4562 1783 1563 220 2779 39.08
64 Valia Valia 7678 2976 2558 418 4702 38.76
Main worker is a worker who has worked last year for six month or more. Marginal worker is a worker who has worked last year for less than
six months. Non-worker is worker who did not work at all during the reference period of one year.

Distribution of main worker and marginal worker into further following four categories are shown in Table 3.22.
I) Cultivators II) Agricultural labors III) Household industry IV) others workers

TABLE- 3.22
DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS
Sr. Main worker population Marginal worker population

Village name
No. Cultivator Agriculture House Hold Other Cultivator Agriculture Household Other
1 Panoli 214 533 76 844 12 70 26 117
2 Kharod 222 423 3 588 20 6 0 28
3 Bakrol 81 81 16 376 12 149 5 62
4 Bhadi 181 321 2 364 4 11 0 15
5 Umarwada 162 795 0 432 5 22 0 13
6 Amrutpura 38 147 2 65 32 87 2 15
7 Avadar 82 33 5 241 6 235 0 5
8 Dadhal 137 385 39 591 8 63 9 69
9 Jitali 126 642 34 582 11 192 2 21
10 Kararvel 70 117 2 214 21 49 1 70
11 Mandvabuzarg 272 1264 29 521 13 130 4 25
12 Motali 67 187 1 92 8 25 0 5
13 Naugama 45 197 0 119 1 45 0 5
14 Pardi Mokha 35 68 0 88 1 4 0 3
15 Piprod 21 147 0 83 2 7 0 4
16 Samor 52 437 2 96 2 20 0 8
17 Sangpor 161 755 16 215 2 28 1 8
18 Sarangpore 67 443 108 4969 11 25 15 267
19 Uchhali 49 178 0 70 3 20 0 4
20 Andharkachhala 18 58 1 4 3 55 0 1
21 Boridara 141 143 10 83 5 11 0 18
22 Borjai 95 238 41 92 1 8 1 2


Village name
23 Bhojpur 13 378 0 6 1 0 0 0
24 Dadheda 88 153 4 37 4 42 0 3
25 Dholakuva 46 73 0 5 1 60 0 0
26 Damalai 45 14 8 28 1 243 0 1
27 Fulwadi 77 128 4 326 14 144 1 54
28 Govali 309 1038 14 413 17 42 0 24
29 Haripara 54 108 20 37 19 201 28 48
30 Jhagadia 209 506 25 1263 6 32 15 108
31 Kapalsadi 138 351 8 157 20 82 0 31
32 Kharchi 89 116 1 191 20 85 3 33
33 Kharchi Bhilwada 60 65 2 112 6 84 0 53
34 Kharia 14 145 0 51 0 3 1 0
35 Kunvarpara 2 64 0 0 1 5 0 0
36 Karad 40 190 10 93 1 4 4 12
37 Limet 93 518 3 65 1 0 1 2
38 Malpor (Dumala) 3 535 0 28 1 11 0 1
39 Moran 33 287 0 7 1 53 0 0
40 Mota Sanja 48 312 0 123 0 3 1 11
41 Mulad 76 213 7 97 12 24 2 6
42 Nana Sanja 77 256 2 171 43 54 4 148
43 Navagam Mota 4 154 0 2 0 0 0 0
44 Padal 63 292 0 87 22 170 2 28
45 Panvadi 28 231 1 96 0 6 0 1
46 Rajpore 25 78 0 30 0 1 0 0
47 Randedi 14 67 0 29 1 22 0 12


Village name
48 Ranipara 140 777 1 87 9 3 2 11
49 Ratanpor 11 296 0 238 35 155 0 8
50 Sardarpura 28 12 1 65 5 78 3 10
51 Selod 129 347 14 60 14 49 2 11
52 Sultanpura 108 404 181 1151 16 26 2 137
53 Shiyali 65 265 0 14 0 48 0 11
54 Talodara 108 292 11 168 19 93 4 20
55 Uchedia 177 523 23 208 1 108 4 13
56 Untia 97 124 2 179 44 49 0 11
57 Vanthevad 9 173 3 50 0 13 2 3
58 Vasna 117 381 0 83 1 21 0 2
59 Vaghpara 3 70 0 5 1 0 0 0
60 Bhilod 221 562 19 325 10 143 9 23
61 Dholgam 96 280 2 121 16 277 1 107
62 Hirapor 56 469 0 218 6 82 0 38
63 Kondh 102 551 12 898 18 112 2 88
64 Valia 122 459 35 1942 30 60 16 312
(Source: Census-2011for Bharuch District)

3.10 TRAFFIC SURVEY

3.10.1 RECONNAISSANCE
The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the road
near the project site. The composition of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three Wheelers (Goods
& Passenger Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler Heavy Vehicles like
Trucks, Lorries, Busses etc.
3.10.2 TRAFFIC SURVEY OF THE STUDY AREA
Data was collected by physically counting the number of vehicles playing in both directions of
NH-8: Delhi to Mumbai Highway. The hourly counts were carried out for the different type/
category of vehicles. The variation in the traffic flow at the given road along with the numbers of
vehicles during peak hour & lean hour is presented in the table below. While it’s graphical
representation is done in figure below.
TABLE: 3.23
DELHI TO MUMBAI HIGHWAY (NH-8)
Sr. Vehicle Type During No. of During No. of Vehicles In
No. Lean Hrs. Vehicles In Peak Hrs PCU During Peak
(No. of PCU (No. of Hrs
Vehicles/Hr) During Vehicles/Hr)
Lean Hrs
1. Two Wheelers 46 23 76 57
2. Three Wheelers 26 32 37 74
3. Cars 303 607 321 642
4. Buses/ Mini Buses 211 778 242 528
5. Trucks/ 202 741 248 910
Lorries
6. 2 Axle Truck 235 865 261 966
7. 3 Axle Truck 225 830 258 955
3.10.3 EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF SERVICES (UP)
The road from Delhi to Mumbai is six lanes with divider.

Capacity of road as per IRC= 2500 PUC’s/ hr
Total volume during peak hours= 1443 Nos.
Existing volume / capacity ratio= 1443/2500=0.5772
The level of service is “C” that is good

TABLE: 3.24
LEVEL OF SERVICE
Sr. No. Existing volume/ Capacity Ratio Levels of Services

1. 0.0 to 0.2 “A” (Excellent)
2. 0.2 to 0.4 “B” (Very Good)
3. 0.4 to 0.6 “C” (Good)
4. 0.6 to 0.8 “D” (fair)
5. 0.8 to 1.0 “E” (Poor)
Location: From B to A (Down): From Mumbai to Delhi
TABLE: 3.25
MUMBAI TO DELHI HIGHWAY (NH-8)
Sr. Vehicle Type During No. of During Peak No. of Vehicles
No. Lean Hrs. Vehicles In Hrs (No. of In PCU During
(No. of PCU During Vehicles/Hr) Peak Hrs
Vehicles/Hr) Lean Hrs
1. Two Wheelers 42 31 79 90
2. Three Wheelers 30 32 35 68
3. Cars 276 552 320 637
4. Buses/ Mini Buses 201 742 246 908
5. Trucks/ Lorries 190 699 209 770
6. 2 Axle Truck 215 792 253 932
7. 3 Axle Truck 214 788 242 892
3.10.4 EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO AND LEVEL OF SERVICES (DOWN)

Capacity of road as per IRC= 2500 PUC’s/ hr
Total volume during peak hours= 1384
Existing volume / capacity ratio= 1384/2500=0.55
The level of service is “C” that is good
Results:
The above traffic reveals the LOS (Levels of Service) as “C” Good for the NH-8 Road, Which
are 4 lane roads divider for proposed project scenario. Since adequate parking is provided and
increase in traffic due to proposed project has taken care by the six lane road.

CHAPTER - 4
IDENTIFICATION & ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT
INTRODUCTION
This chapter identifies and predicts the potential impacts on different environmental components
due to the construction and operation of the proposed project. It details all the potential impacts
on biophysical and socio-economic components of the local environment due to the proposed
activities and sub-activities.
Prediction of impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment
studies. Several qualitative and quantitative techniques and methodologies are used to conduct
analysis of the potential impacts likely to build up as a result of the proposed development
activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic environments. Such predictions
are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of the environmental quality to derive at
the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction and
identification of impacts helps to minimize the adverse impacts and maximize the beneficial
impacts on environmental quality during pre and post project execution.
The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:
1) During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term.
2) During operation phase which would have long term effects.
4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACT
Identification of significant impacts for the proposed project is a prominent step in the process of
environmental impact assessment. This provides a way forward to other elements of EIA study
such as quantification and evaluation of site specific impacts exclusively from proposed project.
Although, variety of concerns/ issues are identified while describing existing (baseline)
environmental status, it is necessary to identify the likely critical impacts on various components
of environment due to proposed project.
For construction and operation phases of the proposed project the “Network Method” has been
adopted for identification of impacts, which involves understanding of cause-condition effects
relationships between an activity and the consequences/ impacts on environmental and socio-
economic parameters for identification of significant impacts and has been found to be the most
appealing tool.

The impact networks have been delineated for construction and operation phases of proposed
project. The type of identified potential impacts on various environmental components i.e. Air,
Noise, Water and Land are presented in below Figure 4.1 to 4.6.
It should be noted that in these illustration the lines are to be read as “might have an effect on”.
4.1.1 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The impact during construction will be localized and short term with permanent changes in
profile of the project site as compared to the current conditions. Impact will be primarily related
to the civil works and less intensive impact is expected during erection of the equipment and trial
operation. The various activities involved in construction phase of a proposed project are listed
below:
A) Excavation. B) Construction. C) Erection/Installations of equipment and machinery
D) Transportation E) Material handling F) Employment of labour
4.1.2 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
The main source of emission during the construction phase is the movement of equipment and
vehicles at site. Equipment deployed during the construction phase is also likely to result in
marginal increase in the levels of SO2, NOX, and PM and fugitive emissions. The impact is
reversible, marginal and temporary in nature. The construction activities at site will be restricted
to civil and structural fabrication. The main sources of air pollution are:
• Fugitive dust emissions from digging, filling, material handling, transportation and use of
construction machinery etc.
• Increase in traffic volume resulting in additional vehicular emissions from vehicles
bringing construction material and labour onsite.
• The impact will be for short duration and will be confined to the project boundary.
• However, use of tarpaulin for covering the material being transported in trucks,
sprinkling of water will control the dust generated and proper maintenance of vehicle will
be carried out.
Mitigation Measures:
Water sprinkling will be regularly carried in order to arrest the fugitive dust to the maximum
extent possible. All construction equipment will be maintained properly. Only “PUC” certified
vehicles of contractor will be deployed at site. The green belt will reduce fugitive emissions in
the environment.

FIGURE: 4.1
IMPACT NETWORK ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
Project
Operational
Phase
Activity
Release of Air Release of Heat

Pollutants
Primary Change in Air Impact on Climatic

Impact Quality Particulates
Visibility Changes
Deposition on
Water, Land
Aesthetic
Impact Impact on Human,
Impact on Flora and Fauna
Agricultural produce
Secondary Impact on Human,
Impact
flora & fauna
Tertiary
Impact
Impact on
Economic Output Impact on Socio –
Cultural
Environment

FIGURE: 4.2
IMPACT NETWORK ON NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity
Operational
Phase
Noise
Emission
Change in
Primary Ambient Noise
Impact
Level
Secondary Health Impact on Work Impact on fauna &

Impact Risks Output & Efficiency population
Tertiary
Impact Impact on Impact on Socio-cultural
Economic Output Environment

FIGURE: 4.3
IMPACT NETWORK ON WATER ENVIRONMENT
Project
Operation Phase
Activity
Abstraction of
Water Release of
wastewater
Cost of Water
Treatment
Primary Impact on Hydraulics of
Impact Water Courses Environmental
health
And Aesthetic Risk
Secondary
Impact
Impact on Hydraulic Impact on Impact on
Water Courses Aquatic Life Amenity /
Recreation
Tertiary
Impact
Impact on Economic Impact on Socio-Cultural

Output Environment

FIGURE: 4.4
IMPACT NETWORK ON GROUND WATER ENVIRONMENT
Project
Operation Phase
Activity Abstraction of water Disturbance of soil Release of wastewater on land
Change in Ground water Change in structure of Addition /Removal of

Primary
Regime: Soil Moisture / Soil: Ground level substances or Heat to
Impact water level/ Flow Pattern/ /form the soil
Salt water instruction
Secondary
Impact
Impact on Soil Impact on Flora and Impact on
Biota Fauna landscape
Impact on agricultural
production Impact on livestock
Tertiary
Impact
Output Environment

FIGURE: 4.5
IMPACT NETWORK ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
Project
Activity Operational
Phase
Primary Economic input Economic

Impact Capital/O&M Cost output
Product Cost
Net Income
output
Secondary Change in Development Better Air, Water, Employment Aesthetic

Impact Economic of Ancillary product Land, opportunity Risk
Base of the Industries availability Noise
region pollution
Saving foreign
Exchange Effect on Effect on Effect on Effect on
Tertiary Human Agriculture visual Buildings
Impact Health & fisheries Environment Materials
Monuments

FIGURE: 4.6
IMPACT NETWORK ON LAND ENVIRONMENT
Project
Operational
Phase
Activity
Primary Disposal of waste

Abstraction of water & Sludge
Impact Disturbance of water
land on Land
Change in ground Toxic Substances on

Change in soil Water Regime /Salt Land, Particulate
Texture & Permeability Water intrusion Deposition on Land
Impact on Landscape Soil Salinity Impact on flora & fauna

Secondary
Impact
Impact on Impact on Live stock
Agricultural Produce
Tertiary
Impact
Output Environment

4.2 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT
An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical, biological, cultural and/or Socio-
economic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under study for
meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach for prediction
and assessing these impacts.
Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling are available for
studying impacts of various project activities on environmental parameters.
The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each
parameters identified in the proceeding chapter, is singularly considered for the anticipated
impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1, 2, 3,
4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each parameter is
discussed in detail covering the following:
1) Project activities likely to generate impact
2) Quantification and prediction of impact
4.2.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT
4.2.1.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS

During construction phase, water will be required for construction of structures, sprinkling for
dust suppression. The raw water for the various purposes will be supplied by GIDC only.
There will no impact on surrounding ground water quality and quantity during construction
phase.
4.2.1.2 OPERATIONAL PHASE IMPACTS

The average daily water requirements will be 63 KL/day. The unit will use 35.5 KL/day of fresh
water and 27.5 KL/day of recovered water. Fresh water will be met by GIDC water supply
scheme. There will be no extraction of ground water, so that no direct impact is found on ground
water availability.
Total wastewater generation will be 33 KL/day from different sources i.e. process, washing,
boiler, cooling and domestic at full production capacity.
Mitigative measures:
Effluent will be treated in ETP. Total quantity 29 KL/Day of effluent will be treated in ETP. ETP
treated water will be send to RO plant. RO permeate 21 KLD will be reuse and RO reject 6 KLD

will be send to MEE. MEE condensate (6.5 KLD) will be reuse and salt will be disposed at
TSDF site.
4.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT
Dust will be generated during excavation and hauling operation and vehicle transportation on
unpaved tracks at the site. Other exhaust gases like carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, nitrogen
oxides, particles, volatile organic compounds and sulfur dioxide may be also slightly released
into the local ambient air due to vehicular traffic movement. Thus, the local ambient air quality
may be temporarily affected. It will be confined within the project boundary and expected to be
negligible outside the plant boundaries.
Mitigative Measures
Water sprinkling and provision of enclosures will allow the particles to settle down prior to
discharge. There will be provision of enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to
settle down prior to discharge.
4.2.2.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS

There will be flue gas emissions from one boiler, one D.G. set and one TFH due to proposed
project.
Natural gas/Bio-coal will be used as fuel boiler, TFH and Diesel will be used as fuel in proposed
DG set.
There will be process gas emission from one fluid bed dryer, one tray dryer and Reaction vessels
due to proposed project.
Mitigative measure:
In the case of natural gas will be used as fuel in Boilers & TFH, there will not be any provision
of APCM to control emission of PM, SO2 & NOX and in the case of bio-coal will be used as fuel
in Boilers & TFH, there will be any provision of bag filter as APCM to control emission of PM,
SO2 & NOX.
For process gas emission, there will be provision of Water scrubber + Alkali Scrubber to control
emission of H2S, HCl, HBr and Br2 and Charcoal Tower to control emission of VOC, bag filter
will be used as APCM with stack attached to fluid bed dryer and tray drier.
The air quality impacts of source are evaluated by use of model. The model stimulates the
relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry, all of which are
determined by formulating impact scenario.

MODELING DETAILS
The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological parameters

like temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level etc. The air quality
impacts of source or collection of sources is evaluated by use of models. The model stimulates
the relationship between air pollutants emission, meteorology and air chemistry, all of which are
determined by formulating impact scenario. Estimation of emissions from the plant has been
made by Industrial Source Complex – Short Term (ISC-ST3) model developed by United States
Environment Protection Agency (USEPA). ISC-ST is based on a modified steady state Gaussian
Plume equation, and it has been recommended for use in EIA studies by MoEF & CC in EIA
manual.
Maximum GPCB permissible limits are used for carrying out atmospheric dispersion modeling
studies. Based on the modeling results, the concentration of NOX, SO2 & PM are summarized in
the Table 4.3 and concentration of NH3 is summarized in the Table 4.4.

DISPERSION MODEL
TABLE: 4.1
DETAILS OF FLUE GAS
Sources of Steam Boiler * TFH
gaseous (1 TPH) (2,50,000
emissions (Natural Gas Kcal/Hr)
Based)
Fuel used Natural Gas/ Natural Gas/
Biocoal Biocoal
Quantity of fuel 800 M3/Day / 800 M3/Day/
4 MT/Day 4 MT/Day
Type of PM PM
emissions SO2 SO2
NOx NOx
Stack height 30 30
(m)
Stack diameter 600 mm 600 mm
at the top (mm)
Stack gas exit 250oC 250oC
temperature
(oC)
Stack gas exit 7.0 m/s 7.0 m/s
velocity (m/s)
APCM -- --
Emissions:
PM 150 mg/NM3 150 mg/NM3
Concentration
NOx 100 ppm 100 ppm
Concentration
SO2 50 ppm 50 ppm
Concentration

TABLE: 4.2
DETAILS OF PROCESS STACKS
Sources of gaseous Fluid Bed Dryer Tray Dryer Vent Vent Vent
emissions (1 Nos.) (1 Nos.) attached attached attached
to reactor to reactor to reactor
Fuel used -- -- -- --
--
Quantity of fuel -- -- -- --
Type of emissions Particulate Matter Particulate H2 S Cl2
Matter HCl
VOC HBr
Br2
NOx
Stack height (m) 30 30 25 25
Stack diameter at the 300 300 300 300
top (mm)
Stack gas exit 100 110 50 50
temperature (oC)
Stack gas exit velocity 6.5 m/s 6.5 m/s 6.5 m/s 6.5 m/s
(m/s)
APCM Bag Filter Bag Filter Water Water Scrubber +
scrubber + Alkali Scrubber
Alkali
Scrubber
Charcoal
Tower
Emissions:
PM Concentration 150 mg/Nm3 150 mg/Nm3 -- --
NOx Concentration -- -- -- 25 mg/Nm3
H2S Concentration -- -- 40 --
mg/Nm3
Cl2 Concentration -- -- -- 9 mg/Nm3
HCl Concentration -- -- -- 20 mg/Nm3
HBr Concentration -- -- -- 20 mg/Nm3
Br2 Concentration -- -- -- 9 mg/Nm3
VOC Concentration -- -- -- --

TABLE: 4.3
CONCENTRATION OF PM, NO2
Highest Incremental increase in X Co-ord Y Co-ord
Values Concentration (µg/m3) (mts) (mts)
NO2 PM
1 1.486 2.811 1000 1000
2 1.219 2.303 1000 1000
3 1.153 2.185 1000 1000
4 1.139 2.15 1000 0
5 1.13 2.14 1000 1000
6 1.128 2.133 1000 1000
7 1.071 2.047 1000 1000
8 1.071 2.025 1000 0
9 1.058 2.02 1000 1000
10 1.049 1.997 1000 1000
TABLE: 4.4
CONCENTRATION OF SO2
Highest Incremental X Co-ord Y Co-ord
Values increase in (mts) (mts)
Concentration
(µg/m3)
SO2
1 2.067 1000 1000
2 1.698 1000 1000
3 1.604 1000 1000
4 1.586 1000 0
5 1.571 1000 1000
6 1.57 1000 1000
7 1.489 1000 0
8 1.486 1000 1000
9 1.469 1000 1000
10 1.459 1000 1000
TABLE: 4.4
CONCENTRATION OF Br, Cl, H2S, HBr & HCl
Highest Incremental increase in Concentration (µg/m3) X Co-ord Y Co-ord
Values (mts) (mts)
Br Cl H2S HBr HCl
1 0.004 0.01 0.04 0.01 0.04 1000 1000

2 0.003 0.008 0.034 0.008 0.034 1000 1000

3 0.003 0.007 0.031 0.007 0.031 1000 1000

4 0.003 0.007 0.031 0.007 0.031 1000 1000
5 0.002 0.007 0.029 0.007 0.029 1000 1000
6 0.002 0.007 0.028 0.007 0.028 -1000 1000
7 0.002 0.006 0.027 0.006 0.027 1000 1000
8 0.002 0.006 0.027 0.006 0.027 1000 1000
9 0.002 0.006 0.027 0.006 0.027 1000 1000
10 0.002 0.006 0.026 0.006 0.026 1000 0
Based on the modeling results, isopleths for PM, SO2, NOx, and NH3 were drawn and were
superimposed on an aerial view of the site using maps from Google Earth which is as shown in
the figures given below.
FIGURE: 4.7
ISOPLETHS OF PM (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.8
ISOPLETHS OF SO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.9
ISOPLETHS OF NO2 (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.10
ISOPLETHS OF Br (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.11
ISOPLETHS OF Cl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.12
ISOPLETHS OF H2S (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.13
ISOPLETHS OF HBr (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)

FIGURE: 4.14
ISOPLETHS OF HCl (SITE COORDINATES 0, 0)
Observations from dispersion modeling studies:

From the dispersion modeling studies conducted, it was observed that the maximum ground level
concentration occurs in the North East direction. The maximum incremental increase in
concentration for PM, NOx and SO2 is 2.811 µg/m3, 1.486 µg/m3 and 2.067 µg/m3 respectively at
a distance of about 1 km in the North East direction. Whereas, the maximum incremental
increase in concentration for HCl, H2S, Cl2, HBr and Br is 0.04 µg/m3, 0.04 µg/m3, 0.01 µg/m3,
0.01 µg/m3 and 0.004 µg/m3 at a distance of about 1 km in the North East direction.
4.2.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The construction activities such as transportation of raw materials for civil works, operation of
heavy equipment and construction machinery are likely to cause increase in the ambient noise

levels. However, the impact of this noise generated will be localised, short term and reversible in
nature.
Operation of construction equipments generating higher noise will be strictly restricted during 10
p.m. to 6 a.m. The construction machinery and equipment will be well maintained. Provision of
encloser, damper and other engineering control will control noise pollution. Workers operating
these equipments will be given ear plugs/muffs.
The sources of noise pollution will be D.G. sets, boilers and other noise generating units.
Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw materials and
finished products and other transportation activity may also increase noise level.
Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti vibration
pad for equipment with high vibration etc. is already provided. Housing/casing shall be provided
for all noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to some extent. More ever,
PPE like earmuff and ear plugs is provided to the operators/worker exposed to high noise. The
green belt is further helpful in reducing the ambient noise level. The above control measures will
be continuously followed after proposed expansion.
4.2.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT

The following impacts on the land environment are anticipated during the construction phase of
the proposed project:
Change of land use due to the proposed expansion:

The existing industry is located within notified industrial area of GIDC, Govt. of Gujarat. The
proposed expansion and debottlenecking is within the existing industrial unit. Additional land
will not be required for the proposed project. The land use of this facility is for industrial
purpose. However, during construction, storage of construction materials, old/ obsolete
equipment and waste materials shall be done, which will be of temporary in nature and shall not
change the land use pattern of the location.
Waste generated during civil works and its disposal:

The solid waste generation during construction phase will be mainly construction debris like
rubble, brick bats, steel scrap, iron scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. In addition, unused

hazardous materials like paints and diesel oil will be stored and handled as per the existing
practice to prevent any spillage on land. The construction debris and scrap materials are inert in
nature and will not result into leaching of any substance or constituent. These materials will also
be stored at a designated location to prevent any scattered discharges on land. On completion of
civil work, materials like wooden scrap, steel scrap etc. unused paint, diesel oil and other debris
will be disposed of from time to time as per the existing practice of non-hazardous and hazardous
waste disposal through authorized recyclers and buyers to prevent any adverse impact on the
environment and also to avoid any incompatibility with future use.
The impact significance in view of the above on the land environment during construction is
anticipated to be low.
If the raw materials and hazardous wastes are not handled properly, it can pose danger of land
contamination and can affect land system adversely.
Transportation is one of the most important areas of concern associated with handling and
spillage of raw materials and hazardous waste because of the packaging and method of
transporting hazardous waste will prevent the likelihood that an accident or spill would occur.
Liquid chemicals storage tanks are fitted with appropriate controls to avoid any leakages, transfer
through pumping and bund/dyke walls are provided 1.5 times higher than storage tanks so, there
is no impact on land. The storage area of hazardous waste is insulated with impervious flooring.
Transportation of hazardous waste to the TSDF site is governed as per the Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016.
Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer, RCC
roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities will be
involved. Separate storm water collection system is provided to prevent contamination of soil
through contaminated water.
Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment due to handling of
hazardous solids waste. The unit is following Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for storing
and handling of hazardous wastes.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE:
All the departments will collect the various types of the waste and segregate it in various types
like paper and packing material, plastic bags, process waste, metal waste glass waste etc.
1.The person will shift the various type of waste in the designated areas of the waste category.

Before shifting it he will inform and hand over the filled slip to ETP operator/ chemist/ EHS –
HOD.
2.According to the nature of the waste ETP operator/ Chemist will guide the person carrying the
waste, where to store.
3.On sufficient stock of the waste type, it will be disposed off.
4.For disposal of empty containers, carboys or drums disposal, the guidelines provided by the
Gujarat Pollution Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty
before taken for disposal.
CARE TO BE TAKEN DURING HANDLING OF WASTE/MINIMIZATION OF

MANUAL HANDLING
1. Person handling the hazardous waste should wear gloves, shoes/ gum boots etc., mask like
Personal Protective Equipments.
2. It should be collected in to the double polyethylene bags or suitable container. Take due care
that it should not spill out on the floor or on the ground. After filling in to the bag / container tie
the bags/container and label as "Hazardous waste” and keep it in the area designated for the
waste.
3. Forklift will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous waste to
minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.
4.2.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
The impact due to the proposed expansion on ecological parameters like natural vegetation,
cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forest land species diversity are briefly summarized
below:
The project site is located within the panoli GIDC Estate .The project site is devoid of trees; it
will not harbor any important flora. There will be no impact on natural vegetation during
construction. Since, the project is established on a non-agriculture land, it will not to alter the
crop production of the area. The project site is at a far distance from the forest land, wild life
sanctuaries and national parks. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.
The green belt will be approx. 35%. Developed by unit having different species of flora, which
will lead to beneficial impact on ecological environment. There will be necessary environmental
protection measures which have been planned under EMP, i.e. air/water pollution control system

designed to take care of release of the gaseous pollutants like PM, SO2, NOx, and NH3.The waste
water generated from the process and domestic activity will be properly treated and recycle
treated water use in process. The unit has proposed ETP having primary & secondary treatment.
Treated water from ETP will be sent to CETP. Proper storage facility will be provided for raw
material and hazardous waste. Hence there will be no impact on ground water and surface water
quality, Raw material and hazardous waste will be transported by road and will be stored in plant
premises. The project proponent shall consider all the safety measures in planning, designing and
operation of the plant as per standard practices.
Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated.
4.2.6 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES
The plant is located in a GIDC, Panoli having all essential facilities such as water, power, post,
and telecommunication.
Impact due to vehicular movement: The GIDC, Panoli has four lanes internal roads with
separate parking areas at different locations. At present there are no traffic issues in the project
area. Due to proposed expansion, there will be additional 5 to 7 truck / tanker moments will be
increase. This will not results in any traffic issues. Also, the unit has made parking arrangement
of 25 Vehicles within the premises. The parking for staff and worker’s vehicle is also available
within the premises. This will have almost negligible impact on road network.
The power requirement of total project of 150 KVA will be fulfilled from DGVCL. DGVCL is
having large amount of electricity production thus due to extra consumption of electricity no
adverse impact of electricity supply is predicted.
The unit is using water from GIDC water supply scheme. Also, the treated water will be used to
conserve fresh water. As a result of development of GIDC, Panoli the neighboring areas will be
developed for commercial use. The infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph,
communication, medical facilities, education; housing will get improved in surrounding area.
4.2.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT
There will be no any displacement of habitation/settlement. There will be temporarily increase in

the employment opportunities for about 56 persons by taking local personnel. The above stated
contain will also temporary increase the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market.

Thus, the economic and commercial activities of the area will also improve. This will be a
beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment.
During operation phase some additional jobs for operation and maintenance of project and for
operating and maintaining various facilities like water supply, power supply, roads, gardens,
transportation etc will be available. The migration of employees in addition to the local ones will
lead to a faster growth rate of economical and social status of the local area.
Emission, if uncontrolled from process and utility stacks may cause discomfort to people in the
down wind direction. This may be caused due to the failure of control equipment / process.
Mitigative measure: Provision of adequate APCM and maintenance of APCM will prevent any
accidental emission from stacks and reduce risk to the health of the people in the vicinity of the
project. As a result the project activities there will not be adverse impacts on sanitation,
communication and community health as sufficient measures have been proposed in EMP.
4.3 IMPACT MATRIX
The parameter discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in Table no. 4.6.There will be both
construction and operation phases.
The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following criteria.
Score 0 1 2 3 4 5
Severity No No Slight/short Occasional Irreversible Permanent
criteria Impact damage term effect reversible /Long –term damage
effect effect

TABLE 4.5
ENVIRONMENT IMPACT MATRIX (WITH MITIGATION MEASURES)
Activity Activities during Air Water Noise Land Infra- Ecological Health, Socio-
Construction Phase quality quality & quality Structure Environment Safety & Economic
Odour /Services Aesthetics Status
Excavation, civil work, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Construction
transportation of construction
vehicle
phase
Water requirement 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Material Storage/handling/ 2 1 1 0 0 1 2 0
Transport
Effluent discharge (considering 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
zero liquid discharge)
Utilities 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 0
Gaseous emissions 2 0 1 1 0 1 2 0
Fugitive emissions 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 0
Solid/hazardous Waste 1 0 1 1 2 1 2 0
Disposal
Spills & Leaks 1 0 0 1 1 1 2 0
Operation phase
Plant Operations 2 1 1 0 1 1 2 1
Equipment Failures/ Shutdown/ 2 2 1 0 2 1 2 1
Startup
Transport of workers/ Movement 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1
of vehicles
Cumulative score 15 7 8 4 11 10 17 4

TABLE 4.6
CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART
Environmental Parameter Total Cumulative
Air Quality 15
Water Quality 7
Noise and Odor 8
Land Quality 4
Infrastructure/ Service 11
Ecological Environment 10
Health, Safety & Aesthetics 17
Socio Economic Status 4
Conclusion:
Due to proposed expansion project, identified impacts are as under:

The source of water is GIDC water supply scheme; there is no extraction of ground water. The
unit is using recovered water. So, there will be no deterioration of surface and ground water
quality.
Even though after provision of APCM, there will be minor increase in ground level in ambient
air due to operational activities of proposed project.
The unit will take adequate measure for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous waste.
Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.
Engineering control, use of PPE, restriction of construction activity during 9 p.m. to 6 a.m., and
green belt will reduce impact of noise pollution due to construction work, vehicular movement
and noise generating equipment. There will be minor increase in ambient noise level and impact
is insignificant.
The unit is located in GIDC, Panoli. There will be no significant impact on crops & vegetation as
the proposed APCM will take care of flue gas emission and process emission.
There will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in
demand for essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational phase.
There will be no impact on the local infrastructure services e.g. roads, post and telegraph,
communication, medical facilities & education. The housing facilities will be improved in
surrounding area.
There is a well laid down broad roads already existing in GIDC, Panoli. At the full capacity of
production, there will be 5-7 tanker/trucks per day for transportation of raw material and finished
good products.

CHAPTER -5
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Environmental monitoring describes the processes and activities that need to take place to
characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental monitoring is used
in the preparation of environmental impact assessments, as well as in many circumstances
in which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All
monitoring strategies and programmed have reasons and justifications which are often
designed to establish the current status of an environment and Prediction of the impact of
future development and/or alteration in the operation and design of existing installations.
Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase of the project for monitoring of
various environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil etc.
A well-defined environmental monitoring programme would be employed with trained and
qualified staff of Environmental Management Cell of the proposed expansion project to
monitor the environmental attributes of the area with respect to EMP as well as the
guidelines of the GPCB/CPCB. Environment monitoring schedule proposed to be adopted
by the project.
5.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with
conditions of NOC.
• To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules.
• To verify the results of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to
new development.
• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition
to plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required.
• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.
• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment
study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.
• To establish a data base for future Impact Assessment Studies for new project.
M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. 184

5.3 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE OF MONITORING MEASURES

Monitoring should be done as periodically to understand the environmental condition of the
site.
The mitigation measures suggested in the Chapter-4 should be implemented so as to reduce
the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to
facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority
implementation. The priority of the implementation schedule is given in Table 5.1.
TABLE 5.1
IMPLEMENTATION POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
Sr. No. Required Stage Remarks

Measures
1. Air pollution During operation Bag Filterand Scrubber system
control measures stage will be provided as APCM
2. Ground Water During construction As per IS 10500 Standard
Criteria and and Operation stage. Quarterly monitor quality of
Drinking Water water.
parameter.
3. Waste Water Operation phase of the Treated at ETP with MEE &
Treatment project Spray Dryer.
4. Greenbelt During construction Plantation will be done along
development stage & operation the boundary and outside the
stage. premises.
5. Solid waste Construction and Solid waste to be segregated
disposal operation phase of the and disposal as per guideline.
project
6. Hazardous waste Operation phase of the Collection /storage
disposal project /transportation /disposal at
TSDF- BEIL& RSPL,
Ankleshwar& disposal as per
Hazardous waste rule 2016.

5.4 POLLUTION MONITORING AND SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions,
a properly planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for assessment of any
deterioration in environment conditions. This will facilitate undertaking suitable
measures to mitigate adverse impact during the operation of the plant and further help to
protect the environment in the area. The main attributes for which monitoring shall be
carried out are:
• Ambient Air Quality

• Stack Emission
• Effluent water Quality
• Noise Level
The above mentioned sources will be monitored so as to meet the requirements of the
State Pollution Control Board.
5.4.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

The ambient air quality with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, and NOX shall be monitored at
ETP, process area, storage area and one location in downwind direction. The frequency of
monitoring will be every three month by external approved monitoring agency.
The log book shall be maintained at environment cell for evaluation of impact and to
decide required migratory measures.
5.4.2 STACK MONITORING
All the flue gas stacks in the proposed project shall be monitored with respect to
temperature, oxides of nitrogen (NOX), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) and Sulphur
dioxide (SO2) level. The process stacks shall be monitored for PM, HCl, HBr, Br2, H2S
&NOx.
5.4.3 NOISE MONITORING
Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter
and noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be
conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The
noise levels due to machines/equipments viz. compressor, motors, engines etc shall be
monitored regularly.

5.4.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING
Daily analysis of effluent stream is recommended. Sampling and analysis of the raw
effluent, collection tank, Primary Settling Tank&Multiple Effective Evaporator will be
conducted regularly.Online meter will be fitted for monitoring of flow, pH, COD.
The detailed monitoring plan is tabulated in Table 5.2.
TABLE: 5.2
EMISSION MONITORING PLAN
Sr. Description Location Parameter To Frequency of
No. be Monitored Monitoring
1. Flue Gas Three boilers PM ,SO2 and Monitoring will be done
Emission stacks (Baggase), NOX by online monitoring
Monitoring two stacks of systems for PM in boiler
Plan Thermopack (6 and external monitoring
Nos.), agency once in three
(D.G.Set) months.
(2 Nos.),
One stack of Hot
Air Generator for
Spray Dryer
2. Process Reactor Vessels, PM, HCl, HBr, Quarterly by external
Emission Spin flash Drier Br2, H2S &NOx. monitoring agency.
Monitoring Online monitoring
Plan system with alarm
facility for HCl.
3. Fugitive Process area & Relevant solvent Quarterly by external
Emission storage area (VOC) and monitoring agency.
Monitoring acidic fumes.
Plan
4. Ambient Air ETP, Process PM10,PM2.5, SO2, Quarterly by external
Monitoring area,storage area NOX monitoring agency
Plan and one location
in downwind
direction
5. Noise Any five location Noise Quarterly by external
Monitoring within company monitoring agency in day
premises time and night time.
6. Water Quality Monitoring

6.1 Effluent Primary For TDS, pH, 1) Every three month by
Quality Before equalization tank COD,TSS, external approved


Neutralization Ammonical monitoring agency.
nitrogen,
Chlorides, 2) Every day by self-
Sulfates, oil and analytical facility.
grease
6.2 Effluent quality Neutralization For TDS, pH, 1) Every three month by
after Tank COD, TSS, external approved
neutralization Ammonical monitoring agency.
nitrogen. 2) Every day by self-
analytical facility.
6.3 Effluent quality Bio-Reactor For TDS, pH, Every day by self-
after Aeration COD, TSS, analytical facility.
Tank Chlorides,
Ammonical
nitrogen.
6.4 Effluent quality At Holding Tank For TDS, pH, Every day by self-
after Clarifier COD analytical facility.
6.5 Effluent quality At CETP inlet For TDS, pH, 1) Online meter is already
after PSF & and COD, Turbidity installed with recording
Activated facility.
Carbon Filter 2) Every day by self-
analytical facility.
R.O. System For TDS, pH, Every day by self-
inlet COD, Turbidity analytical facility.
6.6 Effluent quality R.O. permeate For TDS, pH, Every day by self-
after R.O. Conductivity analytical facility.
treatment RO Reject For COD, TDS, Every day by self-
pH, analytical facility.
Conductivity
7. Water Quantity Monitoring
7.1 Inlet & Outlet ETP Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.2 Inlet & Outlet Boiler Quantity in KL Flow meter


7.3 Inlet & Outlet Cooling Tower Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.4 Inlet Process Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.5 Inlet Domestic Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.6 Inlet & Outlet RO Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.7 Inlet & Outlet MEE Quantity in KL Flow meter
7.7 Inlet & Outlet Soak pit Quantity in KL Flow meter
8. Hazardous Sludge drying pH, COD, Comprehensive analysis
Waste bed Chloride, every 2 year.
Alkalinity,
Monitoring
Organic
content.
9. Electricity Consumption Monitoring
9.1 ETP Plant Low TDS Electricity Separate electricity meter
effluent and daily reading will be
treatment plant noted.
9.2 Air pollution Scrubbers Electricity Separate electricity meter
control system and daily reading will be
noted.
5.4.5 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of
important environmental parameter. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from
NABL / MoEF recognized laboratory.
TABLE: 5.3
IN-HOUSE MONITORING FACILITY
Sr. No. Parameter Equipment

1. COD COD digester
2. Ammonical Nitrogen Heating mantle
3. TDS TDS meter
4. Conductivity Conductivity meter
5. pH pH meter
6. MLSS Oven
7. MLVSS Muffle furnace
Air Analysis
9. HCl Handy Sampler
10. Cl2
11. Ammonia

5.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

For environment protection, management and pollution control and treatment and
monitoring systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for
recurring expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The
details of budget allocation during construction phase and operation phase are given in
Table 5.3.
5.5.1 COST ESTIMATES
A Budget allocation for effective Environmental Monitoring Plan (EMP) is proposed
during construction phase and operation phase is given in Table 5.4.
TABLE 5.4
BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Sr. Pollution Control Measures Operating cost
No. (Rs. In Lakhs)
1. Dust suppression during construction 1
TOTAL 1
OPERATION PHASE
Sr. Pollution Control Measures Approximate Approximate
No. Capital Cost Recurring Cost
(Rs. In Lakhs) Per Annum
(Rs. In Lakhs)
1. Air Pollution Control& Monitoring 3 2
2. Water Pollution Control& Monitoring 7 4
3. Green Belt 4 2
(Premises and outside premises.)
4. Solid Waste Management 2 1
5. Fire Safety & Equipment 3 2
TOTAL 19 11
Total EMP cost (Construction + Operation phase): 31

CHAPTER - 6
RISK ASSESSMENT
In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment management plan,
following additional studies have been included in this report.
• Risk Assessment
• Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and manmade)Preparedness and Emergency
Management Plan
• Occupational Health Program
6.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY:

The QRA study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of References
(TORs) given by Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF and GPCB for Environment
Clearance (EC).
The study has been carried out with a view to comply the following TOR points:
• TOR No. 47:Occupational health impacts on the workers and mitigation measures
proposed to avoid the human health hazards along with the personal protective equipment
to be provided. Provision of industrial hygienist and monitoring of the occupational injury
to workers as well as impact on the workers. Plan for periodic medical checkup of the
workers exposed.
• TOR No. 49: Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-case scenario and
maximum credible accident scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case scenario
should take into account the maximum inventory of storage at site at any point of time. The
risk contours should be plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of the
facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on the same,
proposed safeguard measures including On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be
provided.
• TOR No. 51: Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of raw materials and
products to be handled and the control measures proposed to ensure safety and avoid the
human health impacts. This shall include the details of Antidotes also.
• TOR No. 52: Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical (including solvents) to be
stored, Material of Construction of major hazardous chemical storage tanks, dyke details,
threshold storage quantity as per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of
Hazardous Chemicals Rules of major hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage tank
to be provided for each raw material & product etc. How the manual handling of the
hazardous chemicals will be minimized?
M/S. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR 191

• TOR No. 53: Details of the separate isolated storage area for flammable chemicals. Details
of flame proof electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other safety measures proposed.
Detailed fire control plan for flammable substances and processes showing hydrant
pipeline network, provision of DG Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors etc.
• TOR No. 54: Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of preventive maintenance,
strengthening of HSE, manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures.
• Part A. Std TOR NO.: 3.9: Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.
• Part A. Std TOR NO.: 7.13 Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)
Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage
control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management
Plan.
• Part A. Std TOR NO.: 8 Occupational Health:
i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and
casual workers.
ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health
is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest X-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,
Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect)
ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the
same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters
as per age, sex; duration of exposure and department wise.
iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of
above mentioned hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level
(PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to
keep them within PEL so thathealth of the workers can be preserved.
iv. Annual reportof health status of workers with special referenceto Occupational Health
and Safety.
• Specific TOR No. 13: Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals
/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.
• Specific TOR No. 14: Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged
in handling oftoxic materials.

6.2 INTRODUCTION TO RISK ASSESSMENT

M/s. Om Shiv Industries, for its upcoming new unit in Panoli, shall handle chemicals, some
of which are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their
operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, toxic release or
combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous
chemicals. More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering,
such as, Hazard Analysis and Qualitative/Quantitative Risk Assessment have been developed
to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial plants, the same has been
discussed in detail under their respective headings.
6.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and
assessment of risks the neighbouring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards
present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible accident
scenario, vulnerability of population etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or
generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible
accident studies.
Risk assessment is carried out for the following objectives:

1. To identify hazard and risk resulting from the hazards
2. To study and foresee the effects of such risks on the workers, public, property
and environment and to find out necessary control measures to prevent or
minimize risk.
3. To comply the legal requirement by various safety and environment laws of
the country like…
• The Factories Act, 1948 / The Gujarat Factories Act, 1963
• The Environment Protection Act and Rules, 1986
• Hazardous waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989
• Public Liability Insurance Act & Rules,1991
• Chemical Accident, (Emergency, planning, preparedness and response)
Rules,1996
4. To get the necessary information for Emergency planning and evacuation.

6.2.2 PLANT LAYOUT

The below plant layout shows details of STORAGE FACILITIES, ADEQUATE
MARGIN ALL ROUND THE PERIPHERY.
FIGURE: 6.1
HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL COMPANY LAYOUT

TABLE: 6.1
STORAGE DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS
Mode of
Name of the Storage &
Sr Quantity Possible type of
Raw Material of State Proposed Control Measures
No stored hazards
Materials Construction
for the same
1 Toluene 10 KL Tank Liquid • Flammable • Proper storage area shall be provided.
2 Methanol 5 KL Tank Liquid • Flammable • Eye wash station shall be provided.
3 N-Hexane 10 KL Tank Liquid • Flammable • Chilling Water Circulation shall be provided.
• Specialist to be consulted, if required..
4 Dimethylamine 200L Drums Liquid • Flammable • PPEs shall be used.
5 Ammonia 100Kg Cylinder Gas • Toxic • Self contained breathing apparatus shall be used
6 Thionyl 200L Drums Liquid • PPEs like Splash goggles, Full suit, Vapor respirator or
• Toxic
Chloride self-contained breathing apparatus, Gloves etc., shall be
used while handling this chemical.
NOTES:
1. The size of the biggest storage tank is 10 KL and Dyke of sufficient capacity (i.e. 10% extra than tank capacity) shall be provided
for all the chemicals stored in tanks.
2. The unit shall be classified as Non Major Accident Hazard (NMAH) unit based on the quantity of Hazardous Chemicals stored
at site, as the quantity of these chemicals being stored within the factory premises are well within the threshold storage
quantity as per schedules of Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules of major hazardous
chemicals.

TABLE 6.2
PROPERTIES OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS
SP. TLV-
Vap. LD50 LD50 STEL
GR Vap. IDLH Value TWA
Sr. Physical FP BP Pr. LEL UEL ORAL DERMA LC50 by
Chemical o o @ Den. by ACGIH/ by
no State C C @ % % mg/ L mg/L OSHA
20o Vs air o NIOSH OSHA
20 C kgs mg/kgs (PPM)
C (PPM)
3.8
1 Toluene Liq 4.4 110 0.87 3.2 1.3 7 636 14100 440 - 150 100
KPa
5628
12.26 20 mg/kg 64000 200
2 Methanol Liq 12 64.5 0.79 1.1 6 36 mg/kg 200 310
kPa (Rabbit) ppm (Rat) ppm
[Rat].
151m
25
m Hg 48000ppm
3 N-Hexane Liq -23 69 0.66 2.97 1.2 7.5 gm/Kg - 1,100 ppm - 50 ppm
@ 4h. (Rat)
(Rat)
25°C
698
Dimethyl- 170kp 4700 ppm
4 Liq 6.7 6.9 0.66 1.59 2.8 14.4 mg/kg - 500ppm 15ppm 10ppm
amine a (rat, 4 hr)
(Rat)
ACGIH
2000 ppm
860 TLV- ACGIH
5 Ammonia Gas NA -33 0.6 0.6 16 25 NA NA (rat, 4 300
kpa STEL: :25
hours)
35
500 ppm
Thionyl 13.3 N.
6 Liq. N.A 78.8 1.63 4.1 N.A - - 1 Hrs 25 ppm - -
Chloride kPa A
[Rat].

6.3 RISK ASSESSMENT

Identification of hazards in the proposed project activity is of primary significance. Hazard
states the characteristics of system/plant/process that presents potential for an accident. All the
components of a system/plant/process are need to be thoroughly examined to assess their
potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be
termed as an accident.
IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDOUS AREAS

At M/s. Om Shiv Industries., major risks have been identified for the following areas:
• Tank Farm area,
• Ammonia Cylinder Storage Area,
• Warehouse.
As a conservative approach, we have analyzed the risk qualitatively and quantitatively
both.
In this study, we have considered the following:
• Storage & Handling of hazardous chemicals like Toluene, Methanol, N-Hexane,
Dimethyl amine, Ammonia, and Thionyl Chloride have been considered for
Consequence Analysis. Their storage location has been shown in Figure-6.2.
Hazardous (physical & chemical) properties of these chemicals have been summarized
in Table 6.2 B.
• Storage & Handling of Solid Chemicals, Caustic soda lye & Acids have been
considered for Qualitative Risk Assessment.
6.3.1 QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Many a times Risk involved in various processes / process equipments cannot be
addressed completely by Consequence Analysis. As a conservative approach, these
risks have been considered separately under this topic. The approach is to identify
hazards associated in operation of equipments as well as in processes, assessing its
impacts, ranking the risk posed by it and finally to propose remedial actions/mitigation
measures such that the risk is minimized to tolerable level.
The Risk Matrix presented below should be referred in evaluating this assessment.
In Qualitative Risk Assessment, risk has been analyzed using methodology called
HIRA-Hazards Identification & Risk Assessment. In HIRA, major manual activities
carried out by plant personnel as well as contract labours have been considered.

Qualitative Risk Assessment has been carried out for the following areas:
1. Storage and Handling of Solid Chemicals.
2. Storage and Handling of Caustic Lye.
3. Storage and Handling of Acids.
TABLE: 6.3
RISK MATRIX FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENTRISK MATRIX
FOR QUALITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT
LIKEHOOD/ SEVERITY
PROBABILITY Catastrophic Major/ Moderate Minor/Margi Insignificant
(Death/ Critical (Less nal /Negligible
System Loss) (Serious Serious (Minor (No injury/
injury/ Injury/ Injury/ Illness)
Illness) Illness) Illness)
5 4 3 2 1
Almost 5 H H H M M
Certain
Likely 4 H H M M L
Possible 3 H M M M L
Unlikely 2 M M M L L
Impossible 1 M M L L L
TABLE: 6.4
RISK RANGE & ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA
Risk Risk Remarks

Range Acceptability
Criteria
H Unacceptable/ Management’s Decision/Action Plan Required. Potential off-site
High Impact.
M Medium Generally Minor Impact. Acceptable with Management’s Review.
Specific monitoring or SOP to be followed.
L Low Acceptable without Review. Manage through Routine Procedure.

6.3.1.1 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF SOLID CHEMICALS
TABLE: 6.5
RISKS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
INITIAL RESIDUAL
RISK RISK
SR HEALTH &
PROCESS ADDITIONAL
ASSOCIATED SAFETY EXISTING
SEVERIT
SEVERIT
LIKELIH
LIKELIH
OR RECOMMENDATI
No HAZARDS IMPACT MEASURES
ACTIVITY ONS
. (RISK)
RISK
RISK
OOD
OOD
Y
Y
1. Handling • Chemical • Skin/Eye 4 3 M • PPEs like suitable 4 2 L 1. Operators/Workers
Chemical bags Exposure. irritation. protective clothing, to be trained for
• Dusting. • Ingestion & gloves, face shield, dust Safe Work
Inhalation of and splash proof safety Practices.
dust powder. goggles, chemically 2. Chemical handling
resistant safety shoes, bags & dusty area
etc. shall be used. to be labeled
• Standard Approved properly for each
respirator shall be used. chemicals.
• Eyewash station and
safety showers shall be
made available.
• Air bag filters shall be
installed where the
product is pulverized.
• Dust monitoring shall
be carried out
periodically.

2. Cleaning of • Fumes • Severe 3 3 M • Certified Dust respirator 4 2 L

Chemical Inhalation. irritation to shall be used.
Spillage. • Dust eyes, skin. • PPEs shall be used.
Exposure. • Inhalation. • Chemicals will be
stored in isolated
storage rooms having
provision for natural &
forced ventilation.
• Spillage shall be
cleaned or neutralized
with suitable media.
• Fire fighting facilities
shall be made available
near storage locations, if
required.

6.3.1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CAUSTIC LYE
TABLE: 6.6
INITIAL RESIDUAL
RISK RISK
SR HEALTH &
PROCESS ADDITIONAL
SEVERIT
SEVERIT
LIKELIH
LIKELIH
OR RECOMMENDATIO
ACTIVITY NS
RISK
RISK
OOD
OOD
. (RISK)
Y
1 NaOH • Exposure due • Skin burn. 4 3 M • Dyke shall be made 4 2 L 3. Proper trainings to
handling to leakage • Eye irritation available. be provided to the
/Loading & from joints, and • NaOH shall be stored in operators/workers.
Unloading corroded lines respiratory well ventilated area. 4. SOPs to be prepared
failure etc. disorder. • Eye wash station to be and followed the
made available nearby. same.
• Maintenance to be 5. Corroded lines to be
carried as per schedule. painted/replaced.
• Appropriate PPEs to be
used.
2 Working in • Exposure due • Severe 4 3 M • Neutralization media to 4 2 L
Storage Area to spillage irritation to be kept available.
eyes, skin • PPEs like face mask,
etc. gloves etc. shall be
• Internal body worn by concerned
burns. person.
• Eye wash station to be
made available nearby.

3 Tank overflow • Chemical • Eyes and 4 3 M • Level indicator to be 4 2 L 6. Working of level

Exposure Skin made available and the gauge to be
irritation. same shall be checked checked.
for proper operation.
• Dyke wall shall be
made to contain the
spill.
6.3.1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF ACIDS
TABLE: 6.7
INITIAL RESIDUAL
RISK RISK
SR HEALTH &
PROCESS ADDITIONAL
LIKELIH-
LIKELIH-
SEVERIT
SEVERIT
OR RECOMMENDATI
ACTIVITY ONS
. (RISK)
RISK
RISK
OOD
OOD
Y
Y
1. Loading & • Exposure to • Skin/Eye 4 3 M • Loading & Unloading 4 2 L
Unloading of Acid fumes irritation. activity shall be carried
Acids Drums. due to leakage • Toxic Vapor out in well ventilated
in inhalation area.
pipe/container etc. • Neutralization media
/valves etc. shall be made available
• Spillage of in areas where acid is
liq. Acid. stored/handled/used.
• PPEs will be used.

2. Working in • Exposure to • Severe 4 3 M • Storage area shall be 4 1 L

Storage Area. acid fumes. irritation to well ventilated.
eyes, skin. • Neutralization shall be
• Body burns. done immediately with
soda ash/lime or spill
shall be absorbed in
sand or by suitable
adsorbent.
• PPEs like face mask,
gloves etc. shall be
worn by concerned
person.
• Floors shall be made of
acid proof tiles.
3. Tank • Exposure to • Severe 3 3 M • Same as Above. 4 1 L 7. Work Instruction
overflow/leaka acid fumes. irritation to for checking tank
ge from joints eyes, skin. level to be
etc. prepared and
followed.

6.3.2 QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is a structured approach to identifying and
understanding the hazards & risks associated with Storage and Handling of
flammable/toxic chemicals. The assessment starts by taking into account an
inventory of hazardous chemicals stored, likelihood of leakage/spillage associated
with it and selecting the worst case scenario for consequence estimation.
Finally, suggesting the measures to minimize or mitigate risks to meet appropriate

acceptability criteria. The planning for emergency evacuation shall be borne in
mind whilst interpreting the results.
CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage
and handling of hazardous chemicals as mentioned above. If these chemicals are
released into the atmosphere, it may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapour
clouds. Blast Overpressures depend upon the reactivity class of material between
two explosive limits.
DAMAGE CRITERIA
In Consequence Analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to
hazardous effects are distinguished:
1. Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.
2. Explosion
3. Toxic effects, from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.
In the next three paragraphs, the chosen damage criteria are given and explained
as per the Guidelines for QRA – Phast (Micro) Software (DNV) & Purple Book
for QRA released by Centre for Chemical Process Safety (CCPS).
Heat Radiation
The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:
2
• The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m ];
• The exposure duration [sec];
• The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

In this report following damage criteria has been considered for the effects
due to Fire/Explosion.
TABLE: 6.8
EFFECTS DUE TO INCIDENT RADIATION INTENSITY
INCIDENT RADIATION –
TYPE OF DAMAGE
kW/m2
Immediate ignition of wood (without flame
37.5
Contact). 100 % fatal.
Minimum Energy required for igniting wood
25 (Without flame contact). 100 % fatal in 1min.
Significant injury in 10 sec.
Minimum heat required to ignite wood
12.5 (With flame contact). 1 % fatal in 1 min. First
degree burn in 10 sec.
4 Pain after 20 sec. Blistering unlikely.
2 No discomfort for long exposure.
Explosion
In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:
* a flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;
* a blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.
As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present
within the cloud proper.
The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak
overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

TABLE: 6.9
DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURE
Peak Overpressure Damage Type
0.40 bar Ear Drum Rupture to humans
50 % probability of fatality inside
15% probability of fatality in open
0.21 bar Structural Damage to buildings
20% probability of fatality to personnel inside
0% probability of fatality in the open
0.13 bar Minor Structural Damage to nearby structures
10% probability of fatality to personnel inside
0% probability of fatality in the open
0.02 bar Glass Damage
0.01 bar Minor Damage
Intoxication
In this report, IDLH & LC50 Concentrations have been considered for
Consequence Analysis.
Assumptions for consequence Analysis

For Consequence Analysis, assumptions regarding Meteorological, Pasquil
Stability Classes, Wind velocity, Ambient Temperature, Relative Humidity,
Inventory, Ground Roughness, Model used etc. are very important. In this report,
the following assumptions have been considered.
i. Meteorological Data
• Atmospheric Conditions: No Inversion

• Ambient Temperature: 30 0C has been considered as MCA approach.
• Relative Humidity: As the site is not in rainy zone RH of 50% has been
considered.
ii. Pasquil Stability Classes
• Pasquil Stability category D/F is considered as conservative approach.

iii. Other assumptions:
• Ground Roughness: Ground Roughness has been considered as 0.3 M.

• Dispersion model of both Heavy Model and also Gaussian distribution have
been used as applicable/appropriate.
• Inventory: Release of 100% of the inventory has been considered. For this,
failure of the container has been considered from the bottom.

• Storage conditions: Storage conditions have been considered as they are

practically stored at site.
Following Weather data has been used for the study:
TABLE :6.10
WEATHER DATA USED FOR THE STUDY
WIND SPEED (M/S) PASQUILL STABILITY

1.5 F
1.5 D
5 D
SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS

1. PHAST MICRO
2. ALOHA
SCENARIOS CONSIDERED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

1. In this study, the scenarios for consequence analysis have been selected
considering:
• The physical and chemical properties of hazardous materials.
• Storage conditions & Modes of Storage (Above ground Drums).
• Hazards ranking by NFPA.
• Guidelines by OSHA (29 CFR).
• Operating and storage conditions of handling and storage of hazardous
chemical.
2. This report considers the worst case scenario which is possible during any set
of operation variable and production methodologies. The objective of the study
is emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are
used for obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic,
the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst
interpreting the results.
In this regard, the failure cases which may lead to release of hazardous
chemicals are as under, out of which maximum worst case shall be
considered:
• Possible Release/Leakage from Barrel.

• Release due to tilting of drum having open barrel.

• Failure of leakage from 25mm hole size in case of unloading line.
3. The scenarios of flammable solvent storage tanks (if it is stored in tanks) have
been considered assuming unavailability of bunds. Practically a bund shall be
provided as per OISD guidelines.
4. In this study, results of consequence analysis shall be used for;
a. Emergency Planning,
b. Deciding Evacuation Routes,
c. Deciding Location of Assembly Points and ECC,
d. Resource Allocation for mitigation.
5. SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

TABLE: 6.11
SCENARIOS IDENTIFIED FOR CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
Description of Storage Pressure
Scenarios Scenarios considered
Scenario & Temp.
FLAMMABLE/EXPLOSION SCENARIOS
1 Toluene Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool
Fire
2 Methanol Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool
Fire
3 N-Hexane Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool
Fire
BOTH TOXIC & FLAMMABLE
4 Dimethylamine Ambient Flash Fire, UVCE, Late Pool
Fire,Dispersion
TOXIC GAS RELEASE SCENARIOS
5 Ammonia Ambient Temp. Max. Concentration
Pressure- 18Bar
6 Release of Thionyl Ambient Dispersion
Chloride

Considerations Made:
• In Case of Solvents (i.e. Toluene, Methanol& N-Hexane) we have
considered the failure case of unloading line (1” i.e. 25 mm pipe dia.) for a
period of 10 mins. As the solvents tankers are compartmentalized, the
maximum release quantity equals the storage quantity of a single compartment.
• In Case of Benzene &Dimethylamine, we have considered the following

scenarios:
Considering LC50 concentration – 4700 ppm & IDLH concentration –500
ppm
We have considered the maximum worst case scenario as Release of

Inventory due to 2" leakage due to tilting of Drums.
• In Case of Thionyl Chloride, we have considered the following scenarios:

Considering LC50 concentration – 500 ppm & IDLH concentration – 25 ppm
Leak from 2” leakage due to tilting of Drum.
• In Case of Ammonia, we have considered the maximum worst case scenario

as Release of Inventory due to 2mm leakage from Cylinder.
Considering LC50 concentration – 2000 ppm & IDLH concentration –300
ppm
Note: Release of above chemicals from process equipments like Reactor or any
other equipment is not possible as these chemicals will be in diluted/intermediate
form in all process equipments and not in pure form.

• Selection Criteria of Scenarios:

o As per the relevant guidelines for consequence analysis, we have considered
the maximum credible scenarios for all the above mentioned chemicals,
which is the representative of all kinds of minor/major leakages for the
respective chemicals.
o Modeling has been carried out for dispersion up to IDLH concentration, in
case of toxic chemicals. Evacuation should be carried out in less than 30
min from the areas covered under IDLH in case of relevant leakage
scenario. The purpose is to avoid irreversible health effects to persons
inside the area of IDLH concentration.
o Based on the above considerations and the input parameters considered
for worst case scenarios & maximum credible scenarios, the risk
contours are plotted on the plant layout map clearly showing which of
the facilities would be affected in case of an accident taking place. Based on
the same the safety measures/recommendations are proposed and On-
Site & Off-Site Emergency Plan shall be prepared as mentioned under
the section 6.6.
o The worst-case scenario has taken into account the maximum inventory of
storage at site at any point of time.

TABLE: 6.12
SCENARIO # 1 – RELEASE OF TOLUENE
Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due Failure of leakage from 25mm hole size in case of
unloading line
Input Data
Leak Duration 600 secs
Leak Size considered 25 mm
Release Rate 5012.85gms/sec
Pressure atm
Temperature 30oC
Weather Condition 1.5/F, 1.5/D, 5/D
LFL 12000 ppm
UFL 71000 ppm
CASE:1 FLASH FIRE
CASE:2 VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION (OVERPRESSURE RESULTS)

NOT REACHED
CASE:3 LATE POOL FIRE (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)

FIGURE: 6.2
Risk Contour for Flash Fire:

FIGURE: 6.3
Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire:

TABLE: 6.13
SCENARIO # 2 – RELEASE OF METHANOL
unloading line
Input Data
Pressure Atm
Temperature 30oC
LFL 73000 ppm
UFL 360000 ppm
CASE:1 FLASH FIRE

NOT REACHED
CASE:3 JET FIRE (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)

FIGURE: 6.4
Risk Contour For Flash Fire:

FIGURE: 6.5
Risk Contour For Late Pool Fire:

TABLE: 6.14
SCENARIO # 3 – RELEASE OF N-HEXANE
unloading line
Input Data
Pressure Atm
Temperature 30oC
LFL 10500 ppm
UFL 76800 ppm
CASE:1 FLASH FIRE
CASE:3 LATE POOL FIRE (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)

FIGURE: 6.6

FIGURE: 6.7
Risk Contour For Overpressure:

FIGURE: 6.8
Risk Contour For Late Pool Fire:

TABLE: 6.15
SCENARIO #4 – RELEASE OF DIMETHYLAMINE
Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to Damage to drum & Tilting of Drum.

Input Data
Drum gets Empty in 0.98secs
Pressure Atm
Temperature 30oC
LFL 28000 ppm
UFL 144000 ppm
CASE:1 FLASH FIRE
CASE:3 FIRE BALL (EFFECTS OF RADIATION LEVEL)

TABLE: 6.16
RESULTS:
Downwind Distance (meters)

SR. No. Concentration Category Category
Category 5/D
1.5/F 1.5/D
1 LC50 (4700 ppm) No Hazard No Hazard No Hazard
2 IDLH(500 ppm) 7.09 6.28 3.58
• 8 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area.

FIGURE: 6.9

FIGURE: 6.10
Risk Contour For Overpressure:

FIGURE: 6.12
Risk Contour For Fire ball:

FIGURE: 6.13
Risk Contour For IDLH Concentration:

TABLE: 6.17
SCENARIO # 5– RELEASE OF AMMONIA
Basis: Possible Release/Leakage due to:
• Ferrule Joint
• Flange Leakage
Input Data
Release Duration 100Secs (Cylinder gets 100% empty)
Pressure 18 bar
Temperature 35 deg C
LC50 2000 ppm
IDLH 300 ppm
TABLE: 6.18
RESULTS:

SR. No. Concentration Category Category
Category 5/D
1.5/F 1.5/D
1 LC50 (2000 ppm) No Hazard No Hazard No Hazard
2 IDLH(300 ppm) 35.15 34.77 7.07
• 36 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area.

FIGURE: 6.14
Risk Contour For IDLH Concentration:

TABLE: 6.19
SCENARIO # 6 – RELEASE OF THIONYL CHLORIDE
Basis: Possible Release/Leakage from:

• Damage to Barrel (Pinhole leakage from 25 mm size)
• Tilting of barrel with top lid open
Input Data
Leak Size Considered 50 mm
Release Duration 1.66 Kg/ min
Temperature Considered 35 deg C
Pressure Considered Atm.
Weather Condition 1.5/F
LC50 500 ppm
IDLH 25 ppm
TABLE: 6.20
RESULTS:
Down wind Direction

Sr. No. Concentration
(meters)
1 IDLH : 25 ppm (Red) 32.13
2 LC50 : 500 ppm (Orange) 19.89
• 33 meters in downwind direction is considered as evacuation area

FIGURE: 6.15
Risk Contours for Dispersion of Thionyl Chloride:

CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS SUMMARY

TABLE: 6.21
Flash Fire Scenarios:
Distance (meters)
SR. Concentration
Scenario Category Category Category
No. (ppm)
1.5/F 1.5/D 5/D
Release of LFL Frac.6000 7.86 6.44 1.92
1
Toluene LFL. 12000 2.18 1.91 1.50

2
Methanol LFL. 73000 1.76 1.76 1.36

3
N-Hexane LFL. 10500 11.79 11.74 2.54
4 Dimethyl-
amine LFL. 28000 6.19 6.30 5.44
TABLE: 6.22
Explosion Overpressure Scenarios:

Overpress
SR.
Scenario ure
No. Category Category
(Bar) Category 5/D
1.5/F 1.5/D
0.02068 NR NR NR
Release of
1 0.1379 NR NR NR
Toluene
0.2068 NR NR NR
0.02068 NR NR NR
Release of
2. 0.1379 NR NR NR
Methanol
0.2068 NR NR NR
0.02068 32.17 27.65 NR
Release of
3. 0.1379 15.74 14.57 NR
N- Hexane
0.2068 14.44 13.53 NR
0.02068 27.57 27.57 25.57
Release of
4. Dimethyl- 0.1379 7.13 7.13 7.13
Amine
0.2068 5.52 5.52 5.52

TABLE: 6.23
Late Pool Fire Scenarios:
Radiation Distance (meters)

SR.
Scenario Level Category Category
No. Category 5/D
(KW/m2) 1.5/F 1.5/D
4 15.07 15.08 15.38
Release of 12.5 9.87 9.88 10.74
1
Toluene 25 6.75 6.76 8.46
37.5 4.97 4.98 5.65
4 9.88 9.88 9.34
Release of 12.5 6.90 6.90 6.80
2
Methanol 25 5.61 5.61 5.67
37.5 4.77 4.77 5.11
4 12.61 12.62 12.40
Release of 12.5 8.52 8.53 8.84
3
N- Hexane 25 6.48 6.49 7.27
37.5 4.96 4.97 5.66
Release of 4 7.89 7.89 7.89
Dimethyl- 12.5 NR NR NR
4
Amine 25 NR NR NR
(Fire Ball) 37.5 NR NR NR
TABLE: 6.24
Toxic Release Scenarios:

Concentration Category Category
Category 5/D
1.5/F 1.5/D
Dimethyl Amine
LC50 (4700 ppm) No Hazard No Hazard No Hazard
IDLH(500 ppm) 7.09 6.28 3.58
Ammonia
LC50 (2000 ppm) No Hazard No Hazard No Hazard
IDLH(300 ppm) 35.15 34.77 7.07
Thionyl Chloride
IDLH : 25 ppm
22.13
(Red)
LC50 : 500 ppm
19.89
(Orange)

6.4 COMMENTS / RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON CONSEQUENCE

ANALYSIS
Flash Fire and UVCE Scenarios:
• In case of release of N- Hexanevapor travels to the farthest distance (18.09 m) in

1.5/D weather condition. If it gets a source of ignition within this radius, it will
create UVCE (Unconfined vapor cloud explosion) and effects of overpressure
(0.02068 bar) would be felt up to 32.17mt.
• Evacuation plan to be designed considering the worst case scenario of N-Hexane as
mentioned above.
Late Pool Fire and Fire Ball Scenarios:
• In case of release of N-Hexane in 1.5/D weather condition for 4 KW/m2 radiation

level of Jet fire is 12.62mt.
Toxic Release Scenarios:
• Dispersion of Ammonia covers more distance in case of IDLH concentration (400

ppm) that is 35.15.
• Evacuation plan to be designed considering the worst case scenario of the same.
Recommendations:
• Evacuation routes shall be planned such that alternate route is available from any
corner in more than one direction.
• Extra precautions to be taken in unloading of flammable/toxic chemicals. The details
of precautions during storage handling and transportation of chemicals have been
given in separate paragraph.
• Fire fighting arrangements shall be provided as per the guidelines of OISD.
• In case of release of toxic chemicals, evacuation shall be done up to 35.15 meters.

6.5 OTHER SAFETY PRECAUTIONS / RECOMMENDATIONS
6.5.1 PROPOSED SAFETY/CONTROL MEASURES TO REDUCE THE

RISK OF FIRE, EXPLOSION AND TOXIC RELEASE:
Following Mitigation Measures will be followed /practiced during
transportation, unloading and handling of flammable & toxic chemicals, in
order to ensure health & safety of workers involved in handling of hazardous
chemicals and to avoid the human health impacts.
TABLE: 6.25
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Sr. ACTIVITY SAFETY PRECATIONS
1 Transportation of • Training will be provided to driver and cleaner regarding the

Chemicals, by safe driving, hazards of Flammable chemicals, emergency
Road Tanker or handling, and use of SCBA sets.
Truck. • TREM card & SCBA set will be kept with TL.
• Fire extinguishers will be kept with TL.
• Flame arrestor will be provided to TL exhaust.
• Instructions will be given not to stop the truck in populated
area.
• Hazard Identification symbol and emergency telephone number
will be displayed as per HAZCHEM CODE.
• Appropriate PPEs will be kept with TL.
In case of leak or spill:
• Area & Container will be isolated.
• Source of leakage will be checked.
• Damaged containers or spilled material shall not be attended
without wearing appropriate protective clothing.
• Leakage will be stopped, if possible to do so without risk.
• Water spray shall be used to reduce vapors (but do not put
water directly on leak, spill area or inside container).
• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) shall be kept away from
spilled material.
2 Unloading of • Priority will be given for truck to immediately enter the storage
Solvent Drums premises at site and will not be kept waiting near the gate or the
/Barrels from main road.
Truck. • Security person will check License, TREM CARD, Fire
extinguisher condition; SCBA set condition, Antidote Kit,
required PPEs as per SOP laid down.
• QC check & other required checks shall be done & after the

approval of same, unloading procedure will be allowed.

Following precautions will be taken during unloading:
• Wheel stopper will be provided to TL at unloading platform.
• Unloading procedure will be followed according to check list.
• Only day time unloading will be permitted.
3 Chemical Storage • All storage areas shall be isolated from all sources of open
Area safety. flame and well posted with “Hazardous Chemical Storage”,
“No Smoking”, “Hot work Restricted” signs.
• Spark-resistant tools will be used.
• Pipes and equipment shall be inspected at regular intervals.
• Water spray shall be used to reduce vapors (by taking care that
water is not directed straight away on leak, spill area or inside
container).
• Combustibles (wood, paper, oil, etc.) shall be kept away from
spilled material.
• MS or HDPE storage drums will be provided as per good
engineering practices.
• Storage area will be provided with adequate fire
fighting/extinguishing system, Fire hydrant monitor with foam
attachment facility, etc. as mentioned under section: 6.5.3.
• Sand Buckets will be made available.
• Workers and Operators handling such materials shall be trained
for the hazards (fire/explosion, health, chemical reactivity, etc.)
& safety measures associated with them.
• Area shall be inspected on regular basis.
• NFPA label (hazard identification) along with capacity of
chemical will be displayed on respective drums.
• Dumping /Drain vessel/alternate vessel will be provided to
collect the spillage material. Spillage Kit shall be made
available.
• FLP type pump & electric fittings will be provided, where
applicable.
• Earthing will be provided to related drums and process vessels,
as per the requirement.
• Double Jumper clip shall be provided to all solvent handling
pipeline flanges, if applicable.
4 Solvents transfer • Double mechanical seal type FLP type pump shall be provided.
from storage area • Double on / off switch shall be provided, if needed. Flame
to Process Plant. arrestor shall be provided, wherever required.
• NRV shall be provided on pump discharge line.
• Double Jumper clip shall be provided to all solvent handling
pipelines.

6.5.2 FIRE CONTROL PLAN

M/s. Om Shiv Industrieshas considered fire prevention measures at the project
planning stage for its upcoming new facility to avoid any outbreak of fire By
looking to the hazardous nature of process and the chemicals that are handled and
processed, the chances of outbreak of fire cannot be totally ignored. Hence to
tackle such a situation, company has developed proposed, well-resourced and
adequate fire protection system/firefighting network.
The company has planned to keep the different types of fire extinguishers at
various conspicuous locations.
Other Firefighting Measures to be updated for the new facilities, if required,
shall be:
• Fire load calculation will be carried out and accordingly fire fighting facilities
comprising of main pump, stand by pump, jockey pump, diesel driven pump,
Hydrant Network, Hose Box, Hose reels, Manual call points, Fire & Smoke
detectors, fire alarms, fire buckets, etc will be provided as per the GFR and
TAC guidelines.
• Also, flame detectors, smoke / temperature actuated heat detectors with alarms,
automatic sprinkler system, shall be installed at conspicuous locations as per
the requirements.
• Company shall have Fire Water Tank of adequate capacity to combat the
emergency, if arise, GIDC water reservoir shall also be made available, if
required.
• Working staff will be trained to operate DCP, CO2 and foam extinguishers.
• DG set shall be made available as a separate power backup for fire network, in
case of emergency or power failure.
• Company will do tie up with GIDC Fire Brigade and nearby companies, for
handling emergency situations.
• Electric driven Alarms & Sirens will be placed at the conspicuous locations.
Hand Bell shall be used in case of power failure.
• Factory Layout shall be designed in such a way, that it will have a provision
for separate entry and exist with adequate margin all around the periphery for
unobstructed easy movement of the emergency vehicle / fire tenders without
reversing back.

6.5.3 DO’S & DON’TS

Management has listed some of the Do's & Don'ts activities to strengthen the
SAFETY AT WORK, which will be followed strictly:
For Preventive Maintenance
Do's:
• Inspection of Storage Area, Earthing& Bonding system.

• Inspection of all Fire Fighting Facilities /Check Alarms operation.
• Ensuring that operators/workers etc. follows the SOPs, Safety procedures &
standards, work permit system etc.
• Checking the availability of Spill Containment Kit.
• Make sure existing fire extinguishers are fully charged and ready for action.
• Inspections of plant, machinery, tools, equipment, premises, work practices,
processes, procedures and general environment must be carried out for the
health and safety of plant, people and surrounding.
• On-site and Offsite Emergency Plans shall be reviewed and updated, as per the
requirement.
Don’ts:
• Don't allow anyone who hasn't received specific safety and operational training
to get indulge in any site activity.
• Don't perform your own maintenance.
• Don’t compromise on Design and Engineering part.
• Don't perform any activity without proper permit.
• Don't panic if you are in a risky situation.
• Don't allow spilled chemicals to drain to sewers/gutters etc.
Strengthening of HSE (Applicable for Manufacturing Utility Staff)
Do's:
• Follow instructions. Do not take chances. If you don’t know, ask.

• Correct or report unsafe conditions.
• Include a timeline for completion of each recommendation.
• Make recommendations that are measurable and track able.

• Ensure that each recommendation is assigned to an individual to oversee

implementation.
• Help keep things clean & orderly. Keep gangways clear.
• Do not Horseplay. Do not run. Avoid distracting others. Avoid throwing
things.
• Report all injuries. Get first aid promptly.
• Use, adjust and repair equipment only, when authorized.
• Use right tools &equipments for the job, use them safely.
• Do not smoke in restricted areas. Do not flick cigarette / beedi in company.
• Use prescribed protective equipment; keep them in good working conditions.
• Respect signs / warnings. Abide by rules laid down for your safety.
Don’ts:
1) No worker in a factory-
• Shall will fully interfere with or misuse any appliance, convenience or other
thing provided in the factory for the purpose of securing the Health, Safety or
Welfare of the workers therein:
• Shall will fully and without reasonable cause do anything likely to endanger
himself
• or others; and
• Shall will fully neglect to make use of any appliance or other thing provided in
the factory for the purposes of securing the Health or Safety of the workers
therein.
• Do not make vague statements, do not overrule supervisor, and do not adopt
shortcuts.
6.5.4 ANTIDOTES DETAILS:

Appropriate Antidotes, First Aid Measures & Medical treatment for major
hazardous chemicals shall be kept available at site. Some of them are given
as below:

TABLE: 6.26
ANTIDOTES
Chemical Antidote / Medical Treatment
Toluene • Wash affected skin with plenty of water.

• Administer Oxygen or shift to Fresh air,
• Don’t apply Epinefrin, Ifridin etc. Don’t applymilk,
vegetable oil or alcohol.
• Give Diazepam0.1 mg/kg (iv)slowly through injection,bed
rest.
• Diazem – 1 mg/kg. (Intravenous),Epenephia, Efidrine
Methanol • Ethanol (30% solution from inside, 5% solution from outside
i.e. by intravenous injection), Epicake Syrup.
• In case of acidosis give Sodium bicarbonate.
• In case of delirium give Diazepam 10 mg. by intravenous
injection.
• Folinic acid (Leucovorin), 1 mg/kg, iv, 4 hourly.
Ammonia • If skin is affected then wash with plenty of water for 15 min.
and then wash with dilute lactic acid and apply soframycin
cream.
• If eye is affected, then wash by eye fountain with plenty of
water for 15 min. Put one drop of 0.4% Benzocaine
(Novocaine) solution in eye. Boric or lactic acid solution eye
drops can also be given,
• If entered in throat, then give smell through cotton dipped in
ethanol or ether through nose.
• Administer oxygen in case of breathing difficulty.
Thionyl • Milk of Magnesia, Soda Water, Castor Oil, Soframycine.
Chloride
6.5.5 WAYS TO MINIMIZE THE MANUAL HANDLING OF THE

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:
1. Forklifts will be used for unloading chemical bags, bags movements within
plant, drums etc.
2. Cranes, hoists, pallet trucks, conveyors, etc. shall be used as per the
requirement, to eliminate manual handling.
3. Lifting tools & tackles will be used, wherever required.
4. SOPs, work instructions will be prepared and followed.
5. Trainings will be provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk
associated with manual handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome
those risk, etc.

6.6 ON-SITE / OFF-SITE DISASTER (NATURAL & MAN MADE)

PREPAREDNESS AND EMERGENCY PLAN
M/s. Om Shiv Industries. shall prepare the Proposed On-Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan
which shall be followed from the project construction & erection phase.
The purpose of this plan is to provide M/s. Om Shiv Industries, with the means to effectively
utilize all the resources at its disposal for the protection of life, environment and property
The details of the same are discussed in the following sections.
6.6.1 DEFINING THE NATURE/LEVEL OF EMERGENCY
THE LEVEL OF EMERGENCY CAN BE CLASSIFIED IN THREE
CATEGORIES:
LEVEL - 1:
The leakage or emergency, which is confinable within the plant/area which may
arise due to:
a) Small pipe/valve rupture or similar leakages that do not affect outside

premises.
b) Release of toxic chemicals for short duration.
c) Small fire in the plant.
LEVEL - 2:
The emergency, which is confinable within the factory premises which may arise
due to -
a) Leakage of toxic chemicals for long duration.

b) Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.
c) Medium scale fire inside the factory premises.
LEVEL - 3:
The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general
public in the vicinity are likely to be affected. It may arise due to
a) Heavy / Profuse leakage of toxic / flammable gases for a long duration.

b) Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area.
c) Major fire inside the factory premises.

6.6.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The objectives of the emergency management system are summarized as under.
• To identify and assess types of emergencies due to different types of hazards.
• To work out plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and safeguard
employees and people in the vicinity of the factory.
• To provide for emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the
plan.
• To plan mode of proper communication and actions to be followed in the event
of emergency.
• To keep all necessary information with respect to hazard/accident control and
emergency contacts in one document for easy and speedy reference.
• To inform employees, general public and the authorities about the hazards/risk
if any and the role to be played by them in the event of emergency.
• To control and contain the accident.
• To effect rescue and treatment of casualties.
• To inform and help relatives of casualties.
• To secure rehabilitation of affected area and restore normalcy.
• To provide information to media and government agencies.
• To preserve record, equipment etc. for investigating cause of emergency.
• To be ready for “mutual aid” if need arises to help neighbouring units.
6.6.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

M/s. Om Shiv Industries. shall develop an Emergency Management Team. The
management structure shall include the following personnel’s;
• Site Main Controllers.

• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers.
• Key Personnel’s.
• Essential Workers.
• The other elements of Emergency Plan shall be:
• Assembly points.
• Emergency control centre.
• Fire control arrangements.

• Medical arrangements.
• Other arrangements.
SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

Senior most Executives (i.e. Director& Supervisor) of the company shall be
nominated as SMC. His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external
activities from the Emergency Control Centre at Main Security Gate, from where
all operations will be directed. He shall:
• Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive
at the site, review the situation and control further actions.
• Direct all Emergency Operations within the approved area with the following
priorities:
a. Personnel Safety,
b. Plant, Property and Environment Safety and
c. Minimum loss of production.
• Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals
etc, if called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary,
major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation.
• Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.
• In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of loading /
unloading operations and if necessary, instruct the supervisor / security
personnel to evacuate that area.
• Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the
casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P & A
Assistant / Security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.
• Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other
statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside
the premises.
• Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged.
• Issue authorized statement or press release to the news – media.
• Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory
authorities.
• Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”.

• Arrange for obtaining the head – count of all personnel within the premises
and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons
within the premises.
• Nominate a person from advisory team, to maintain chronological log of event
during the entire period of emergency.
ROLE OF INCIDENT CONTROLLER AND DEPUTY INCIDENT

CONTROLLER
His primary duties shall be to take charge at the scene of the incident. In the initial
stage he may be required to take decisions involving the operation of the other
plants or to stop or continue any process and to take technical decisions to control
the incident. The deputy incident controller will take the charge of incident
controller, if he is not available due to any reason. They will be always available in
each shift and can take charge of the incident.
Responsibilities/Duties of Incident Controller and Deputy Incident Controller:

• Managers connected with Plants/the respective Plant-In-Charge from each shift
have been designated as I.C.
• Two Production officers in each shift will be identified as Deputy Incident
Controllers.
• He shall take charge at the scene of incident.
• He shall immediately assess the gravity of risk and alert panel and field
operators to start controlling their respective section.
• He will work under the direction of the SMC, but till his arrival he may have to
execute following responsibilities.
• He will ensure that all the Key Personnel are called.
• Direct for evacuation of plant and areas likely to be affected by the emergency.
• He shall communicate to the SMC the type of outside help needed.
• He shall direct all emergency operations within the affected area with the
following priorities.
• Personnel safety, including of surrounding community.
• Minimum damage to Plant, Property and Environment.
• Appropriate actions to minimize loss of Production and Material.

• Give information to the head of fire fighting and rescue team and other
emergency services.
• Depending on the incident, instruct partial or total shut down, isolations,
depressurization, Nitrogen purging, fire fighting, rescue operations.
• Instruct upstream/downstream units to take emergency shutdown /cutting off
supply and other appropriate actions and emergency evacuation help etc.
• Direct for search of casualties.
• Evacuate non-essential workers/visitors/contractors to safe assembly points.
• Brief site main controller and keep him informed about the developments.
• Preserve evidences. This will be necessary for investigation for cause and
concluding preventive measures.
KEY PERSONNELS
Senior officers of various departments like Fire, Security, Safety, Administration,
Engineering, Project, Production, Transport, Pollution control, Technical Services
and Stores shall be nominated as Key Personnel in their respective fields. As
necessary, they shall decides the actions needed to shutdown plants, evacuate
personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for supplies of
equipments, utilities, carryout
environment monitoring, provide catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade
and other local authorities, relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighbouring
industries, action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid centre under
the direction of the SMC. All the key personnel and other called in so to assist,
shall report to the ECC. They are available at any time on duty or on call or on
holidays.
ESSENTIAL WORKERS
Essential Workers shall be those who shall be trained in Fire Fighting and First
Aid. One Supervisor and two helpers from each shift will be Identified as E.W.’s
& shall suppose to report at EMERGENCY SITE to take instructions from I.C. or
Dy. I.C. Such work instructions will include:
• Fire fighting and spill control till a Fire Brigade takes the charge.
• To help the Fire Brigade and mutual aid teams, if it is so required.
• Shutting down plant and making it safe.

• Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipment, material process,

providing temporary by-pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing
or replacement, electrical work, etc.
• Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments,
materials, etc.
• Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of
the accident.
• Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.
• The injured will be given First Aid.
• Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.
• Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel.
Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.
• Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.
• Assistance at communication centres to handle outgoing and incoming calls
and to act as messengers if necessary.
• Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency
vehicles entering the work, to control traffic leaving the works and to turn
away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors, contractors and other
traffic arriving at the works.
• Informing surrounding factories and the public as well as directed by the Site
Main Controller.
• Any special help required.
OTHERELEMENTS OF DMP:
ASSEMBLY POINT
In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers (who are not assigned
any emergency duty) will be evacuated from the area & they shall report to
specified Assembly Points. Assembly Point will be marked at main security gate
well away from area of risk and least affected by the down wind direction.
To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach the
Assembly Point, proper location and number shall be marked at Assembly Points.
Each Assembly Point shall be manned by a nominated person to record the names
and dept. At each Assembly Point, duties of Assembly Point In-charge are
displayed in brief. Before reaching an Assembly Point or subsequently, if it is

required to pass through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances,

suitable PPE's including respirators, helmet etc., shall be issued & made available
with workers.
EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to
handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. A safe room near security
gate shall be earmarked /identified as the Emergency Control Room.
Telephone and other facilities required with necessary documents shall be
displayed in ECC for ready reference. Designated trained personnel shall operate
ECC. In case of Major Emergency, the Site Main Controller will operate from
ECC.
The ECC center shall be equipped with the following facilities.
1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility
2. Telephone directory/ Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers
3. First Aid
4. Muster roll of Workers
5. Identity card register
6. Layout plan of the factory showing the location of hazardous materials,
assembly point, first aid centers etc.
7. Map of surrounding area with Fire Extinguishers location
8. M.S.D.S
9. Copy of ON SITE OFF SITE PLAN
10. Stationeries like- note book, pen, pencils etc.
11. S.B. Apparatus
12. List of Government Agencies /Local press agencies with phone no.
13. Sand Buckets & Hydrant Network
14. Adequate numbers of PPE's
FIRE CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS (FIRE FIGHTING, GAS LEAK

CONTROL AND RESCUE OPERATION)
A) Role of Manager (Fire and Safety) / Shift In-Charge (Fire & Safety)
1. Incident Controller shall direct the fire fighting and Emergency operation. His
duties include…
2. Keep the constant touch with the SMC / In charge - EHS.

3. Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange replenishment
of Manpower / equipment / extinguishing media etc.
B) Role of EHS Representative:

1. On being notified about the location of fire/ gas leakage, he shall immediately
proceeds to the help.
2. Decides his line of action in consultation with Incident controller and takes
appropriate measures to handle the emergency.
3. Shall assess the severity of the incident & shall immediately report to
emergency controller about the gravity of the situation.
4. He shall also assess the extra requirement required if any, from the
neighbouring industry.
C) Fire crew members

1. On hearing fire alarm & emergency siren, they shall immediately reports to
control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the
direction of IC/ Dy IC.
2. The personnel availability at the scene of incident shall be made optimize.
D) Emergency Squad Members

1. On hearing Emergency Siren, they shall immediately reports to site main
controller, safety in charge or incident controller.
2. They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main
controller, safety in charge or incident controller.
3. They will help for safe evacuation.
MEDICAL SERVICES
The roles of Medical officers are as follows;
(a) He will report immediately to the SMC/IC.
(b) He will render necessary treatment, at Occupational Health Center.
(c) He will arrange for Hospitalization and Treatment at outside hospitals, if
required.
(d) He will mobilize in getting the services of External medical agencies, other
Para –medical services etc. and transportation services etc.
(e) He will arrange for extra medical assistance/antidotes, from out, if required.

(f) He will arrange for first-aid trained volunteers for necessary help.
(g) He will liaise with the Government Health Authorities for treatment of the
affected persons nearby.
ROLE OF SECURITY IN-CHARGE (SECURITY OFFICER)

• On hearing the emergency siren, he shall find out the location of the incident
(fire / gas leak / spill / explosion) and inform the location of the same to the
key personnel coming to the plant.
• He will depute the security guards for managing gates and traffic control at the
incident site & send remaining guards to the site of incident.
• He will prevent unauthorized entry in to the site
• He will render assistance as demanded by the safety in-charge.
• He will mobilize additional security force for help, if required.
• He will direct ambulance(s) and emergency vehicle(s) to the scene of incident.
• He will help evacuate persons within the scene of incident.
• As directed by the site main controller, he may be required to address the
public of surrounding villages for warning / evacuation.
ROLE OF MUTUAL-AID MEMBERS

• Company will have Mutual Aid with various nearby factories.
• On receiving the call, they shall proceed immediately with fire squad & fire
tenders.
• They will be guided to the place of the incident by the main gate security
guard.
• The fire squad in-charge will report to the safety in-charge of the unit in which
the incident has occurred.
OTHER ARRANGEMENTS
Other arrangements include external transport (transport centre), heavy vehicles,
lift/cranes, generator sets to supply emergency power, environment monitoring
equipment, special instruments/equipments, rescue items etc. shall be made
available (if required) from near-by Industries /locations, when available
resources do not meet the requirements.

STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SHALL BE FOLLWED

DURING EMERGENCY)
• As soon as emergency alarm is heard, all essential workers shall report to IC or
SMC.
• They shall carefully listen to the instructions given by IC or SMC
• According to the type of emergency/accident, they shall get equipped with
PPE/Fire-fighting equipment and devices.
• The runner among the workers shall inform SMC/IC and key personnel if they
are not at site.
• The messenger amongst the workers shall deliver messages to nearby units as
per the instructions of SMC/IC.
• The in-charge of medical arrangements shall prepare first-aid and other
required facilities for the injured.
• The other essential workers shall try to control the emergency as per the
instructions given to IC.
• IC would keep SMC informed about the status of control measures being taken
at the site and ask for other requirements eg. Mutual aid, equipment, etc if he
find necessary.
• SMC would co-ordinate with outside agencies regarding control measures
being taken, need for external help, evacuation, medical treatment etc.
6.6.4 COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Communication System is a Crucial Factor while handling emergency. Company
has quick & effective Communication System through which, any situation,
which can lead to emergency, can be informed or known to…
i. All persons working inside the plant.
ii. Key Personnel outside during normal working hours & during off-duty hours.
iii. Outside emergency services, Statutory and Local Authorities and
iv. Neighbouring facilities and public leaving in vicinity.

Each and every section, Plant & Department of the Factory will be connected by
internal telephones with SMC, Supervisor or IC’s. External Phone at Office and
Residence and
Mobile shall also be made available with Key Personnel and top executive of the
factory. The Communication System shall begins with raising the alarm
declaring the emergency, Telephone messages and Procedure to communicate the
emergency to other persons & General Public.
RAISING THE ALARM

As soon as incident takes place inside the factory and is noticed by someone, the
first step shall be to raise the nearest manual emergency bell to alert the nearby
people. Next, he/she shall inform the security persons to raise the emergency
siren located at the factory gate. The security personnel sound the siren.
The alarm sound informs the I.C and the S.M.C that an emergency has been
created and emergency organization is to be activated. The I.C. rushes to the site
and shall takes charge of the scene.
DECLARING THE MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency is declared after sufficient and thorough check because the
declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action and it may disturb
the running system, which may be Costly at, time or its Consequence may be
Serious. Therefore, major emergency must not be decided on whims or immature
judgment or without proper thought. Looking to all the above, we shall nominate
the persons (SMC: Director & Incident Controllers) who can declare the
emergency; we have selected them on the basis of their knowledge & experience.
These persons will be technically qualified and experienced. The decision about
major emergency shall be taken as early as possible and without wasting time so
that control action can be started immediately.
Telephone Messages
A Telephone operator who is precise, sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and
noting the message and subsequently effective in further Communication, shall be
appointed. A form to record emergency telephone calls will be available with
telephone operator or Person available in Emergency Control Center, who shall
record such calls during emergency. Telephonic messages shall be given out by
the telephone operator to Site main Controller and key personnel as per the

instructions of the Incident Controller. Telephonic messages will also be given to

authorities and external agencies to describe the type of emergency. All details of
emergency will be collected/delivered according to this format, available with the
telephone operator.
COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY & STATUTORY

INFORMATION
COMMUNICATION OF EMERGENCY
An effective system to communicate emergency shall be made to communicate

about the emergency situation as mentioned below:
• Inside the factory i.e. workers including key personnel and essential workers,
on duty & inside during normal working hours.
• To key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal
working hours.
• To the outside emergency services and the Government authorities.
• To the neighboring factory & the General Public in the vicinity.
STATUTORY INFORMATION
a) Information to Workers
Set of Statutory information regarding types of hazards and their prevention and
control as directed in the Factories Act shall be prepared by the unit. This
information shall be printed in the local language and will be given in the form
of booklet to all workers including contract workers.
b) To the outside emergency services and authorities

Statutory information in the form of booklet will be given to outside emergency
services and authorities, if required.
c)To neighbouring firms and the general public
Statutory information in the form of booklet will be given to neighbouring units
and the general public of the villages in the vicinity of the unit, if required.
6.6.5 EMERGENCY TIME ACTIVITIES

The probable emergency situation that can arise in the unit and the corresponding
control actions as described below shall be followed:
1. FLAMMABLE RELEASES
Source / Incident – Fire involving spilled combustible material near or in
flammable storage areas
Following Control actions shall be taken –
1. Any one who notices fire shall sound emergency alarm.
2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess the
situation.
For fire due to spillage of combustible material, he activates the on-site plan
as -
• He cuts off electric supply to that area and evacuates all the persons to safe
assembly points.
• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to
fight fire with dry chemical / CO2 fire extinguisher or sand.
• He inform fire brigade telling them in briefly about kind of fire and type of
extinguishers required.
• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.
• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.
• Fire officer on reaching the site, takes charge of the fire-fighting operations
• Mutual aid teams are asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport etc.
• If fire is growing, fire officer informs IC who alerts neighbouring units and
through SMC gets more fire-fighting help.
• Fire fighting shall be continued till fire is fully overcome.
• After extinguishing fire, fire officer cools the entire area with water spray
and checks that no re-ignition is likely to occur. After that, he declares the
area safe.
• IC tells essential workers to sound all clear.
• The incident shall be recorded.
• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.
• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.
• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information

2. TOXIC RELEASES
• Source / Incident – Pressure release due to failure of
- Stuffing box gland packing
- Pressure release valve
- Vessel / pipeline failure
Following Control Actions will be taken –
1. Any one who notices the release shall sound emergency alarm.
2. SMC/IC who is at site, shall immediately rush to the scene and assess
the situation.
For toxic release from a reactor, he activates the on-site plan as -
• He evacuates all the persons to safe assembly point.
• He calls in DIC (if DIC is not present there) and asks essential workers to
wear self-breathing apparatus and if the reaction is exothermic, start cooling
water flow in the reactor jacket and cool the reactor as soon as possible.
• The essential workers stop all the charging pumps of that reactor and the
nearby reactors.
• He informs mutual aid teams and asks for necessary help.
• He arranges first-aid / hospitalization for the affected persons.
• Mutual aid teams shall be asked for help in the form of first-aid, transport
etc.
• When the leak stops and the air shall clear of toxic release, IC tells essential
workers to sound all clear.
• The vessel / rupture disc/gland packing will be attended by maintenance
department.
• The incident shall be recorded
• SMC arranges to inform families / relatives of injured / dead.
• SMC issues authorized statement to press / media.
• SMC informs Factories Inspector about the incident and related information
3. CHEMICAL SPILL
Most of the chemicals will be stored in Drums & drums shall be located in
separate isolated storage area. Neutralizing material shall be kept available.

Spill containment kit shall be kept available. For dilution, water connection
will be provided on all sides of Storage Area. Sand buckets shall be available
for covering spillage of flammable / corrosive materials. Fire fighting facilities
shall be made available nearby.

6.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY PROGRAMME

M/s. Om Shiv Industries, has prepared the Occupational Health Surveillance Program
which shall be followed right from the project construction & erection phase and the same
shall be updated for the upcoming new facility, if required.
The details of the same are described in the following sections.
6.7.1. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Occupational health needs attention both during construction & erection and
operation & maintenance phases. However, the problem varies both in
magnitude and variety in the above phases.
6.7.2. HOSPITAL FACILITIES /FACTORY MEDICAL OFFICER & OHC

Company will make formal agreements with nearby Hospital having facilities to
attend fire and toxic effect cases, emergency cases, attending the affected
persons in the emergency arising out of accidents, if any, etc.
A qualified doctor will be appointed as FMO on retainer shift basis. Apart from
him, required medical facilities applicable as per Gujarat Factories Rules and
Factories Act shall also be made available.
All types of first aid related accessories, Medicines & Antidotes as prescribed by
FMO, etc shall be made available at conspicuous locations.
6.7.3. AMBULANCE VAN & FIRST AID BOX

An Emergency Vehicle shall be made available round the clock to be used as an
Ambulance during emergency.
First Aid Boxes will be made available at the different location in the plant.
Training shall be given to employees for First Aid.
6.7.4. PLAN FOR PERIODIC MEDICAL CHECKUP

Periodic Medical Examination shall be conducted as per the following schedule;
Workers employed will be examined by a Qualified Medical Practitioner/
Factory Medical.

Officer, in the following manner:

a. Before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person;
b. During employment, every six months (blood & physical examination) as
per Gujarat Factories Rules, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to
do the particular job;
6.7.5. DETAILS OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS AND SAFETY

HAZARDS
Occupational Hazards Identification Occupational Health Impacts
• Exposure to Toxic Chemicals. • Toxication, Irritation,

• Exposure to Flammable Solvents. • Fall Injury, Electrocution,
• Fire due to Static charge generation • Body Injury, Burns, Skin sensitization,
• Slip/trip, fall, electric shock, etc. • Severe irritation to eyes & skin,
• Spillage/leakage, • Respiratory disorder,
• Overflow, • Damage to nearby equipments,
• Fatality, etc
• Exposure to Corrosive Chemicals.
Mitigation measures/Safety Measures proposed to avoid the human health
hazards are mentioned under section 6.5. In addition to these safety measures,
personal protective equipment (IS approved) like safety Helmet, Safety shoes/
Gumboots Hand gloves, Gas Mask / Nose Mask, PVC apron, SCBA Set, PVC
pressure suit, goggles, hood, etc. will also be provided to the required personnel.
6.7.6. DETAILS OF WORK PLACE AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

MONITORING PLAN
Work zone monitoring will be carried out by independent competent third party
every month. Records will be kept in Form No. 37 as per Gujarat Factories
Rules. Location for samplings shall be identified. Ambient Air & Noise
Monitoring shall be done every 3 months as per GPCB CCA requirements.
Following information will be incorporated in the format for maintaining
records of work zone monitoring:
Location/Operation monitored
Identified contaminant
Sampling instrument used

Number of Samples
Range of contaminant concentration as measured in sample
Average concentration
TWA concentration of contaminant (As given in Second Schedule of
Factories Act)
Reference method used for analysis
Number of workers exposed at the location being monitored
Signature of the person taking samples
Other relevant details
6.7.7. MONITORING OF THE OCCUPATIONAL INJURY & IT’S IMPACT

ON WORKERS
Following action plan will be prepared & followed to monitor the occupational
injury to workers:
• Each workplace will be evaluated for the existing work conditions.
• Unsafe Act & Unsafe Practices will be identified.
• Unsafe equipments, unsafe areas, etc., will be identified.
• Area will be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.
• Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals will be measured and records will
be kept.
• Evaluation of training & on the job work.
Impact of the above mentioned unsafe conditions on workers will be studied and
remedial measures for the same will be adopted.

6.7.8. PROVISION OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST & HEALTH

EVALUATION OF WORKERS
1. It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the
exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.
2. Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the
possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to
work before being employed for that purpose. Complete medical
examinations including PFT, Urine and Blood examination, Liver Function
tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing, ECG, etc. shall be
carried out. However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will
be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial
Hygienists.
3. While in work also, all the workers will be periodically examined for the
health with specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be
exposed to during work. Again, the parameters and frequency of such
examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and
Industrial Hygienists. Plan of monthly and yearly report of the health status
of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be
maintained.
6.7.9. ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS
As discussed in previous clauses, company shall make various plans &

arrangements to ensure health and safety of workers engaged in handling of
toxic materials. Summary of the same is as follows :
• Each workplace shall be evaluated for the existing work conditions.
• Unsafe Act & Unsafe Practices shall be identified.
• Unsafe equipments, unsafe areas, etc.,shall be identified.
• Area shall be checked for proper Ventilation and Illumination.
• Air-borne concentration of toxic chemicals shall be measured, mitigation
measures shall be followed to keep them under PEL and the same to be
documented.
• Periodic Medical check up& Health evaluation shall be done.
• Adequate funds shall be allotted for the Safety Management System.

6.7.10. PLAN AND FUND ALLOCATION TO ENSURE THE OCCUPA-

TIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY OF ALL CONTRACT AND CASUAL
WORKERS
Company shall prepare Safety Plan and implementation for the new project
activity. Also, management shall allot enough funds to ensure the occupational
health & safety of all contract & causal workers. Details of the same are as
follows:
• To allocate sufficient resources (like PPEs) to maintain safe and healthy
conditions of work;
• To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken into account in
the design, construction, operation and maintenance of plants, machinery and
equipment;
• Daily briefing/ safety instructions shall be given by security at main gate ,
• Daily checking of helmet and shoes shall be done by security at gate,
• Tool Box Talk by plant personnel before start up of work, like informing
employees about materials, equipment or processes to be used in their work
which shall be known to be potentially hazardous to health or safety;
• To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review for making
necessary changes from the point of view of safety in the light of experience
and up to date knowledge;
• To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment of injuries
and illness at work;
• To provide appropriate instruction, training, retraining and supervision to

employees in health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequate publicity
shall be given to these matters;
• To ensure proper implementation of fire prevention methods and an
appropriate fire fighting service together with training facilities for personnel
involved in this service;
• To organize collection, analysis and presentation of data on accident,
sickness and incident involving people injury or injury to health with a view
to take corrective, remedial and preventive action;
• To promote through the established machinery, joint consultation in health
and safety matters to ensure effective participation by all employees;

• To publish/notify regulations, instructions and notices in the common

language of employees;
• To prepare separate safety rules for each type of occupation/processes
involved in a plant; and
• To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable
intervals of all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.
6.7.11. HEALTH EVALUATION OF WORKERS (EXPOSURE SPECIFIC)

1. It is proposed that management will device a plan to check and evaluate the
exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.
2. Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the
possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected to
work before being employed for that purpose. Complete medical
examinations including PFT, Urine and Blood examination, Liver Function
tests, chest X-ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing, ECG, etc. shall be
carried out. However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will
be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and Industrial
Hygienists.
3. While in work also, all the workers will be periodically examined for the
health with specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be
exposed to during work. Again, the parameters and frequency of such
examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer and
Industrial Hygienists. Monthly and yearly report of the health status of
workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be
maintained.
6.7.12. MEASURES ADOPTED BY COMPANY TO KEEP AIR BORNE

CONCENTRATION OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS BELOW PEL:
• Each workplace shall be evaluated. Air-borne concentration of toxic
chemicals shall be measured and records to be maintained.
• For purpose of measuring worker exposure across a single shift, a reasonably
accurate exposure measuring device (Alarms will be configured at TLV
value) shall be placed within the worker’s breathing zone, and have it
operates for the full shift. Company shall study the exposure data when the
plant is operative.

• To avoid mixing of hazardous chemicals in air; leak surveys shall be

conducted every 15 days. LDR (Leak Detection and Rectification) program
shall be designed for early detection of leakages of hazardous chemicals and
to rectify leakages.
• Flange/Ferrule joints, pipelines, transfer lines, etc. shall be checked on
regular basis for maintenance purpose.
• Regular maintenance check up shall be carried out for pumps, equipment,
instruments handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.
• PPEs like Air mask, Berating canisters, SCBA sets, On-line breathing
apparatus shall be kept available at the places where there is possibility of
presence of toxic chemicals.\
6.7.13. ACTION PLANFOR SAFE HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM

Action Plan For Safe Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:
1. Manual Handling is eliminated or replaced by fork lifts, cranes, hoists, pallet

trucks, etc.
2. Appropriate PPEs are used.
3. Lifting tools & tackles are used, wherever required.
4. Do’s and Don’ts for strengthening the safety system is being practiced.
5. SOPs, work instructions are followed.
6. Training is being provided to relevant staff, operators, workers for the risk
associated with handling of hazardous chemicals, ways to overcome those
risk, etc.
Action Plan For Safety System:
Following action plan for Safety System has to be implemented:

SAFETY ORGANIZATION/COMMITTEE
A qualified and experienced safety officers shall be appointed together
constitute a safety committee and meetings to be held at least once in a quarter.
The responsibilities of the committee shall include identification of the
hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on corrective
actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide
professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and
health.

Safety organization to be responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/

Statutory Provisions. Safety Organization organizes Safety contests like Safety
Slogan, Quiz, Safety Poster, safety Speech by individual, Safety Exhibition, etc.
to educate the staff, workers, operators on safety aspects. Employees, contractor
employees and their representatives shall be properly informed of their rights
and process hazard analyses.
SAFETY CIRCLE
In order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of
hazardous processes and improving safety and health, safety circle can also be
constituted. The circle shall consist of about three to four employees. The circle
shall meet for about an hour every week.
SAFETY TRAINING
Company shall made a policy of identifying the Safety Training Needs at
different positions/levels. Safety trainings shall be arranged by Safety
department in consultation with the plant/area in-charge and the Occupier and
sometimes external faculty deputed for the same. One day training on safety
induction shall be arranged for each category of new employee.
In addition to regular employees, limited contract labours shall be allowed to

attend safety training. To create safety awareness, safety films shall be shown to
workers and leaflets to be distributed. Training programmes shall cover plant
safety rules and hazard communication, safety aspects, BBS, etc. Bulletins on
health awareness to be circulated through mails. Visits to safety institutes /
organizations to be arranged. The man days and man-hours used in safety
training shall be recorded. Safety training calendar to be devised for one year.
6.7.14. SAFETY TRAININGS & MOCK DRILLS

Safety trainings (on Safe Material Handling, First Aid, & all Safety Aspects)
shall be provided every 15 days by the Safety Officers with the assistance of
faculty members called from other Professional Safety Institutions and
Universities. In addition to regular employees, limited contractor labours will
also be given safety training. To create safety awareness, safety films shall be
shown to workers and leaflets are distributed.

MOCK DRILLS
To evaluate the effectiveness of emergency preparedness and to spread the
awareness among employees mock drill will be carried out at the interval of
every six months.
After completion of the mock drill, summary report shall be made and
corrections will be done if any weakness has been observed.
FREQUENCY OF MOCK DRILLS:

• On-site emergency : Once every 6 months
• Off-site emergency : Once every year

CHAPTER -7
PROJECT BENEFITS
INTRODUCTION
The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the upliftment
of local community in the nearby villages and growth in the industrial sector creates new
opportunities for employment and can also help diversify the economy. This is especially
important given the high level of urbanization, growing levels of unemployment and poverty in
many cities.
Synergistic growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the
socioeconomic development. The use of chemical further leads to development in fieldof
research and development. This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements
in the physical infrastructure, social infrastructure and employment potential in the region.
7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ACTIVITIES
From the very initial stage of the inception of the project, infrastructure development in and
around the project site has been kept in consideration. Infrastructure development will be
done based on actual required socio-economic development of the region. The infrastructure
development will be rolled out as part of company’s CSR activity.
• There will be more employment generated due to the proposed project both during
the construction phase and operation phase. On the basis of technical knowledge
acquired by the local village youths, they will be provided with suitable employment
opportunity in the company.
• The labour force required during construction and operation phase shall besourced
from nearby village.
• Based on the ground survey it has been found that there is requirement of upliftment
of skill of workers.
• During training period, they will be given their lodging, boarding, expenses as well as
some stipend will be offered.
• At the end of successful training, they will be absorbed in the proposed project.
• The proponent has also planned to provide training of tailoring to ladies of 1 or2
villages.

• At the end of successful training of tailoring, the ladies will be given

sewingmachines.
• The proponent will hire them for making uniform clothes of the factory.
• This small effort will help in building economic structure in appropriatedirection.
• Programs for environmental education and public participation shall be developed
with the help of visual aids to create awareness about the activities.
• It has been planned to sponsor to the educational institutes.
• The proponents have also planned to provide training to the ladies for livelihood
enhancement projects.
• Proper awareness campaign shall be organized by the project proponent for water
conservation.
• Annual get –together and rewards for school children from identified villages who
have shown brilliance in education, sports, cultural activities etc. will be arranged.
7.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues fordirect/
indirect employment during operation phase of the project. There would be awider economic
impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business likeworkshops, marketing, repair
and maintenance tasks etc.
• This project will enhance India’s potential of supplying Organic Pigment / products to
leading to step-up of India’s position in global market sector and strengthening of Indian
economy.
• The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc
which would help economic boost.
7.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
There will be increase in the employment facilities due to the upcoming project like
• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation
phase.
• The Unit will use latest STATE OF ART technology. Thus man power will be exposed to
new technology.

• There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation
phase.
7.4 ACTION PLAN FOR BUDGETARY ALLOCATION

The unit has planned to spend 5 % of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs.250 Lakhs) over a
period of five years towards CSR activity. So, as per the project cost Rs. 12.5 Lakhs used in the
CSR activities. Budgetary allocation is given in Table 7.1.
TABLE: 7.1
BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR CSR ACTIVITIES
Sr. Activity Fund Earmarked Time
No. For Activity Schedule
1. Training to unskilled workers. Rs.0.5 Lakhs 5 Years
2. Girl child education enhancement project. Rs. 2 Lakhs 5 Years
3. New Computer room & Library Room at Rs. 3 Lakhs 5 Years
primary school of surrounding village.
4. Road side tree plantation and garden Rs. 1.5 Lakhs 5 Years
development in surrounding village
5. Providing Medical instrument for SEWA Rs. 5 Lakhs 5 Years
rural hospital.
TOTAL 12.5 Lakhs 5 Years

EIA REPORT OF M/s. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES PANOLI, DIST.: BHARUCH.
CHAPTER – 8
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Environmental protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and hope to survive. The
key to the success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and control is the
management and operation of the organization. Effective committed management delivers a
successful industry. A total commitment to the environment, not just for compliance with legal
or regulatory compliance will be the essence of environment management of an industry. Many
companies have recognized the benefits of implementing an effective environmental
management system.
8.2 AIM AND OBJECTIVE

The aim of environment management plan is to conserve natural resources and water, to
prevent pollution of environment, to ensure effectiveness of control measures and
monitoring program, to ensure safety, welfare and good health of worker, to minimize
generation of waste.
The objectives of EMP are as under:
• Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,
• Pollution that can not be prevented will be recycled in to the system,
• Pollution that can not be prevented or recycled will be subjected for recovery of chemicals
using best technologies,
• Pollution that can not be prevented or recycled or recovered will be treated in
environmentally safe manner, and
• Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only as a last resort” and will
be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.
This report is also made in the overall frame work of the Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 (and subsequent amendments to the same) issued
by the MoEF & CC, by providing required information with regards to the project as mentioned
in the Terms of Reference issued by the SEAC, Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
8.3 ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY (EHS)

The unit is having EHS policy. The salient features are given as under.

“It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will promote the
protection of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its employees and others involved in
or affected by its business operations and address the environmental concerns regarding
sustainable development.
To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we have strived to achieve an

organizational culture of safety, health and environmental excellence.
As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company has declared full
commitment to achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and Environment.”
The policy will be further amended to fulfill the requirement of Corporate Environment
Responsibility (CER).
8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various

environmental impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:
Environmental management strategies
Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental guidelines of the

country.
• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals
• Air, water and soil quality protection
• Noise control
• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization
• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection
• Socio-economic and welfare considerations
• Risk and disaster management plan
• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance
Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed
utilizing a specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the
basis for environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the appointed
personnel.
With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation
measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the environmental
components.

The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potentially
detrimental impacts on the environment, both during construction and operation phases of the
project. It is also necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is
ensured. The construction and associated activities have been planned so as to minimize impacts
on the physical, biological and socio-economic-cultural environments. Even though it would be
naive to expect that all detrimental impacts can be avoided, it is apparent that most of the impacts
will be localized and temporary in nature.
8.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Company will ensure to conduct all business operations in compliance with applicable laws,
regulations and standards related to occupational Health, Safety and Environment. An
Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources has
established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including
statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc. The EMC will be
made responsible for all issues related to environmental management of the proposed project
facilities.
There will be EHS Manager for overseeing all environment and safety responses to ensure the
implementation of EMP mentioned during construction and operation phase including findings /
recommendations of third party audits and monitoring results as mentioned in the EMP.
At least one permanent employee with adequate educational and professional qualification and
experience to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including statutory
compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring will be employed by company and
will directly report to the Director of the organization operations. Proposed Environment
management cell/ Hierarchical system is shown in below Figure 8.1.

FIGURE: 8.1
FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Director
Manager
Plant Head Fire & ETP

Safety
Officer
Operator
Operator Chemist Helper
Worker
The proposed project would create impacts on the environment in two distinct phases:
Phase 1: During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short - term.
Phase 2: During the operation phase which will have marginal impact.
The unit has already developed system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of
environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.
When ever such situations come in, which could be detrimental to environmental in that case, shift
in-charge will directly coordinate with plant Head & Manager (EHS). This will ultimately lead to the
highest chain of command which has authority to take decisions. The unit has developed
environment violation reporting system is shown in below Figure 8.2.

FIGURE: 8.2
FLOW DIAGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT VIOLATION REPORTING SYSTEM
Shift Plant head Manager

Incharge
DIRECTOR
Company’s Environment Health & Safety policy is attached as an annexure- XI.
The unit has planned to revise environment policy based on following points to fulfill corporate
environment responsibility.
PROPOSED CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY:
1. We will abide by the conditions laid down in Environment Clearance.
2. We will follow regulatory frame work of environment rules and regulations.
3. The focus will be for sustainable development. This will be ensured by adopting cleaner
production technology, recycling all waste water, conserving resources and utilization of
Green operations.
4. The stack holders of the company- employees, suppliers, share holders, final product users,
financial institutes and local residents will be regularly informed the environment
performance of the company. Their suggestions and involvement in environment issues will
be encouraged.
5. A manager level person will be employed to supervise day to day operations of pollution
control equipments and related area. The manager will directly report to the Director. The
daily performance report will be circulated amongst in charges of production, maintenance,
quality control and HR department besides executive Director. Any deviations noticed will
be immediately circulated with Red mark highlighted report. Prompt actions will be sought
from all departments.
8.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION

PHASE
Environmental impacts during the construction phase can be attributed to the site preparation,
excavation of trenches, erection & mechanical fabrication, construction activities, transportation
etc. and provision of civic amenities to the construction workforce. The potential for
environmental impact during construction phase on most of the environmental components are
temporary and the environment returns back to its previous status on completion of the

construction. State of the art technology will be adopted for control of pollution during project
execution phase, whenever and wherever applicable.
All construction activities generally cause disruptions to the pre project environmental quality.
The following environmental protection measures should be incorporated as part of terms and
conditions of contract for implementation by the contractor or the authority as appropriate.
Recommendations made to minimize impacts during construction phase are delineated below:
8.6.1 BASIC ENGINEERING CONTROL MEASURES
The new project will be carried out at GIDC Estate, Panoli which has well developed road
network and plain plots. However M/s. Om Shiv Industries is ensuring to keep the pollution
potential level in the construction phase to a minimum.
The control measures proposed by the unit to minimize the pollution load are as under:
TABLE 8.1
CONSTRUCTION PHASE DETAILS
Sr. Source Waste type/ Control measures
No.
Pollution
(A) SITE PREPARATION
1. Uplift of dust during the Dust Sprinkling of water over paths, land,
excavation, leveling and along the temporary roads.
operations etc.
(B)SANITATION
1. Sanitation facilities. Sewage Sewage disposed through soak pit
(C)NOISE
1. Movement of vehicles like Noise Restrict movement of vehicle
truck, Dozer, Cranes, pollution between 10 p.m. to 6 a.m.
2. Construction activity Noise Engineering control, Provide noise
pollution protection devices like earmuffs, ear
plug to worker, Rotation of work to
minimize exposure.
(D) WASTES FROM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
1. Dozer, Cranes Waste oil Avoid spillage, proper storage ,
disposal by selling to reprocessor
2. Painting Empty Proper storage, disposal by selling to
containers of authorized buyers/incineration.
paints and oils
3. Construction Construction Use for leveling purpose within
waste premises

8.6.2 MANAGEMENT OF AIR ENVIRONMENT
The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards with regard to the ambient air
quality levels and emission levels. The particulate matter, PM10 (size 10 µm) levels in Industrial,
residential and rural area not to exceed 100 µg/m3. The standard for industrial areas is 100
µg/m3. The vehicular emission standards for Heavy diesel driven vehicles as per Bharat stage-III
for Hydrocarbons: 1.6 g/km hr; Carbon Monoxide: 2.1 g/km hr and Oxides of Nitrogen: 5 g/km
hr and PM: 0.1 g/Kw hr. These standards will have be met.
(http://www.cpcb.nic.in/Vehicular Exhaust.php).
Environmental pollution during construction phase will be mainly due to the activities involving
site preparation and construction. Preparation of site will involve movement of substantial
quantity of soil to fill the land. During dry weather conditions, it is necessary to control the dust
pollution created by leveling, grading and transportation activity. Materials required for earth
filling should be collected from the site. The transportation routes should be selected such that
movement of trucks through inhabited villages is reduced. It should be ensured that construction
vehicles are properly maintained to minimize smoke in exhaust emissions. The vehicle
maintenance area will be located in such a way that contamination of surface soil/water by
accidental spillage of oil/diesel will not take place and dumping of waste oil should be strictly
prohibited.
One or more of the following measures may be implemented to minimize impacts on air quality
during construction and operation of the project. Face masks should be provided to prevent
inhalations of dust particle.
• It will be ensured that all the vehicles deployed for the project possess Pollution Under
Control (PUC) Certificate.
• All vehicles will be properly maintained to minimize emissions of contaminants, for this
necessary measure will be taken.
• A schedule for the operation of vehicles will be established to minimize to the extent
practicable, the time of operation of emission sources.
• Water should be sprayed by high pressure water hoses during dust generating
construction activities e.g. excavation, crushing/demolishing, concrete mixing, material
handling etc. to suppress dust.
• Wetting (sweeping or sprinkling) will be used, wherever practicable, to minimize dust
dispersion. As far as possible unleaded and Sulphur free petrol will be used for petrol
driven vehicles.
• Construction work should not be carried out during storm conditions.

8.6.3 MANAGEMENT OF WATER ENVIRONMENT
Surface water quality

• Rainy season will be avoided for cutting and filling of earth work.
• Soil binding and fast growing plants should be grown around the construction site before
commencement of construction activity to reduce soil erosion.
• Temporary drainage channels should be provided for collection of water.
• Water used in washing and flushing pipelines should be discharged into storm water
drains or natural drains after settling.
• Adopting prudent soil erosion control measures to prevent water pollution.
Ground water quality
• No discharge of construction wastes to ground water bodies will be allowed during
construction.
• No wells and bores will be made within the premises.
• Water logging should be avoided by providing drainage system.
8.6.4 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set standards for ambient noise levels in
various activity zones. For industrial areas the daytime noise levels are not to exceed 75 dB (A)
and the night time levels 70 dB (A). In case of residential areas, the day and night standards are
55 db and 45 dB (A) respectively. Suitable conditions will be incorporated in the construction
contract agreement, to ensure compliance of these standards. The sources of noise generation
will be transportation activities, process area etc.
The following measures may be adopted to minimize the impact of noise during construction
phase of the project:
• Construction equipment generating minimum noise and vibration will be chosen.
• Ear plugs and/muffs will be provided to construction workers working near the noise
generating activities / machines / equipment.
• Vehicles and construction equipment with internal combustion engines without proper
silencer will not be allowed to operate.
• Construction equipment meeting the norms specified by EP Act, 1986 will only be used.
• Noise control equipment and baffling will be employed on generators especially when
they are operated near the residential and sensitive areas.
• Noise levels will be reduced by the use of adequate mufflers on all motorized equipment.

8.6.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND / SOIL ENVIRONMENT
Following measures will be taken to minimize impact on land environment and improve soil
conditions.
(I) Earth / Construction Debris
• Excavated earth will be backfilled in the trench after foundation work and top soil will be
restored for the agricultural/ gardening purpose. The remaining excavated material will
be disposed off or spread out in low laying area.
• Precautions should be taken to minimize damage to native plants (if any) on the periphery
of construction area.
• The natural gradient of the area should be maintained after reinstatement to avoid water
logging.
• The construction debris as well as debris from demolition work will be utilized within
the site for leveling purpose and base course preparation of internal roads.
• The materials like steel and other recyclable material will be segregated and reused or
sold to authorize vendors for reuse.
(II) Topsoil Segregation
• Where topsoil is present, it is required to be segregated. The soil will be used within the
premises for filling, leveling etc. Top soil of the site will be collected at site and reused
for landscaping. Debris generated will be used for leveling. The following practices, as
regard to top soil segregation will be adhered during trenching:
• Existing topsoil which is removed during construction should be stockpiled temporarily
for replacement whenever required.
• Topsoil and sub-soil will be segregated during trenching and stockpiled separately.
• Topsoil should be removed to its actual depth or to a maximum of 30 cm as determined
by HSE representative for the spread.
• Topsoil will not be used for padding, backfill or trench breakers, under any
circumstances.
• Topsoil will be stored on the non-traffic side of the trench.
• Topsoil will not be used as fill for the trench.

8.6.6 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE
Construction activities can lead to solid waste generation including sand, gravel, stone, plastic,
paper, wood, metal, glass, waste concrete, excavated soil, broken bricks, waste plaster, metallic
scrap etc. This will be segregated into biodegradable and non-biodegradable will be handed over
to authorized vendor. No trash or debris from construction activities should be left at project site
after construction is completed. The construction debris as well as debris generated due to
demolition will include Concrete; Brick bat debrisetc will be further used for leveling of low
lying areas or in preparation of sub-surfaces for roads or pavements.
8.6.7 MANAGEMENT OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
To minimize adverse impacts arising out due to the project activity, mitigative measures are
suggested in the EMP. Proper implementation of EMP would mitigate adverse impacts in the
region. Prior information about the project should be given to locals in study area.
• Caution should be exercised to avoid disturbance to existing infrastructure (If made).

• An emergency plan should be prepared in advance, to deal with fire fighting.
• The authority should make an assessment of the safe, legal load limits of all the bridges,
streets that may be traversed heavy equipment.
• All construction material and equipment should be stored in a neat and orderly manner so
that land owners whose land is utilized for this purpose will not suffer.
Construction workers
• Local people will be employed for construction work to the maximum extent possible.
• Proper facility for domestic water supply, sanitation and other essential services will be
made available to the construction workers.
• Temporary toilets will be provided which will be connected to septic tank with soak pits.
• The facilities should be maintained in a clean, odour free condition and care should be
taken to avoid soil and groundwater contamination.
• Face masks, gloves and other personal protective equipments will be provided to workers
to prevent health hazard during construction activities.
8.6.8 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC CONTROL
During Construction phase of the project:

• The authority should make an assessment of the safe, legal load limits of all the bridges,
streets that may be traversed by heavy equipment.
• Traffic congestion and road hazards should be prevented.

• Deliveries of materials to the project site should be consolidated whenever feasible to

minimize the flow of traffic.
• Existing network of roads should be used for transporting equipment and construction
material and no new road should be constructed unless unavoidable.
• There should be no diversion of traffic in both the phases of construction and operation.
• Truck traffic
1) Will be staggered all through the day and during non-peak hours.
2) Materials will be received during non-peak hours.
3) Water will be sprinkled during transportation.
• Adequate wide entry/ exit gate will be provided.
• Security personnel will manage traffic on shift basis at entry / exit point.
• Sufficient space for movements of vehicles will be provided.
8.7 COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY – RESTORATION
Before the activity is considered as complete by the authority, appropriate measures should be
taken to restore the project site and surrounding areas to that of pre-construction condition.
Temporary structures, equipment, surplus material and refuse should be removed from the
project site at the earliest. Land will be restored as discussed below:
• To be restore as good as pre-construction condition.
• Provision of proper drainage pattern.
• Construction debris and other wastes should be cleared from the site.
• Fences and other facilities will be repaired during this stage.
8.8 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL

PHASE
Operational activities of the project would be associated with the following potentially
significant environmental impacts. These activities associated with the impacts are listed here
under:
• Domestic waste water disposal,
• Transport of men and material,
• Storage of material and pumping,
• Chemical spills and leaks and Fire / Explosion.
The operational phase activities due to proposed project have the potential to cause long term
environmental impacts. Cumulative impacts due to the air pollution are predicted using
simulation models as discussed in chapter 4.

Several control measures have been incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes and
subsequent environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to these
pollution prevention and control measures will be moderate the environmental impacts to the
minimum possible level during operational phase. In general, the environmental management
plan during operational phase of the plant will be directed to the following:
• It will be ensured that all the pollution control / environment management systems are
commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.
• Wherever possible, the control systems will be interlinked with the operational units, so that
failure of the control system will shut down the respective operational unit. Regular
performance evaluation of the control systems will be undertaken to ensure their optimum
performance.
• Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that of the
respective operational unit.
• Regular monitoring for various components of environment will be undertaken to ensure
effective functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard against any
unforeseen changes in environment.
During the operational phase, there will not be any significant impacts on various environmental
components. Hence, the following Management Plan is recommended to mitigate adverse
impacts during operation phase:
8.8.1 MANAGEMENT OF AIR ENVIRONMENT
The emissions from the existing and proposed manufacturing activities are given in Chapter 2 in
section 2.9. The possible sources of flue gas emission and process emission and fugitive
emission are as under.
TABLE: 8.1
DETAILS OF ALL EMISSIONS CONTROL MEASURES
Sr. Source Probable Pollutant Control Measures/ APCM
No. Emission
FLUE GAS EMISSION
1. Steam Boiler Air polluant Bag Filter in case of Bio-coal will
(1 TPH) (PM, SOX, NOX) be used as fuel
2. TFH Air polluant Bag Filter in case of Bio-coal will

(250000 Kcal/Hr) (PM, SOX, NOX) be used as fuel
3. D.G.Set Air polluant Adequate stack height.

(250 KVA)
(PM, SOX, NOX)
(1Nos.)


No. Emission
PROCESS EMISSION
1. Fluid Bed Dryer (2 Nos.) Air pollutant Bag Filter
(PM)
2. Tray Dryer Air pollutant Bag Filter
(PM)
3. Vent attached to reactor Air pollutant Water scrubber + Alkali Scrubber
(H2S, VOC) Charcoal Tower
4. Vent attached to reactor Air pollutant Water Scrubber + Alkali Scrubber
5. Vent attached to reactor (HCl, HBr, Br2, &
NOx)
FUGITIVE EMISSION
1. Storage tank of acid Air pollutant • Close handling system
(Fugitive • Carry out work place
emmision) monitoring to find out
concentration level in ambient
air
2. Solvent storage tank Air pollutant • Carry out work place area
(VOC) monitoring to find out
concentration level in ambient
air
• Connected with vent condensers
with child brine circulation.
• Close handling system.
• Provision of breather valve cum
flame arrester.
3. Solvent recovery system Air pollutant • Steam distillation.
(VOC) • Close handling system
• There will be recovery of more
than 97-98% solvent.
4. Handling of raw material Air pollutant • Provision of exhaust ventilation
bags in storage area (PM) • Provision of PPE
• Provision of Job rotation to
reduce exposure
5. Flange joints of pipeline, Air pollutant • Routine & periodic inspection
pump & motors (VOC) to check leakage
• Preventive maintenance, follow
SOP for maintenance
• Pumps & motors mechanical
seal type
• LDAR program is followed.
6. Solid raw material Air pollutant • Hopper are provided with
transferring to reactor (PM) powder transfer system.
7. Liquid raw material Air pollutant • Feeding of liquid raw material

transferring to reactor (VOC, Acid fumes) is carried out by closed pipeline


No. Emission
and mechanical seal pump.
8. Loading /unloading at Air pollutant • Unloading through pipeline to
storage area (VOC) tank in a close system.
As per above mention flue gas, process gas & fugitive emissions their APCM are adequate.
Regular ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out within premises and near by area for
PM10, PM2.5, SOX, NOX, NH3 and VOC in the downwind directions as well as where maximum
ground level concentration are anticipated and record of the same will be maintained.
8.8.1.1 Action plan for other control process & fugitive emissions following measures are
recommended:
A. Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.
B. Regular inspection of tank roof seals.
C. Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.
D. Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.
E. Entire process to be carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of
temperature.
F. Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.
G. Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provided at all locations to
reduce GLCs of pollutants.
H. Greenbelt development will be implemented to mitigate impacts from fugitive emissions.
I. Air Pollution Control System will be installed in the plant.
8.8.1.2 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES
A.BAG FILTER:
Dust contained gas by the intake into the middle, from the filter bag into the in a bag, dust is
blocked in the filter bag of the surface; purify air into the bag, again by the upper bag into the
case on, finally by the exhaust system.

FIGURE: 8.3
DIAGRAM OF BAG FILTER
B.SCRUBBER:
1. WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY ALKALI SCRUBBER
Working Process:
Stage 1: First of all mixture of un-reacted hydrogen bromide gas, hydrogen chloride gas&
hydrogen sulphide are scrubbed in water scrubber here 90-95% through re-circulation of water
and un-reacted gases go to secondary scrubbing system.
Stage 2 :In secondary scrubbing system having column and all un – reacted gases from water
scrubbing system (unabsorbed chlorine) and the unscrubbed reacted hydrogen bromide gas,
hydrogen chloride gas & hydrogen sulphide gas scrubbed here in alkali solution or caustic
solution and remaining fresh air goes to environment.

FIGURE: 8.4
DIAGRAM OF WATER SCRUBBER FOLLOWED BY CAUSTIC SCRUBBER
Gas inlet
from
Reactor
TABLE 8.4
DETAILS OF SCRUBBER SYSTEM
Sr. Name of Units Capacity of scrubbing Quantity MOC
No. media tank
1 Water Scrubber 5KL 2 HDPE/PP FRP
2. Caustic Scrubber 5 KL 2 HDPE/PP FRP

TABLE 8.5
FEATURES OF SCRUBBER SYSTEM
Description Details of Scrubber System

Velocity of gas 4 m/s 4 m/s
Gas flow 830 Kg/Hrs 720 Kg/Hrs
Blower Capacity 300 m3/hr 300 m3/hr
Pump Capacity 80 m3/hr 80 m3/hr
Scrubbing media Water NaOH
Column diameter 300 mm 300 mm
Column packed height 3M 3M
Total column height 4.5 M 4.5 M
TABLE: 8.6
DETAILS OF SCRUBBING AGENTS
Sr. Name of Quantity Name of Quantity Name of Quantity

No. Air of Air Scrubbing Of Scrubbed of
Pollutant Pollutant Agent Scrubbing Product Scrubbed
Ton / Ton Agent Product
of finished Ton / Ton Ton / Ton
product of finished of finished
product product
1. Hydrogen 0.5 Water 3 Dilute HCl 3.5
chloride Scrubber
(HCl Gas)
2. Hydrogen 0.20 Water 2 Dilute HBr 2.2
Bromide Scrubber
(HBr
Gas)
3. Bromine 0.23 Dilute 2 Sodium hypo 2.23
Gas Caustic lye bromide
Solution
4. Hydrogen 0.25 Dilute 2 Sodium 2.25
Sulphide Caustic lye Hydrosulphid
gas e solution

8.8.2 MANAGEMENT OF WASTEWATER ENVIRONMENT
Total effluent generation will be 29 KL/Day. Proposed industrial effluent29 KL/Day will be
treated in ETP. Treated water will be send in RO. RO permeate will be reuse and RO reject will
be send to MEE. MEE condensate will be reuse and salt will be disposed at TSDF site.
The description of effluent treatment plant process is given in Chapter-2 in section 2.7.2.
The detail Treatability study is attached as Annexure – VIII.
Water required for the proposed project will be fulfilled by GIDC water supply system. Water
conservation measures will be taken to explore possibility of reuse/recycle of water. Process
optimization, reduction, reuse and recycle of water will be carried out to minimize the impact.
Record of water consumption will be maintained for each usage.
TABLE 8.7
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR EFFLUENT AND SEWAGE GENERATION
Sr. Source Waste Control Measures
No. Type/Pollution
1. Process, Effluent • Adequate Effluent treatment plant having
Washing, primary.
Boiler Blow • Proper house keeping preventing contamination
Down, of ground water & storm water drainage.
Cooling • Record of hazardous waste generation during the
Tower. treatment of waste water and its disposal.
• Water conservation measures will be taken to
explore possibility of reuse/recycle of water.
• Process optimization, reduction, reuse and
recycle of water will be carried out to minimize
the impact.
• Record of water consumption will be maintained
for each usage in future.
2. Domestic uses Sewage • Sewage sent to Sock pit/ETP.

8.8.2.1(A) ECONOMICAL AND TECHNICAL VIABILITY OF THE EFFLUENT

TREATMENT SYSTEM
The comprehensive effluent treatment for the proposed project comprises of primary,
secondary and tertiary treatment units along with RO & MEE units. The capital cost and
recurring cost of the effluent treatment system is given in the following Table 2.7 below.
TABLE: 8.8
Capital and Recurring Cost of the effluent treatment system
Operating Cost
(Lacs/Month)
Installed Capacity
Maintenance cost
Total Recurring
Sr.
(Lacs/ Month)
(Lacs/Month)
Consumables
(Rs. in Lacs)
Unit
Chemical &
Capital cost
Manpower
Electricity
No.
(KLD)
Cost
1 ETP 30 0.2 0.5 0.15 0.3 1.15
2 RO 27 40 0.1 0.3 0.05 0.2 0.65
MEE 10 0.1 0.2 0.03 0.2 0.53
Total 40 0.3 0.8 0.2 0.5 2.23
The capital cost of the proposed project is Rs. 280 lacs, whereas total capital investment
required for effluent handling, treatment and disposal system is Rs. 40 Lacs. It comes to 14%
of the total project cost and hence it seems to be economically viable and will not affect the
overall project cost.
The recurring cost for the effluent handling and treatment as narrated in the Table 8.9 will be
Rs. 2.23 Lakh per month. Now, considering the total installed capacity of the proposed project
775 TPM, it would cost only Rs. 0.29 per kg of product. The market value of the products
proposed by the unit is ranging from Rs. 40 to 50 per kg, with the average value of 45 Rs/kg,
thus the effluent treatment and handling cost is very low compared to the product value. Also,
considering quantity of effluent to be treated, it would cost 0.31 Rs/Lit. of effluent. Thus, the
cost for operating proposed ETP viable for unit.

8.8.2.1(B) MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR SPILLAGES/LEAKAGES/VESSEL WASHING.
Pumps and reactors will be having mechanical seal, so there will be no leakages. The unit will
provide connection system for possibility of leakages. Leakages will be collected in a small pit
which will carry the leakages to effluent plant.
Possible spillages will be from vessel washing, transfer of liquids, to avoid the spillage fixed
pipeline will be provided. Vessel washing will be collected to effluent treatment plant. The unit
will provide dedicated area made with HDPE lining so that the washing can be directly sent to
ETP plant.
The products are run on campaign basis change over and washing is being avoided. Where ever
washing is required we use the high pressure jet cleaning procedure hence to reduce by ~ 35-
40%.
8.2.2.1 (C) WASTE STREAM MANAGEMENT

I. ALUMINUM CHLORIDE POWDER MANAGEMENT:
The aluminum chloride powder (120 MT/Month) generating from Tetra Isopropyl
Titanate manufacturing will be sell to actual end user having Rule 9 Permission.
II. SODIUM BROMIDE SOLUTION MANAGEMENT:
The sodium bromide solution (72 MT/Month) generating from Valproic Acid and 6
Chloro phenyl hexanone manufacturing will be sell to actual end user having Rule 9
Permission.
8.8.3 MANAGEMENT OF NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The sources of noise generation will be transportation activities, D.G. set, cooling tower, plant
machinery etc. The unit will take following measures to control noise pollution.

TABLE 8.9
DETAILS OF CONTROL MEASURES FOR NOISE POLLUTION
Sr. Source Waste Type / Control Measures
No. Pollution
1. Transportation Noise pollution • Green belt
activities • Restriction on transportation between 10 p.m.
to 6 a.m.
• Maintain vehicle in good condition.
2. D.G. set Noise pollution • Acoustic Enclosure/silencer,
• Engineering control,
• Provision of PPE, Green belt.
3. Plant/ Noise pollution • Maintain equipment & machines in good
Process area working condition.
(Pump & • Isolated noisy area from other area by distance
Blower) and if it is not possible than by physical
separation or noise proof valve.
• Provide silencer to safety valve, relief valve.
• Provision of PPE.
• Green belt.
• Record noise level monitoring of different
places within and outside premises,
• Periodically Audio metric test,
• Rotation of work to minimize exposure.
To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control measures:
• Manufacturers / suppliers of major noise generating machines / equipments like air
compressors, feeder pumps, etc. will be instructed to make required design modifications
wherever possible before supply and installation to mitigate the noise generation and to
comply with the national / international regulatory norms with respect to noise
generation. Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles should be undertaken to
reduce the noise impact.
• Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective measures will
be provided (wherever noise level is more than 75 dB (A)).
• Employees will be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earplugs or
earmuffs, wherever required.
• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out or the
machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.
• The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with specification of low noise
levels.

• Areas with high noise levels will be identified and will include prominently displayed
caution boards. The green belt area will be developed within industrial premises and
around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.
• Noise monitoring will be carried out to check the efficacy of maintenance schedules
undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.
• Good quality digital sound level meter will be in place to monitor noise level.
• The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment (water pumping equipment, DG
set, compressor etc.) will be provided with appropriate acoustic barriers so that, the noise
level within 1 m of these facilities when in operation will be less than 75 dB (A) to meet
stringent MOEFCC/ CPCB norms.
• Implementation of greenbelt development / landscaping etc. will reduce noise impacts
within the project premises to a great extent.
8.8.4 MANAGEMENT OF SOLVENT RECOVERY AND EMISSION CONTROL
A solvent recovery system comprises of two stage heat exchangers. Cooling tower water is
circulated in primary heat exchanger and in secondary heat exchanger chilled water circulation is
done. The uncondensed solvent after the secondary heat exchanger will be diverted to water
scrubber the traces of solvent will get dissolved in water. On getting saturation, the solvent mix
water will be subjected for recovery of solvent (if feasible) and/or water will be diverted to ETP
plant for further treatment the process will ensure no VOC emission from solvent recovery
system.
The scrubbing system consists of a scrubber (packed column absorber), an exhaust blower and
scrubbing media circulation via pumps followed by carbon adsorption tower. The vapors coming
from the process vents and raw material storage area enters the primary scrubber where they are
absorbed in water. Thus, the air leaving from the scrubber is clean, which is again feed into the
secondary tower consists of carbon to trap any remaining VOC. The figure of scrubber system is
given below as figure. The detail of scrubber system is given below in Table no. 8.5.
TABLE 8.10
DETAILS OF WATER SCRUBBER SYSTEM FOR VOC
Sr. No. Name of Units Capacity Quantity MOC
1 Water Scrubber 5 KL 1 HDPE/PP FRP

FIGURE 8.3
FLOW DIAGRAM OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM
VOC Vent
Cooling Tower Line
Chilled Water
Circulation Spray
Primary Secondary
Condenser Condenser
Receiver
Reactor Un
scrubbed
VOCs
Water Tank
Carbon
Adsorption
tower

8.8.5 MANAGEMENT OF LAND ENVIRONMENT
The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development of
greenbelt comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. It is recommended
that plantation be made on sites, road sides, around waste treatment units. Such a development of
greenbelt and plantation of shrubs and trees will not only significantly reduce or mitigate adverse
impacts due to aerosols and gaseous pollutants, noise, odour and nuisance etc, but also serve as
shelter belts for avifauna, stabilize and improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.
Raw material & Product storage area
The unit will take following control measures to prevent land contamination from raw material
storage and handling.
Raw materials are stored in HDPE Tanks, HDPE bags, fibre drums, etc. in sepereate storage
room. Product and Raw material storage & handling are given in Chapter-2 in section 2.3.1 and
2.3.2.
8.8.6 MANAGEMENT OF SOLID WASTE & HAZARDOUS WASTE

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid
urbanization & improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity of
the waste generated. Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and improvement of
public health.
Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of life
in the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste generated in
the plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic wastes and industrial
wastes. Effective measures will be taken to effectively implement the solid waste management
systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to authorized vendor for disposal.
The Hazardous wastes will be handled and disposed as per Hazardous Waste (Management and
Handling) Rules, 2008 & amended in 2016.
The Waste Management plan includes:
• Waste Inventory
• Classification of waste
• Packaging, Storing and Transporting Wastes to Disposal site
• Data Management and Reporting -Personnel Training
• Waste Minimization
Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid waste
• The paper, plastic, insulation waste will be handed over to authorized TSDF side for
further handling and disposal.
• The Fly ash waste will be handed over to authorized recycler for further handling and
disposal.
• Reuse of paper, plastic waste and garden waste.
• Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.
2. Hazardous waste
• Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to authorized
vendor for final disposal.
• The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous waste
(Management and Handling) Rules 2008 & 2016, and hence no adverse impact on land
environment is envisaged.
• Hazardous waste will be stored separately in dry & covered place with RCC plat form.
Forklift truck will be used in shifting, loading and unloading operation for hazardous
waste to minimize manual handling of hazardous waste.
• Necessary PPE’s will be provided to workers while handling of hazardous waste.
• The hazardous wastes generated from the industry will be residue from MEE, ETP
sludge, and spent/waste oil. The details of quantity of hazardous waste generated and
disposal facility is given in Chapter 2 in section 2.9.
METHODOLOGY FOR DECONTAMINATION
• For disposal of discarded bags and containers, the guideline provided by theGujarat
Pollution Control Board will be followed. It will be ensured that containers are empty
before taken for disposal. As per the guidelines all the containers will be washed
properly, the washings will be checked for pH and COD. The pH should be neutral and
COD should be NIL. This will ensure that the containers are cleaned before taken for
disposal. Removal or defacing of all labeling and content of all product and waste
material will be regular practice. The sticker will be put on individual container as
"cleaned". The container will be deposited in the area marked for disposal. Then the
containers will be inspected by the certifying agency approved by the GPCB. In
confirmation of the quality of the cleaning they will issue the stickers for identification.
After receiving stickers, that should be pasted on to the containers. Then the containers
are disposed off to actual raw material supplier.

8.8.7 MANAGEMENT OF GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
The main objective of green belt is to provide a barrier between source of pollution and
surrounding area by filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutants before it
reaches to the ground. An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing
roosting/perching place for birds and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora
and fauna species, to make the area more natural and hazard free.
The company will developed greenbelt within area of 1089 square meter. There will be provision
of budget of 4 Lakhs rupees for green belt development. The unit will plant/rearrange 125-150
trees and shrubs in green belt area. Development of green belt with carefully selected native
plant species is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce noise and air pollution
impacts by attenuation / assimilation and for providing food and habitat for local macro and
micro fauna. This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the beauty of area that will
attract bird and insect species and by this way ecology of the area will maintain to a great extent.
For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project sites care need to be taken to plant
the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species may have certain advantages that may
reduce the environmental pollution.
TABLE 8.11
LIST OF PLANT SPECIES TO CONTROL GAS, DUST EMISSION AND NOISE LEVEL
Sr. Scientific Name Common Name Ecological Type
No. Performance*
1. Delonix regia Gulahor DC Tree
2. Azardirachta Neem CN, OGE, DC Tree
indica
3. Casuarina Saru CN, DC Tree
Equisetifolia
4. Terminalia Badam CN, DC Tree
catappa
5. Syzygium cumini Jamun, Jambu CN, DC Tree
6. Tamarindus Emali CN, OGE, DC Tree
indica
7. -- Kadam CN, OGE, DC Tree
8. Cassia siamea Kashid, Kasod CN, OGE, DC Tree
9. -- Gogan vel CN, DC Tree
*Ecological performance: CN – Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (Sexena
V.S. 1991) and (Abbasi & Khan 2000), DC - Dust Controller (CPCB 2007)

8.8.7.1 Preparation of Greenbelt Plan
The proposed greenbelt development should be of a suitable width along the periphery of project
site area including unit complex, space between the units located within the project, along the
roads, storage areas, loading / unloading areas of products etc.
Criteria for Selection of Species for Greenbelt
The plant species suitable for green belt development should be selected based on the following
characteristics.
• It should have thick canopy cover
• They should be perennial and evergreen
• They should have high sink potential for pollutants
• They should be efficient in absorbing pollutants if any without significantly affecting
their growth.
Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development should be planted using pitting technique.
The pit size should be either 45 cm × 45 cm × 45 cm or 60 cm × 60 cm × 60 cm. bigger pit size
is prepared on marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with
well decomposed farm yard manure for 45cm × 45 cm × 45 cm and 60 cm × 60 cm × 60 cm size
pits respectively. The filling of soil should be completed at least 15-20 days before actual
plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species should be planted in each pit.
Road side Plantation
Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area,
increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project
site will be planted with flowering trees. Trees should be planted to increase aesthetic value as
well as shady area along the roads.
Each plant shows different air pollution tolerance level depending upon number of factors. The
trees should be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area & should be able to grow and thrive
on soil of the area, be evergreen, inhabitant, having minimum of leaf fall. The trees should be tall
in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading canopy in primary and secondary
attenuation zone. It is also recommended to plant few trees, which are sensitive to air pollution as
air pollution indicator.

8.8.7.2 Budget Allocation
Greenbelt around the project site will be developed with in initial three to five years. The green
belt around the site plantation with at least 2x2 meters per plant is proposed. Detailed budget
Break-up is given in Table 8.7.
TABLE 8.12
BUDGET FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT
Work or Activity 1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year Total
Plantation at Periphery of the Project Site

Plantation Planned 20 20 20 10 10 70 Trees
Amount (INR) 1,00,000 1,00,000 1,00,000 50,000 50,000 3,00,000
Plantation of outside the plant
Plantation Planned 10 10 5 -- -- 15 Trees
Amount (INR) 40,000 40,000 20, 000 -- -- 1,00,000
8.8.7.3 PLANTATION TECHNIQUE AND CARE
Plantation Technique
Following basic procedures need to be followed for greening the area.
• Since the project area fall under semi-arid condition and having poor soil quality,
plantation of tree species required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment.
• Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard
manure.
• Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department
nursery.
• Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention.
• Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in 2 or 3
days for a period of five years.
• Soil wok and weeding need to be done once in a two months.
Monitoring Protocol
• The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying
manure, weeding and provide proper protection.
• Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation
during the growth stage.

• Plantation requires after care for a period of minimum five years till the saplings attain
matured tree stage.
Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be
redeveloped and maintained by the agency.
8.8.8 RAIN WATER HARVESTING SCHEME

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using rainwater when it
is most needed. A rainwater harvesting system comprises of various stages – transporting rain
water through pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five
components in a rainwater harvesting system namely catchment, conveyance, filtration, storage
and recharge.
Advantages of Rain Water Harvesting:
There are various advantages of Rain Water recharging from which some of those are listed
below:
• Prevent evaporation and runoff of rain water and convey it to recharge groundwater
especially in such areas where runoff is very high.
• Solution to water scarcity problems.
• Effective rise in ground water levels.
• It’s economical and energy saving as it prevents extraction of water from depleting
ground water table.
• Easy operation and maintenance.
Design of Rain Water Harvesting:
• Quantity of Rain water collected depends upon: (a) Average rainfall intensity (b)
Catchment area (c) Run-off coefficient.
• The rain water from the Roof tops, Paved and Green Area will be collected through PVC
pipes and then transferred to the proposed rainwater harvesting pits. Design calculations
for these pits are discussed in subsequent section.
• Based on the long term IMD Data for Bharuch District
• Annual Rainfall intensity = 906.5 mm (0.906 m)
• Maximum Rainfall intensity = 391.6 mm (0.391 m)
Calculations for Rainwater Harvesting Pits:
• Roof top, Paved and Green area of are considered for harvesting rainwater. Annual
availability of rainwater for harvesting is calculated in table 8.8. Maximum availability of
rainwater for harvesting is calculated in table 8.9.

TABLE: 8.13
AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING
Description Area in m2 Rainfall intensity Runoff Total storm water
per annum coefficient In m3/ annum
In m
Roof area 1691 0.906 0.8 1226
Total available rainwater ( in m3/ annum) 1226
TABLE: 8.14
AVAILABLE RAINWATER (MAXIMUM) FOR HARVESTING
Description Area in m2 Maximum Runoff Total storm water
Rainfall intensity coefficient In m3/ annum
In m
Roof area 1691 0.391 0.8 529
3
Total available rainwater during peak rainfall (in m /annum) 529
Rainwater collected during peak rainfall for day will be 529 m3. So, it is advised to create storage
tank of volume ~800 m3.
The proposed volume of rainwater harvesting pits can be created below parking area, green area
or roads etc. as per convenience. The stored rainwater will be utilized for various purposes hence
reducing required quantity of water.
STORM WATER MANAGEMENT
• The drains for storm water will be kept clean and dry in summer and winter. The storm water
drains will be connected to the 800 m3 underground pit. The rain water of the premises will
be collected in this underground pit through storm water drains. The collected water will be
analyzed for any contamination of pollutants for 1st and 2nd rain during monsoon. If analysis
indicates any contamination, the collected water will be diverted to ETP plant. In case of no
contamination, the collected water will be used in cooling tower and other applications.
8.8.9 VEHICULAR POLLUTION CONTROL
• All vehicles will be maintained in well condition by regular preventive maintenance to

reduce the exhaust level.
• Drivers of all vehicles used in the transportation will be trained in transportation of
Hazardous chemicals to prevent any accident. Fitness and training test certificate approved
by R.T.O to be maintained on the vehicle at all times to ensure transport worthiness.

8.8.10 HEALTH AND SAFETY
Occupational health impact and mitigation measures to avoid health hazard are as under:
• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of accidents
within a chemical manufacturing unit.
• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and approved by competent
authority.
• Training is imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations within the plant and
will be supervised by experienced supervisors.
• Suitable personnel protective equipments and fire extinguishers at strategic locations and
suitable personal protective equipments will be provided.
• Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed.
• All the raw materials & solvents will be stored in designated storage area equipped with
necessary safety features.
• Physical and chemical properties of raw materials and products as MSDS are provided as soft
copy in CD.
• The solvent storage area will be restricted for unauthorized persons. Proper earthling will be
provided in all electrical equipment whenever solvent handling is done. Flame arrester cum
breather valve and flame proof fitting will be provided at tank farm.
• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries will be done.
• Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises.
• All designated staff & workers will be trained for the firefighting, work permit system, first aid
and safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.
• Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees are made aware for
the same.
• Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating appropriate hazard
warnings.
• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the factory
premises.
• Pre-employment medical checkup at the time of employment will be carried out. In order to
safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health checkup at
every six month.

8.8.11 CLEANER PRODUCTION
• All steam condensate will be recycled back to boiler feed water.

• All raw material handling will be done through pumps and closed system, so no leak
formation take place.
• Company will take all the measures in order to protect the machineries and equipment for
ageing.
• During transfer of materials, spillages will be avoided and garland drains be constructed to
avoid mixing of accidental spillages with domestic wastewater and storm water drains.
• Water circulation system will be provided to condensate solvent vapors and reduce solvent
losses. Solvent recovery is achieve more than 97-98% and remaining solvent is absorbed in
water.
• Improved housekeeping and training of cleaner production to all employees of the
organization.
• The surplus ammonium carbonate solution is converted to ammonium sulphate.
• Water is recovered from ammonium sulphate manufacturing and reused within the Premises.
• Wash water is reused in the next batch.
8.8.12 MANAGEMENT OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

• Wastewater (Effluents) generated by industry should be treated adequately and domestic
wastewater (sewage) sent to septic tank/soak pit. No contaminated water should be
allowed to enter the surrounding environment or surface water body.
• Evaporator should be provided for treatment.
• Green belt should be developed all along the boundary of the installation by choosing fast
growing and resistant varieties suitable to the soil conditions in the site (native plants)
and special care should be taken to maintain it.
• Survival rate of the planted trees should be closely monitored in the green belt and the
trees which could not survive should be counted.
• There should be a waste management plan developed for categorization and handling of
wastes.
8.9 ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES
In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, etc following
additional measures will be provided.

8.9.1 ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME
Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce costs
and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses during
planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following:
a. Energy Saving Practices
• Purchase of energy efficient appliances.
• Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.
• Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired
comfort levels.
• Economizers will be provided to utilize heat.
• Condensate will be recovered and will send back to boiler.
• Proper temperature controls will be provided to reduce load on heating systems.
• Proper load factor will be maintained by the company.
• Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good housekeeping
which will help in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.
• On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets will be provided to use day light and to stop
use of lights during day time.
• CFL lamps will be provided.
• To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment will be
selected.
• Gravity flow will be preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.
• Recycling of water will be done.
b. Behavioral change on consumption

• Awareness on energy conservation.
• Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.
8.9.2 WATER CONSERVATION PROGRAMME

Water conservation will be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all non
potable application like gardening, lawns and flushing toilets etc.
(I) Minimizing Water Consumption
A combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in
the plant. The message of water conservation will be spread to all occupiers on site by way of

awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented include the
following.
(II) Management Measures
• Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.
• Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.
• Quick fixing of leaking taps, pipes and toilet cisterns; Sweep with a broom and pan where
possible, rather than hose down external areas.
Minimize water use in gardens by the following measures:
• Drip irrigation system will be used for the lawns and other green area which can save
water between 15-40% of the water use, compared with other watering techniques.
• Plants with similar water requirements will be grouped on common zones to match
precipitation heads and emitters.
• Use of low-volume, low-angle sprinklers for lawn areas.
• Select controllers with adjustable watering schedules and moisture sensors to account for
seasonal variations and calibrate them during commissioning.
• Selecting a drought resistant grass.
(III) Water Saving Investments
• Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow devices
or aerators on showerheads.
• Spring-loaded taps;
• Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use – monitoring water use is a precursor
for management and Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures
8.9.3 MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC
Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. Adequate roads
to cater to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the complex.
• One gate for entry and exit will be provided with 7m wide approach roads.
• Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.
• Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.
• Zebra crossings will be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.
• Entry and exit will be managed by security personnel who will also regulate traffic.
• Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any
hindrances to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.

8.9.4 ODOUR CONTROL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

• Causes of odour can be bad raw material feed in the reactor, loading& unloading liquid
raw material, sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes & unattended
drains etc.
Remedial Measures
• Better management to avoid smell.
• Regular inspection of tank roof seals, maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment
to prevent leakage.
• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic micro organisms.
• Steaming of major pipe lines.
• Proper cleaning of drains.
Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:
• Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /
obfuscate the odour.
• Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.
• If still the odour persists nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine particles of
water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to suppress
odour.
TABLE: 8.15
PROPOSED CONTROL MEASURES
Sr. Probable Source Proposed Control Measures
No.
1. Pump handling odorous • Use of mechanical seals of pumps and
chemicals and pressured compressor.
gases • All pipeline and pipe fitting shall be well
maintain, wear and tear shall be attended
promptly.
2. At reactor during charging • Liquid raw material will be charged by
of liquid and solids pumping and closed loop.
chemicals
3. Pressure release valve • For highly pressurized lines, vent lines of
emission from pipeline PRVs to air pollution control device in case
of toxic gases.
4. Release from sampling • Using a close loop sampling system.
lines
5. Emission from bulk storage • Breather valve, PSVs, Rupture disc will be
tank during unloading provided.

Sr. Probable Source Proposed Control Measures

No.
• Vapor recovery system will be installed for
process and storage vent tank.
6. Leak from valves, flanges, • Welded pipes will be used wherever feasible.
plugs and instrument • Suitable gasket material to be used.
connection. • Suitable gland packing will be used in
valves.
• Periodic inspection and maintenance of pipes
and pipe fittings.
7. Chemical vapors from wet • Filtration will be done out in Agitated
cake in filtration and drying Neutch filter. Transfer and drying of wet-
area cake done in system shall be adopted, worker
shall be provided PPEs, fume extraction
system shall be provided, whenever require.
8. Warehouse storing drums • Spillages shall be strictly prevented by
and bags providing dip pans, proper handling
equipment, minimum manual operation,
local exhaust and roof top ventilators.
• Spill control procedures and equipment shall
be provided.
8.9.5 SAFETY MEASURES TO PREVENT THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

HAZARDS
• All reasonably practical measures will be adopted by the unit to minimize the risk of
accidents within a chemical manufacturing unit.
• All building plans and installations will be as per relevant laws and will be approved by
competent authority.
• Training will be imparted to all workers for all the hazardous process operations within
the plant and will be supervised by experienced supervisors.
• Suitable personnel protective equipments and fire extinguishers at strategic locations and
suitable personal protective equipments will be provided.
• Flame proof electrical fittings, flame arrestors etc will be installed.
• All the raw materials will be stored in designated storage area equipped with necessary
safety features.
• Periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels, equipments, and machineries will be
done.
• Good housekeeping will be ensured within the factory premises.

• All designated staff & workers will be trained for the fire fighting, work permit system,
first aid and safe handballing of hazardous chemicals.
• Incident/accident reporting system will be developed and all the employees will be made
aware for the same.
• Suitable notices/boards will be displayed at designated locations indicating appropriate
hazard warnings.
• Antidotes as well as MSDS for all the chemicals will be made available within the
factory premises.
• Pre-employment medical check up at the time of employment will be carried out. In order
to safe guard the health of the employees, all the employees undergo periodic health
checkup at every six month.
8.9.6 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES FOR FUTURE PLANNING

Providing materials and monetary aid, to schools, primary health centers, hospitals, sports, clubs
and places of worship.
• Planning to create residential, medical, educational and recreational facilities for our
employees.
• Rural development programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of dead diction,
self-help, vocational training and guidance etc.
• Contributed in any welfare society.
• Scholarship for girls in Schools.
• Training local unprivileged boys and girls for Housekeeping, Laundry etc and provide
employment.
• Adoption of Local School / Slum for up liftmen of locals.
8.10 FINDINGS
From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during
development of the project, at all the following levels:
(1) Planning and design (2) Post project operations
The following findings are to be mentioned:
• The project will have no significant environmental impacts during operations.
• Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of national design and
operational standards.

• The environmental and safety aspects of the project are straightforward and well
understood.
• A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP. No further studies are
required to elaborate these subjects.
The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental monitoring
and auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the EMP, and minimize
adverse environmental and social impacts.
8.11 CONCLUSION
The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per Environmental
Protection Agency, 1986 to safeguard environment.
None of the routine activities will cause any noticeable impact on any component of the
environment, including the socio-economic component. Provision of green belt and energy
conservation will be further facilitating in overall scenario management of Environment.
Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation
measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project will be negligible impact
on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.

CHAPTER – 9
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY& CONCLUSION
9.1 INTRODUCTION
M/s. Om Shiv Industries (formaly Known as M/s. Aims Indstries Ltd.) is located at Plot
No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Dist: Bharuch, State: Gujarat. M/s. Aims Indstries
Ltd. was doing work of refilling oxygen cylinder for medical and corporate at plot no. 915.
There is minor construction i.e. Security building, Admin house, 4-5 rooms. M/s. Om Shiv
chemicals 775 MT/Month. The production capacity of all products and by products is given
in Table 1.1 of Chapter 1.
9.1.1 LOCATION
The project site is located at Plot No. 915, GIDC Estate Panoli, Ankleshwar, Dist:-
Bharuch, in the state of Gujarat which is one of the fastest growing industrial estate and
having all the essential facilities & infrastructure for the management & disposal of effluent
discharge. It is approximately 16 km distance from Dist.: Bharuch.
Panoli is a very important industrial center having the advantage of close proximity to
Ankleshwar & Bharuch. Due to NH-8 and Bharuch railway station, GIDC is well
connected by road and rail to rest parts of the country. Communication facility available
in the area is good.
The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude: 21°32’32.68”N,

Longitude: 72°59' 18.16” E. The unit is spread over in 3089sq.m. area in GIDC Estate,
Panoli.
9.1.2INVESTMENT
The company premises are already established in 3089 square meter of total land. The
additional investment for proposed expansion will be Rs. 250Lacs.
9.1.3INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
The project proponent did not consider any other alternative site for proposed PROJECT. A
letter of land allotment from GIDC of industrial plot no 915, is attached as Annexure - III.

The total plot area of the unit is 3089sq. m. The green belt area will be 1089 square meter.
The plant layout is attached as Annexure – V. The photograph of existing plant area is
attached as Annexure - VI.
Panoli industrial association (PIA) has set up a disaster management cell to take care of any
disaster in the vicinity. A common effluent treatment plant (CETP) is established and
operated by M/s. PanoliEnviro Technology Ltd. (PETL). There is Common Hazardous
Waste Storage Site established and operated by M/s.BEIL at GIDC, Ankleshwar. The
present unit will utilize this TSDF facility.
Final effluent treatment plant (FETP) of M/s. Narmada Clean Tech (NCTL), formally
known as M/s. Bharuch Eco-Aqua Infrastructure Ltd. (BEAIL), Ankleshwar, is
available for further treatment and disposal into deep sea.
9.1.4 PRODUCT & BY PRODUCT DETAILS
M/s. Om Shiv Industries has proposed for manufacturing of API intermediates, organic &
inorganic chemicals775MT/Month.
9.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
9.2.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT
grow by 30 per cent over the next three years to reach US$ 20 billion by 2020, according to
the Pharmaceuticals Export Promotion Council of India (PHARMEXCIL).
Looking toward the increasing day by day API Intermediates demand and having well
experience. Unit have decided to manufacture API Intermediates.
9.2.2 PRODUCTION AND RAW MATERIAL
Product detail is given in chapter-1 under table no. 1.1.
Raw materials quantity is given in chapter 2 under table no. 2.1.
9.2.3 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT
LAND
The total plot area of the unit is 3089sq. m. The green belt area will be 1089 square meter.

WATER REQUIREMENT
Total water consumption will be 63 KL/day (35.5 KL/day of fresh water + 27.5 KL/day of
recycled water).
ENERGY REQUIREMENT
The connected load will be 150 KVA.It will be meet through Daxin Gujarat Vij Company
Limited.
UTILITIES
The utility detail is covered in topic no. 2.7.4 of chapter 2.
9.2.4 POLLUTION POTENTIAL SCENARIO
WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT
Total effluent generation will be 29 KL/Day. Proposed industrial effluent will be treated in
unit’s own ETP. ETP treated water will be send to RO. RO permeate will be reuse and RO
reject will be subjected to MEE. MEE condensate will be reuse and MEE salt will be
dispose at TSDF site. Sewage generation will be 4 KL/Day send to soak pit/septic tank.The
details of waste water generation are given Table 2.18 of chapter 2.
GASEOUS EMISSION
Flue Gas Emission:
Process Gas Emission:
There will be each stack attached to two Fluid bed Dryer. Each vent will be attached to
three reactors to scrub H2S, HCL, HBr and Br2. To control the process emission from the
stack, bag filter will be attached to proposed stack as APCM.
HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION
The following type of hazardous waste will be generated from the operational activities.
All the waste will be stored separately in a designated storage area. The details of
hazardous waste are given in Table 2.22 of Chapter 2.

The collection, treatment and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous and
Other Wastes (Management and TransboundaryMovement) Amendment Rules, 2016, and
hence no adverse impact on land environment is envisaged.
9.3BASELINE ENVIRONMENT STATUS
9.3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING
Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the project site with respect to
meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling and
analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out. The base
line data were monitored for study period of March 2017 to May 2017. The study team
conducted site surveys and field experiments to gathering the information on air quality,
water quality, noise quality and soil quality.
9.3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA
Relative Humidity
The maximum relative humidity reported around 86% and minimum relative humidity is
reported around 3% during period of March 2017 to May 2017.
Temperature
The maximum temperature is reported 45.3oC and the minimum temperature is reported
21oC during period of March 2017 to May 2017.
Rainfall
The maximum rain fall is reported zeroand the minimumrain fall is reported is zeroduring
period ofMarch 2017 to May 2017.
Wind
It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards the SW direction from NE. average
wind speed was 2.90 m/s with calm winds recorded to be 5.97%.
9.3.3AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
The basic objective of collection of base line data for air environment is to identify
project specific air pollutants being released into atmosphere, which will have significant
impact on air environment of immediate locality of the proposed project site. For
assessment of the baseline data it is important to specify the study area in respect of the
location of the proposed project. It was decided to the study ambient air quality at 8
locations in the different direction in probable impact zone including the project site.

9.3.4 WATER QUALITY
Based on data obtained, it could be stated that the value of all parameter were found within
the permissible limit of Indian standards for all ground water samples and surface water
samples.
Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations.
The noise levels during daytime varied from 48-53dB (A) Leq to 53-72 dB (A)Leq in the
study area. The noise level in the study area is within the permissible Limits as per Noise
rules 2000.
The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 37-47dB (A) Leq to 45-53dB
(A) Leq. The night time noise was also within stipulated standards of CPCB.
9.3.6SOIL
On data obtained, it is ensured that the soil quality at around site is appropriate and no
abnormality in terms of soil contaminants is reported.
9.3.7LAND USE OF THE STUDY AREA
As per satellite imagery, major land use of study area of10 km is covered by80.32
Square Meter of Agricultural land, 135.48 Square Meter ofFallow land, 31.34Square
Meter ofHabitation, Settlement, 0.20Square Meter ofMarshy Land, 28.44 Square Meter
of Miscellaneous Land, 1.98 Square Meter of degraded vegetation,2.36 Square Meter of
water, 33.37Square Meter of open/barrel land, and0.74 Square Meter of River.
9.3.8 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
Bharuch area is characterized by tropical dry deciduous forests. The total forest area of
district is 1449. 68 sq. km. That accounts for 0.73 % of the total geographical area of the
district.The study area does not have any identified endangered species and also does not
have any designated forest, national park, sanctuaries.

9.4IDENTIFICATION &ASSESSMENTOF IMPACT
9.4.1 WATER ENVIRONMENT
Total effluent generation will be 29 KL/Day. Proposed industrial effluent will be treated in
unit’s own ETP. Sewage generation will be 4 KL/Day send to soak pit/septic tank.Water
required for the proposed project will be fulfilled by GIDC water supply system. Water
conservation measures will be taken to explore possibility of reuse/recycle of water.
Process optimization, reduction, reuse and recycle of water will be carried out to minimize
the impact. Record of water consumption will be maintained.
9.4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT
Dust, NOX, SOX, VOC and HC may be slightly released into the local ambient air due to
construction activities and vehicular traffic movement in construction activities of proposed
project.
There will be emission of PM, SOX, NOX from Boilers, TFH and D.G. Set stacks and
emission of H2S,HCl, HBr, Br2 and PMfrom process stacks.
From the dispersion modeling studies It was observed that wind is blowing mainly towards
the SW direction from NE. average wind speed was 2.90 m/s with calm winds recorded to
be 5.97%.
Themaximum ground level concentration occurs in the North East direction. The maximum
incremental increase in concentration for PM, NOx and SO2 is 2.811 µg/m3, 1.486 µg/m3
and 2.067 µg/m3 respectively at a distance of about 1 km in the North East direction.
Whereas, the maximum incremental increase in concentration for HCl, H2S, Cl2, HBr and
Br is 0.04 µg/m3, 0.04 µg/m3, 0.01 µg/m3, 0.01 µg/m3 and 0.004 µg/m3 at a distance of
about 1 km in the North East direction.
Noise will be generated during the intermittent operation of machineries for site clearing
and construction work and also during vehicular movement. There will be short term,
localized and reversible impact on ambient noise levels during the construction activities.
Other sources of noise pollution will be boilers, diesel generator and other noise generating
units.
Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-
vibration pad for equipment with high vibration etc. is already provided. Housing/casing

shall be provided for all noise generating machines. Job rotation will reduce exposure to
some extent. More ever, PPE like earmuff and ear plugs is provided to the operators/worker
exposed to high noise. The green belt is further helpful in reducing the ambient noise level.
9.4.4 LAND ENVIRONMENT
It is existing unit and it is already located in GIDC, Ankleshwar. Local workers will be
engaged for construction activities. So, the construction phase will not involve any
temporary housing. The hazardous solid waste generated during construction activity will
be stored and disposed properly. The unit has sanitation facility and sewage will be sent to
STP for treatment. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment
due to handling of hazardous solids waste.
The unit has closed hazardous waste storage area with impervious flooring. Transportation
of hazardous waste to the TSDF site is governed as per the Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Trans Boundary Movement) Rules 2016. Separate collection
system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer, RCC roads and
flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling activities will be
involved. Separate storm water collection system is provided to prevent contamination of
soil through contaminated water. The unit is following Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP) for storing and handling of hazardous wastes.
9.4.5 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
The project site is located within the GIDC .The project site is manufacturing unit. Since,
the project is established on a non-agriculture land, it will not to alter the crop production
of the area. The project site is at a far distance from sanctuaries and national parks. The
patches of protected forest and reserved forest are found within study area but it is not
affected by the project. The waste water generated from the process and domestic activity
will be properly treated and reused in cooling tower. There will be no impact on fisheries
and aquatic life as it is zero discharge unit. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is
anticipated.
9.4.6 INFRA STRUCTURE AND SERVICES
The plant is located in a GIDC, Ankleshwar having all essential facilities such as water,
power, post, rest room, sanitation and telecommunication. There is a well laid down broad

roads already existing in GIDC, Ankleshwar. At the full capacity of production, there will
be 5-7 taker/trucks per day for transportation of raw material and finished good products.
This will have DGVCL is having large amount of electricity production thus due to extra
consumption of electricity no adverse impact of electricity supply is predicted. Almost
negligible impact on road network.
9.4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT
This will be a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic environment as increase in

demand for essential utilities and employment during both construction and operational
phase.
9.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM
D.G set are standby facility. Their monitoring will be done by external monitoring agency
whenever it will be in running condition.
The unit will carry out three month monitoring of ambient air, process emission and
fugitive emission. Noise monitoring will be done at the interval of threemonth. Waste water
will be monitored daily. Hazardous waste will be monitored at every one year.
9.6RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.6.1 RISK ASSESSMENT
Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with
industrial plants using hazardous chemicals. The risk assessment study including
identification of hazard, consequence analysis, recommendation based on consequence
analysis etc are covered in chapter-6.
9.6.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
The unit has developed the emergency management system to tackle the emergency
situation. The detail of disaster management system is discussed in the section 6.2.
9.6.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Details of occupational health and safety are covered in topic 6.7. It covers planning at
construction & erection stage and operation & maintenance stage. Also, other details like
hospital facilities, FMO, OHC, Ambulance van, First aid box, periodical medical
examination, and work place monitoring plan, safety plan, safety organization, safety circle
and safety training.

9.7 PROJECT BENEFITS
The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the
upliftment of local community in the nearby villages. The detail of budgetary allocation for
socio economic activity is covered in section 7.4.
The unit has planned to spend 5 % of the total cost of the proposed project (Rs.250Lakhs)
over a period of five years towards CSR activity. So, as per the project cost Rs. 12.5 Lakhs
used for five year in the CSR activities.
9.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.8.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
M/s. Om Shiv Industries has assigned responsibility to officers from various disciplines to
co-ordinate the activities concerned with management and implementation of
environmental control measures.
The unit has planned to revise environment policy to fulfill corporate environment
responsibility.
9.8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
A) ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The control measures proposed by the unit to minimize the pollution load are as under:
1) Sprinkling of water over paths, land, and along the temporary roads.
2) Sanitation facilities. : Sewage disposed through soak pit.
3) Movement of vehicles like truck, Dozer, Cranes. Restrict movement of vehicle between
10 p.m. to 6 a.m.
4) Wastes from construction equipment: Avoid spillage, proper storage, disposal by selling
to re processor, Proper storage, and disposal by selling to authorize buyers/incineration.
B) ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASEAIR
Flue Gas Emission:


Process Gas Emission:

There will be each stack attached to two Fluid bed Dryer. Each vent will be attached to
three reactors to scrub H2S, HCl, HBr and Br2. To control the process emission from the
stack, bag filter will be attached to proposed stack as APCM.
WATER
The details of waste water generation are given Table 2.18 of chapter 2 and the treatment is
given in topic no. 2.8.2 & 2.83 of chapter 2.
NOISE
Audio metric test should be conducted periodically for employees working close to the
high noise sources. D.G. set will be sound proof and located in an enclosure. Adequate
noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti-vibration pad
for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and ear plugs to the operators, etc. shall be
provided. Rotation of work will minimize exposure.
LAND
Raw materials will be stored in M.S tanks, S.S tank and HDPE Carboys, HDPE bags,etc in
sepereate storage room. All the raw effluent storage tanks will be covered with RCC slab.
Separate collection system is provided for collection of spillage material. Impervious layer,
RCC roads and flooring is provided to area, where the chemical storage and handling
activities is involved. The acid tanks are provided with dyke wall to control spread of
leakages.
The hazardous wastes generated from the industry are ETP waste from ETP, discarded
containers/ bags /liners from raw material handling and used oil from maintenance of
engineering unit. This will be properly stored in a hazardous waste storage area and then
transported and properly disposed. The unit will take same precautions for the hazardous
wastes which will be generated after proposed expansion.
GREEN BELT
The company has existing green belt in plot no.906/23, after expansion703sq.m green belt
area which is approximately 22.75%of the total land area 3089 Sq. m. will be utilized for
green belt development. There will be provision of budget of 4 Lakhs rupees for green belt
development .The unit will total plant/rearrange 40 trees and shrubs in green belt area.

ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAMME
Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce
costs and be environmentally pro-active.
MANAGEMENT OF TRAFFIC
Parking space for vehicles will be provided for loading and unloading products. Adequate
roads to cater to two way traffic and to meet the fire regulations are planned in the
complex.
9.9 HEALTH & SAFETY
There will be provision of PPE, antidotes, periodic inspection & testing of pressure vessels,
equipment, machineries, pre-employment medical checkup, periodic health checkup,
training of firefighting, work permits system, first aid, safe handling of hazardous
chemicals and integrating safety. Hazardous processes will be operated by trained workers
and will be looked after by qualified & experienced supervisors.
9.10 PUBLIC HEARING
Public Hearing has been exempted for the industrial project within GIDC Area.
9.11 CONCLUSION
The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986
to safeguard environment.
Wastewater generated from the proposed project will be collected & send for treatment in
to CETP.
The project will generate employment opportunities during construction stage and also at
operation stage. The standard of living of local people due to employment is likely to be
better, so we may say that it is positive socio-economic impact. The overall the project will
have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural development.
It can be concluded on positive note that after implementation of proper mitigation

measures and environment management plan this project will have insignificant impact on
environment and economic.

CHAPTER -10
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

M/s. Jyoti Om Chemical Research Centre Pvt. Ltd. established in 1990 by woman
entrepreneur Mrs. Hina C. Upasani, is well-equipped analytical laboratory for chemical
analysis. It offers following services to various types of industries in general, and Chemical
/ Pharmaceutical, CETPS, solid waste sites, steel industries in particular.
10.1 SALIENT FEATURES
• Spread over 600 m2 plot with about 350 m2 built up area.

• 1000sq.feet office space purchased at Vadodara for carrying out Climate
Change work.
• Well-equipped laboratory with instrument room, conference room, wet Analysis
Lab room, microbiology laboratory, Air Analysis Laboratory, Library &
Computer room etc.
• Experienced and qualified staff.
• Approved Testing House by Industries Commissioner, Gujarat Government.
• Recognized as Environment Auditor by Gujarat Pollution Control Board,
Gandhinagar.
• ISO 9001-2000 Certified by American Quality Assessor, AQA. Since 2002.
• NABL accreditation for water and Air parameters.
• Trained for Cleaner Production Assessment by Department of Environment and
Forest, Government of Gujarat under World Bank capacity building programme.
• Computerized testing facility.
• Consultant to Gujarat Cleaner Production Centre, Gandhinagar for Cleaner
Product Assessment.
• Service provider to UNIDO, Vienna, Austria for Clean Technology Assessment.
• Consultancy for EIA reports.
10.2 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CENTRE

• Analysis of chemicals, dyes and dye intermediates

• Analysis of bulk drugs and intermediates

• Analysis of water and waste water
• Testing of environment samples – water, air, solid waste and soil
• Trace analysis of chemicals in waste water
• Environment auditing
• Cleaner Production Assessment
• Microbiological analysis of water
• Clean Technology Assessment
• Environment Technological Assessment (EnTA)
• Environment Impact Assessment
• Climate Change Consultancy
• Environment consultancy
• Environment clearance consultancy
10.3 OUTSTANDING ACHIVEMENTS
1) Received Gujarat Cleaner Production Award for CP work at M/s. The Ankleshwar
Poly Dyestuff Pvt. Ltd. on 5th June, 2006 from Chief Minister Mr. NarendraModi.
2) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new
methodology for sulphuric acid project.
3) Established demonstration unit FIRST TIME in INDIA of Plasma based hazardous

waste destruction facility in collaboration with M/s. PEAT International, USA. Got
approval from Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi.
4) Engaged in creating cluster base recycling unit of spent sulphuric acid to pure
sulphuric acid.
5) UNIDO, VIENNA has also assigned work to find out alternative Air oxidation
technology in place of nitric acid oxidation technology to reduce Green House gas
emission.
6) Clean Technology tie up with following companies: (i) for recovery of sulphuric acid
from spent sulphuric acid – M/S Aker Kvaerner Chemetics, Canada. (ii) Destruction of
hazardous waste using Plasma Technology, PEAT International, USA.

(iii) Catalytic Air Oxidation in place of Nitric acid oxidation, M/S Buss Chem Tech AG,
Switzerland (iv) CDM consultancy , BSS, Switzerland
7) Received contract from UNIDO, Vienna, for writing PDD and developing new
methodology for Air Oxidation Technology.
8) The organisation wrote two methodologies and Project Development Document (PDD)
and submitted to UNFCCC. The working committee of UNFCCC approved the
methodologies. They are for recovery of sulphuric acid from spent sulphuric acid and
substitution of incineration with Plasma Technology.
10.4 EIA MEMBER LIST

Sr. Name of Member Qualification Experience
No.
1. Dr. C. B. Upasani M.Sc.-Chemistry, 37 years
Ph. D.-(Applied Chemistry),
C.Chem.
2. Mrs. Hina C. Upasani M.Sc.-Chemistry, 36 Years
Diploma- Environment
Management
3. Mr. Kamlesh Patel B.Sc.-Chemistry, 30 year
Diploma-Environment
Management
4. Ms. DiptiJani B.Sc. Environment Science 10 years
M.S. Environmental
Technology
5. Mr.KrunalPrajapati B.E.- Chemical 8 Years
6. Ms.Prerna Shah B.E.-Chemical, 7 years
Certified Course of Industrial
Environment Management
7. Mr.Daiwat Joshi B.E.-Environment 4 years
8. Ms. Kashmira Shah B.E.-Environment 4 Years
9. Mr.VirendrasighThakor B.E.-Environment 3 Years
10. Mr.Anandkumar Pandey B.E.-Environmental Science 3 Years
& Technology
11. Mr.PiyushJamariya B.E.- Chemical 3 Years
12. Mr. Ramesh Tarbundiya B.Sc. & M.Sc.- Biotechnology 3 Year
13. Mr. ParanavBarad B.E.-Environment 3 Years
14. Ms. SnehalVaghela Diploma Chemical 2 Years
15. Ms.RidhdhiRathod B.Sc. Chemistry 01 year
Our associate for Air Pollution Monitoring & Control, Air Quality modelling & prediction
is Dr. KhyatiChanana, Enviro Technologies, Vadodara

Our associate for safety & risk assessment for, Health &Hygine, Risk &Hazard is Mr.
NileshJogal, JogiSafeteck, Surat.
10.5 STATUS OF NABET ACCREDITATION
The organization has obtained stay order from the Honorable High Court of Gujarat. The
copy of the stay order is attached as Annexure-XVIII. The cases from various high courts
of the countries are transferred to Hon. Supreme Court. It is further declared that at the time
of submission of EIA report, the stay order is valid.
10.6 DECLARATION BY CONSULTANT:

An undertaking regarding the prescribed TOR have been complied with and data submitted
in this EIA is factually correct is attached as Annexure-XIX. This is as per office
memorandum of MoEF and CC dated 04/08/2009.

ANNEXURE - 1- TOR Letter
320
321
ANNEXURE - 2- STANDARD TOR OF SEIAA.
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
ANNEXURE - 3- LAND PASSASION DOCUMENT
329
330
ANNEXURE-4-SURVEY OF INDIA TOPOSHEET
331
STAMP OF APPROVAL
ANNEXURE - 5- PLANT LAYOUT
16mt. WIDE ROAD
GATE GATE
5.00 5.00
I-4mt.X PARKING F
4.00
4.00
4mt.
18mt.X4mt.
4.00 G 18.00
22.00 AREA TABLE

UTILITY-G
15.00
NAME SIZE SQ.MT.
15mt.X10mt.
BLOCK A 15.0X10.0 150.00
BLOCK B 15.0X15.0 225.00
BLOCK C 15.0X10.0 150.00

10.00
24.00
BLOCK D 15.0X12.0 180.00
BLOCK E 20.0X10.0 200.00

5mt. WIDE R.C.C. ROAD
GREEN BELT
BLOCK F 10.0X18.0 150.00
BLOCK G 15.0X10.0 150.00

TANK
18.00
BLOCK H 7.0X5.0 35.00

FARM-F
44.00
BLOCK I 4.0X4.0 16.00

10mt.X18mt.
GREEN 22.0X24.0 528.00
BALT
15.00
20.0X7.0 140.00
ADMIN + 10.00
PARKING 18.0X4.0 72.00
10.00
WARE 10.00 ROAD 740.00

HOUSE-A OPEN 353.00
73.00
SPACE
A 15mt.X10mt. TOTAL
20.00
3089.00
AREA
15.00
MEE N
20.00
7.00
PLANT -B PLANT-E
15.00
15mt.X15mt. 20mt.X10mt. PLAN SHOWING EXISTING &

PROPOSED FACTORY BUILDING OF
OM SHIV INDUSTRIES
AMMONIA
CYLINDER PLOT NO.- 915 , GIDC PANOLI,
5.00
STORAGE-H DIS.-BHARUCH
7mt.X5mt.
B 7.00 E SIGN OF PARTNER
15.00
15.00
PLANT -C ETP-D SCALE DATE DRG.NO.

15.00
10.00
12.00
15mt.X10mt. 15mt.X12mt. N.T.S.
C
D
ARCHITECTURAL PLANNER & INTERIOR DESIGNER332

42.00 GOVR.APP.ENGINEER, LIC. NO.BAUDA -L-ER-02, A.N.P.STRU.29-2010.
S / 9 , Silver Plaza , Nr. Pratin Chokdi , Ankleshwar G.I.D.C.
E-mail: designerview1910@gmail.com, Cell :- 098980 84841.
ANNEXURE - 6- PHOTOGRAPH
333
ANNEXURE - 7- GIDC WATER PERMISSION LETTER
334
ANNEXURE - IX - MONITORING SAMPLING DATES
Ambiant Air Project Site Kharod Panoli Nana Borsana SANJALI Umarwada Bakrol Bhadi
Sr. No. (A1) (A2) (A3) (A4) (A5) (A6) (A7) (A8)
1 02.12.2016 02.12.2016 10.12.2016 12.12.2016 12.12.2016 12.12.2016 07.12.2016 12.12.2016
2 07.12.2016 07.12.2016 12.12.2016 09.12.2016 09.12.2016 10.12.2016 12.12.2016 10.12.2016
3 12.12.2016 12.12.2016 10.12.2016 14.12.2016 14.12.2016 12.12.2016 13.12.2016 12.12.2016
4 16.12.2016 16.12.2016 14.12.2016 18.12.2016 18.12.2016 17.12.2016 19.12.2016 17.12.2016
5 20.12.2016 20.12.2016 19.12.2016 21.12.2016 21.12.2016 23.12.2016 19.12.2016 23.12.2016
6 24.12.2016 24.12.2016 23.12.2016 26.12.2016 26.12.2016 24.12.2016 23.12.2016 24.12.2016
7 28.12.2016 28.12.2016 26.12.2016 28.12.2016 28.12.2016 27.12.2016 24.12.2016 27.12.2016
8 31.12.2016 31.12.2016 29.12.2016 30.12.2016 30.12.2016 28.12.2016 27.12.2016 28.12.2016
9 02.01.2017 02.01.2017 02.01.2017 10.01.2017 10.01.2017 11.01.2017 06.01.2017 11.01.2017
10 11.01.2017 11.01.2017 06.01.2017 07.01.2017 07.01.2017 07.01.2017 09.01.2017 07.01.2017
11 06.01.2017 06.01.2017 09.01.2017 10.01.2017 10.01.2017 11.01.2017 14.01.2017 11.01.2017
12 07.01.2017 07.01.2017 13.01.2017 16.01.2017 16.01.2017 14.01.2017 17.01.2017 14.01.2017
13 11.01.2017 11.01.2017 14.01.2017 20.01.2017 20.01.2017 18.01.2017 21.01.2017 18.01.2017
14 14.01.2017 14.01.2017 17.01.2017 23.01.2017 23.01.2017 21.01.2017 24.01.2017 21.01.2017
15 18.01.2017 18.01.2017 21.01.2017 25.01.2017 25.01.2017 27.01.2017 28.01.2017 27.01.2017
16 21.01.2017 21.01.2017 24.01.2017 28.01.2017 28.01.2017 30.01.2017 28.01.2017 30.01.2017
17 01.02.2017 01.02.2017 02.02.2017 06.02.2017 06.02.2017 07.02.2017 11.02.2017 07.02.2017
18 11.02.2017 11.02.2017 11.02.2017 09.02.2017 09.02.2017 11.02.2017 08.02.2017 11.02.2017
19 07.02.2017 07.02.2017 08.02.2017 11.02.2017 11.02.2017 14.02.2017 13.02.2017 14.02.2017
20 11.02.2017 11.02.2017 11.02.2017 15.02.2017 15.02.2017 18.02.2017 16.02.2017 18.02.2017
21 13.02.2017 13.02.2017 14.02.2017 23.02.2017 23.02.2017 20.02.2017 21.02.2017 20.02.2017
22 16.02.2017 16.02.2017 18.02.2017 25.02.2017 25.02.2017 25.02.2017 23.02.2017 25.02.2017
23 18.02.2017 18.02.2017 20.02.2017 27.02.2017 27.02.2017 28.02.2017 25.02.2017 28.02.2017
24 21.02.2017 21.02.2017 22.02.2017 29.02.2017 29.02.2017 30.02.2017 28.02.2017 30.02.2017
Project Site Kharod Panoli Nana Borsana Sanjali Umarwada Bakrol Bhadi
Location
(A1) (A2) (A3) (A4) (A5) (A6) (A7) (A8)
Noise 07.01.2017 11.01.2017 14.01.2017 11.01.2017 09.01.2017 12.01.2017 13.01.2017 10.01.2017
Location
GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8
Ground Water 07.01.2017 10.01.2017 11.01.2017 11.01.2017 12.01.2017 07.01.2017 07.01.2017 10.01.2017
Location
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8
SurfaceWater 10.01.2017 11.01.2017 02.01.2017 12.01.2017 11.01.2017 10.01.2017 13.01.2017 10.01.2017
Location
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8
Soil Sample 02.01.2017 10.01.2017 14.01.2017 16.01.2017 19.01.2017 12.01.2017 13.01.2017 10.01.2017
335
ANNEXURE - 9- EHS POLICY
336
337
ANNEXURE - 10- MEE OFFER
Techno Commercial
Offer of
Single Effect Evaporator
for
3
10 M /day
SUBMITTED TO:
OM SHIV INDUSTRIES, ANKLESHWAR, GUJARAT.
By
JET VACUUM SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.

Plot No. 5, Shah Industrial Park,
R.S. No: 588, Savli– Manjusar Road,
Village-Manjusar, Tal.- Savli,
Dist.- Vadodara – 391775 (Gujarat) India. 338
Tel. No. +91 8980028338
Ref No. : OFFER/3520/Rev – 00
Date: March 17, 2018
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INDEX
1) Covering Letter .………. 03
2) Photographs of Pilot Plant ……….. 04
3) Photographs of Installation ……….. 05
4) Process Description of Evaporator ……….. 09
5) General Specification for Main Items ……….. 10
6) Technical Offer for Single Effect Evaporator ……….. 11
7) Material Balance and Operating Cost Analysis ……….. 13
8) Material of Construction of MEE ……….. 14
9) Scope of Supply ……….. 15
10) Client’s Obligation ……….. 16
11) Price Bid ……….. 16
12) Terms & Conditions ……….. 17
339
Page 2 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Om Shiv Industries,
Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical,
Panoli GIDC, Dist. Bharuch
Mobile: +91- 8155067212
E-mail: kalyani_kadlag@yahoo.co.in
Kind Attn.: Mr. Balasaheb Kadlag
Sub: Offer of Single Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator
Dear Sirs,
We thankfully acknowledge receipt of your inquiry. We are enclosing hereunder our detailed offer of
Single Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator for your kind perusal.
We wish to inform you that we have pilot plant facility of Double Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator
having 400 Kg/hr water evaporation capacity. We can conduct trial of your feed liquor to establish
desired results. We are also enclosing herewith photographs of our pilot plant facility.
We also wish to inform you that we have pilot plant facility for ATFD too. Water Evaporation capacity of
ATFD of 50 Kg/hr.
Our offer consists of following parts:
1. Technical datasheet
2. Scope of Supply
3. Material break up & Price Bid
4. Terms & Conditions
5. P & ID
6. Mass Balance
7. Brochure
We hope you will find our offer reasonable and in line with your requirement. For any query pl. feel free to
contact to us.
Thanking you,
Yours very truly,
Pranay Bidwalkar
(+91 8980028338)
340
Page 3 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photographs of Pilot Plant
Double Effect Forced Circulation Evaporator
Agitated Thin Film Dryer

341
Page 4 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Photographs of Installation
342
Page 5 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
343
Page 6 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
344
Page 7 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
345
Page 8 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF EVAPORATOR
Proposed Evaporator is Single Effect Forward Feed Evaporator which means feed will enter in 1st Effect and
concentrated outlet will be withdrawn from 1st Effect. Feed will be concentrated in one stage. Calandria
and Vapour Separators are installed separately and they are connected through circulation lines.
Vapour Thermo Compressor is attached to the 1st Stage Calandria. Live and saturated motive steam will be
fed to Thermo Compressor. Suction of the Thermo Compressor is connected to the vapour separator of 1st
Stage from where fixed amount of water vapours will be sucked. Discharge of Thermo compressor will
have mixture of motive steam and water vapours. This discharge is connected to the shell side of 1st Stage
Calandria.
Evaporated water vapours from 1st Stage Vapour Separator will be condensate in Surface Condenser.
Partial amount these water vapours have already been sucked by Thermo Compressor.
Condensate from 1st Stage Calandria will go to the suction of condensate pump. Discharge from
Condensate Pump will be collected in Condensate Pot. Similarly, condensate from surface condenser will
also be collected in the same condensate pot through barometric sealed pipe line.
Vacuum is generated through Vacuum Pump in whole system. Non condensable lines are provided in each
stage for removal of non condensable.
346
Page 9 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR MAIN ITEMS

Calandria:
Calandria is a bunch of tube, welded or expanded to the tube sheet plate in vertical shell. The calandria shall be
provided with top and bottom covers for visual inspection/periodic cleaning. A sight glass shall be provided at the
bottom of calandria for condensate observation. Calandria and TVR shall be insulated and cladded.
First Stage Calandria shall receive vapour from vapour separator through most efficient thermo compressor (TVR)
system. Subsequent stage calandrias will receive vapours from previous vapour separators.
Feed Pump/Concentrate Outlet Pump/Condensate Pump:

This is a centrifugal pump. The pump will have mechanical type sealing arrangement with suitable MOC and will be
coupled to an electric motor of suitable horse power rating.
Circulation Pumps:
This is a centrifugal pump/axial flow pump with very high flow rate & low head. This pump will be used for re-
circulating the liquid mass within the same stage of the evaporator. The pump will have mechanical sealing
arrangement with stuffing box and will be coupled to an electric motor of suitable horse power rating.
Vapour Separator:
Vapour Separator shall separate the condensate from vapour and shall be placed above the calandria with suitable
vapour ducting having tangential inlet. Separator shall have manhole cover, product outlet, vapour outlet,
temperatures dial gauge, vacuum gauge, light and sight glasses etc.
Condenser:
This will be surface type, connected from I Effect vapour separator. The condenser shall be completed with water
inlet/ outlet connection with matching flanges, Vacuum connection, sight glass etc.
Vapour Ducting:
This will be made of suitable thickness for inter connecting calandria, vapour separator, condenser, TVR etc.
Product Piping:
Complete with necessary pipes, bends, tees, valves, pipe supports etc. For inter connecting feed pump, calandria,
circulation pump, noncondensable gas lines etc.
Control Panel & Instrumentation:

Control panel shall have wiring diagram with indicating lamps. Panel shall have push button starters for ON - OFF
operation of electric items with corresponding indicative lamps. The panel shall be of damp proof connectors. The
instrument panel shall be prewired to terminal connectors.
Local Mountings:
Pressure gauge for steam indicator before TVR. Temp.dial gauge for calandria, Vapour separator, condenser water
inlet/outlet, product inlet to the calandria. Pressure/Vacuum gauges on vapour separator and calandria.
347
Page 10 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TECHNICAL OFFER OF SINGLE EFFECT EVAPORATOR

Operating Parameters
Feed to Evaporator
Feed Rate : 10 M3/day = 500 Kg/hr
Specific Gravity : 1.0 T/m3
Operating Hours : 20 Hours
Total Solids : 2 % ( Balance 98% Water)
COD : Should be less than 1000 ppm
Temperature : 32 °C
pH :-
Boiling Point Rise : 12 °C
Does not tend to form Froth under vacuum
Motive Steam Process + Steam

Single Effect Forced
Condensate
Pressure: 7 Kg/cm2 G Circulation Evaporator
Consumption : 391 Kg/hr Water Evaporation Quantity : 871 Kg/hr
Quality : Dry & Saturated Capacity: 480 Kg/hr
Concentrate Outlet from Evaporator

Outlet Rate : 20 Kg/hr = 400 Kg/day
Specific Gravity : 1.25 (Approximate)
Total Solids : 50 % ( Balance 50% Water)
Temperature : 50 -55 °C
348
Page 11 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Utility Requirement:
Sr. No. Particulars Unit Value

1. Motive Steam
a. Pressure Kg/cm2 G 7.0
b. Quality - Dry & saturated
c. Consumption Kg/hr 391
2. Cooling Water
o
a. Inlet Temperature C 32
o
b. Outlet Temperature C 38
Pressure
c. At inlet of Condenser Kg/cm2 1.5-2.0
At inlet of Vacuum Pump Kg/cm2 2.0
Consumption for MEE:
Condenser M3/hr 42
d. Vacuum Pump M3/hr 0.4
--------------------------- ---------
Total M3/hr 42.4
e. Recommended size of Cooling Tower TR 80
3. Power
Pump for MEE:
Feed Pump HP 1
Condensate Pump HP 1
a. I Effect Circulation Pump HP 10
Vacuum Pump HP 5
----------------------------------------------------- ----------
Total (For MEE) HP 17
349
Page 12 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material Balance
Water Evaporation:
480 Kg/hr
Feed: 500 Kg/hr Concentrate O/L: 20 Kg/hr

Single Effect
Solids: 10 Kg/hr (2%) Solids: 10 Kg/hr (50%)
H2O: 490 Kg/hr (98%)
Forced Circulation H2O: 10 Kg/hr (50%)
Total: 500 Kg/hr Evaporator Total: 20 Kg/hr
Steam Consumption:
391 Kg/hr
Utility Consumption & Running Cost Analysis:
Sr. No. Particulars Unit Value

1. Steam Consumption Kg/hr 391
2. Steam Cost Rs. / kg 1.3
3. Power consumption
Installed KW 12.7
Actual (80% of installed) KW 10.2
Rs.
4. Power cost 5.5
/Unit
5. Cost incurred
Steam (Point 1* Point 2) Rs./ hr 509
Power (Point 3* Point 4) Rs./ hr 56
--------------- ---------
Total Rs./ hr 565
6. Water Evaporation Cost Rs./kg 565/480
= 1.18
350
Page 13 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material of Construction for MEE:
Sr. No. Particulars MOC

1 Calandria
Main Shell SS – 304
Top Cover SS – 316L
Bottom Cover SS – 316L
Tubes (Seamless) SS – 316L
Tube Sheet SS – 316L
Baffles SS – 316L
Tie Rods & Spacers SS – 316L
Nozzle SS – 316L
Flanges M.S. + SS – 316L Cladding
2 Vapour Separator
Shell SS – 316L
Deflector SS – 316L
3 Vapor Ducts SS – 316L
4 Pipes & Fittings
Product SS – 316L
Condensate M.S.
5 Thermo Compressor SS - 316
6 Valves
Product SS – 316
Condensate C.I.
Surface Condenser
Shell M.S.
Tubes (Seamless) SS – 304
Tube Sheet M.S.
7
Baffles M.S.
Tie Rods & Spacers M.S.
Channel Shell M.S.
Flanges M.S.
8 Vacuum Pump Std C.I.
9 Pumps
Process Pump SS - 316
Condensate Pump Std C.I.
10 Feed Pot SS – 316L
11 Condensate Outlet Collection Tank M.S.
12 Concentrate Collection Tank SS – 316L
13 Condensate Flash Tank SS – 316L
351
Page 14 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scope of Supply for MEE:
Sr. No. Particulars Qty

1. Calandria 1 No.
2. Vapour Separator 1 No.
3. Vapour Ducts 1 lot
4. Pipes & Fittings 1 Lot
5. Thermo Compressor 1 No.
6. Surface Condenser 1 No.
7. Pumps (with motor)
Re circulation Pump (Single Mechanical Seal) 1 No.
Feed Pump (Single Mechanical Seal) 1 No.
Condensate Pump (Double Mechanical Seal) 1 No.
8. Vacuum Pump(with Motor) 1 No.
9. Feed Pot 1 No.
10. Condensate Outlet Collection Tank 1 No.
11. Concentrate Collection Tank 1 No.
12. Condensate Flash Tank 1 No.
13. Valves 1 Lot
14. Local Mountings
Vacuum Gauge 1 No.
Temperature Gauge 1 No.
Pressure Gauge 1 No.
15. Electrical Panel 1 No.
16. Nut – Bolts and Gasket 1 Lot
Make of Bought out Items:
1. SS Plate : Jindal
2. MS Plate : Essar/SAIL
3. Tubes : Inox/Pars Bhavani/Scoda
4. Pumps : JEC
5. Vacuum Pump : PPI
6. Valves : Marck/ Hawa Control/Linnet
7. Motors : Crompton/ ABB/ Siemens
8. Vacuum Gauges : Air Master/Instonnic
9. Temperature Gauges : Air Master/Instonnic
10. Pressure Gauges : Air Master/Instonnic
352
Page 15 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Scope of Work
• Design , engineering and manufacturing

• Supply
• Supply of Operation & Maintenance manual
• List of spare parts
• Supply of foundation drawings, P & ID, Elevation Drawing and G.A. Drawing
Not Included in Scope of Work/Supply
• Supporting structure/platform/stair case etc

• Electrical cabling
• Cooling Tower, cooling tower pumps, pipes & fittings from hot well to cooling tower to condenser
• Service pipes and fittings for steam, water
• Insulation of the equipment
• Erection of all the items
• Instrument Panel
• Instrumentation
• Erection and Commissioning
• Arrangement to take concentrate outlet at storage tank
• Any type of Civil work
• Any other Item not specified in above scope of Supply
Client’s obligation
• Supply feed as per design basis.

• Supply Motive Steam & Cooling Water as per Design basis.
• Carry out design and construction of steel structure work for installing the plant.
• Carry out piping job for Process Fluid, Cooling Water & Steam.
• Carry out erection job for entire equipment.
• Arrange and pay for transportation of various equipment/plant to site.
• Unloading, lifting & shifting of various equipment/plant at the site.
• Carry out Electrical & Instrument related jobs.
• Carry out Insulation of various equipments.
• Provide raw water/ hard water for cleaning/ washing.
Price:
Sr. No. Particulars Amount

Rs. 15,75,000/-
1. Single Effect Evaporator
(Rupees Fifteen Lakh Seventy Five Thousand Only)
353
Page 16 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Terms & Conditions

Price : Ex-works Baroda.
Packing & Forwarding: 3 % Extra.
GST : Extra on actual basis at the time of delivery.

Prevailing rate @18%.
(Our GST No.: 24AABCJ9112G1ZV)
Freight & Octroi : Will be extra and in purchaser’s scope.
Delivery : 10 to 12 weeks from the date of receipt of order clear in all technical / commercial
aspects.
Payment : 40% Advance & Balance 60% against Performa Invoice prior to dispatch.
Supervision of Erection & Commissioning

: On chargeable basis @ 8000/- per day and Boarding Lodging and Travelling extra as
per actual.
Insurance : Purchaser’s Scope.
Inspection : Inspection can be held by you / your representative at our works prior to dispatch.
Guarantee : The offered equipment/s is guaranteed for trouble free operation, mechanical
workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from the date of commissioning
or 18 months from the date of dispatch, whichever is earlier. The guarantee is valid
subject to regular preventive maintenance of plant by you.
The standard guarantee clause of original manufacturer shall be applicable for all the
bought out items like blowers, motor, pumps, instruments etc., The guarantee shall
not be applicable for consumable ,Mechanical Seals / rubbers / plastics / glass
/electrical / electronic items / rotary equipment, etc.
We shall demonstrate the performance guarantee runs of the rated capacity as

defined in the basis of design for the agreed Quadruple product. This trial run shall be
for a cumulative period of 72 hours, after completion of erection and testing. This is
further subject to availability of uninterrupted and predetermined quantity & quality
of raw materials, utilities, plant operators and workers. The tolerance in capacity of our
plant is ± 5%.
Performance guarantee dependence upon design parameter specified in the offer and
is valid / applicable if and only if operating parameters are maintained as specified in
our offer. Any deviation in design parameter will result in deviation in terms of
performance.
354
Page 17 of 18
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplier’s rights in specifications, plans, drawings, patterns etc. and confidentiality

: Any specifications, plans, drawings, patterns or designs supplied by Jet Vacuum to
buyer in connection with the contract shall remain the property of Jet Vacuum and any
information derived there from or otherwise communicated in connection with the
contract shall be regarded by buyer as secret and confidential and shall not, without
the consent in writing of Jet Vacuum, be published or disclosed to any third party or
made use of by buyer except for the purpose of implementing the contract.
Cancellation : After finalization of contract, buyer does not reserve the right to cancel this order at
its sole discretion whatsoever may be the reason. If such situation arises then buyer
will make full payment as per contract value to Jet Vacuum before cancelling order.
Validity : 45 days.
Pranay Bidwalkar
355
Page 18 of 18
ANNEXURE - 11- BEIL CERTIFICATE
356
357
ANNEXURE-12-PROPONENT UNDERTAKING
358
ANNEXURE - 13 - HIGH COURT ORDER
359
360
361
362
5/5/2017 Case Detail
Print
HIGH COURT OF GUJARAT

SPECIAL CIVIL APPLICATION No. 5312 of 2016
Status : PENDING ( Converted from : C/ST/5331/2016 ) CCIN No : 001021201605312
Next Listing Date: 03/07/2017

Coram HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE M R.
R.SUBHASH REDDY
HONOURABLE M R.JUSTICE VIPUL M .
PANCHOLI
S.NO. Name of the Petitioner Advocate On Record

1 JAYESHKUM AR SOM ABHAI PATEL M R NILESH P SHAH for: Petitioner(s) 1 - 12
2 CHANDRASHEKHAR BHANUPRASAD UPASANI ANSHUL N SHAH for: Petitioner(s) 1 - 12
3 M ALAV PRAFULBHAI DALWADI
4 SNEHAL BHARATBHAI SATYAPATHI
5 PRADEEP PRABHAKAR JOSHI
6 GAURANG VINODBHAI PARM AR
7 DARSHAN JITENDRABHAI PAREKH
8 SURESH TULSHIBHAI M ORADIA
9 SUDHIR NARAISINGH VERM A
10 SEEM A CHANDRAKANT ABHALE
11 DILIP CHANDUBHAI THAKKAR
more (1)
S.NO. Name of the Respondant Advocate On Record
1 UNION OF INDIA NOTICE NOT RECD BACK for :Respondent(s) 1
NOTICE SERVED for :Respondent(s) 1
Presented On : 30/03/2016 Registered On : 04/04/2016

Bench Category :- District : SURAT
Case Originated From : THROUGH HIS/HER/THEIR Listed : 13 times
ADVOCATE
StageName : NOTICE & ADJOURNED M ATTERS
Classification DB - VIRES CHALLENGED - VIRES CHALLENGED - CONSTITUTION OF INDIA - CENTRAL ACT / STATE ACT /
RULE / STATUTORY NOTIFICATION / REGULATIONS
Act CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
Office Details
Court Fee on
S. No. Filing Date Document Name Advocate Name Document Details
Document
1 30/03/2016 VAKALATNAM A ANSHUL N SHAH ADVOCATE 0 ANSHUL N SHAH(8540) for
for PETITIONER(s) 1 P:1 - 12
2 30/03/2016 VAKALATNAM A M R NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 5 M R NILESH P SHAH(3215)
for PETITIONER(s) 1 for P:1 - 12
363
3 30/03/2016 M EM O OF M R NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 100 M R NILESH P SHAH(3215),
http://gujarathc-casestatus.nic.in/gujarathc/casedetail_1.jsp 1/4
5/5/2017
3 30/03/2016 M EM O OF M R NILESH PCase
SHAHDetail
ADVOCATE 100 M R NILESH P SHAH(3215),
PETITION/APPEAL/SUIT for PETITIONER(s) 1 ANSHUL N SHAH(8540),
for P:1 - 12
4 01/04/2016 ADDITIONAL FEE ON M R NILESH P SHAH ADVOCATE 500 M R NILESH P
M EM O OF for PETITIONER(s) 1 SHAH(3215),ANSHUL N
APPEAL/PETITION/SUIT SHAH(8540) for P:1 - 12
Linked Matters
S.
CaseDetail Status Name Disposal Date Action/Coram
No.
1 SPECIAL CIVIL PENDING - -
APPLICATION/17039/2016 HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE M R. R.SUBHASH
REDDY
HONOURABLE M R.JUSTICE VIPUL M . PANCHOLI
Court Proceedings
Notified Board
S. No. CourtCode Stage Action Coram
Date Sr. No.
1 05/04/2016 1 6 URGENT ADM ISSION (FRESH FIXED NOTICE HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE
M ATTERS) M R. R.SUBHASH REDDY
HONOURABLE M R.JUSTICE VIPUL
M . PANCHOLI
2 13/06/2016 1 31 NOTICE & ADJOURNED NEXT DATE HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE
M ATTERS M R. R.SUBHASH REDDY
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
7 07/11/2016 1 29 NOTICE & ADJOURNED HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE

M . PANCHOLI
8 18/11/2016 1 73 NOTICE & ADJOURNED HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE
HONOURABLE M R.JUSTICE
364 VIPUL
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
M . PANCHOLI
14 03/07/2017 1 - NOTICE & ADJOURNED HONOURABLE THE CHIEF JUSTICE
M . PANCHOLI
Available Orders
S. Order
Case Details Judge Name CAV Judgement Questions Transferred Download
No. Date
1 SPECIAL CIVIL HONOURABLE 05/04/2016 N ORDER - Y
APPLICATION/5312/2016 Download
THE CHIEF
JUSTICE M R.
R.SUBHASH
REDDY
HONOURABLE
M R.JUSTICE
VIPUL M .
PANCHOLI
Download
APPLICATION/5312/2016 THE CHIEF
JUSTICE M R.
R.SUBHASH
REDDY
HONOURABLE
M R.JUSTICE
VIPUL M .
PANCHOLI
Download 365
APPLICATION/5312/2016 THE CHIEF
JUSTICE M R.
R.SUBHASH
REDDY
HONOURABLE
M R.JUSTICE
VIPUL M .
PANCHOLI
APPLICATION/5312/2016 Download
THE CHIEF
JUSTICE M R.
R.SUBHASH
REDDY
HONOURABLE
M R.JUSTICE
VIPUL M .
PANCHOLI
Certified Copy
S. Application UOL Notify Delivery Nature Of
ApplicantName ApplicationType Order Date Status
No. Date Number Date Date Document
1 M R NILESH P URGENT 05/04/2016 U/2292/2016 05/04/2016 07/04/2016 11/04/2016 Delivered ORDER
SHAH
2 M R NILESH P URGENT 18/04/2016 U/2604/2016 05/04/2016 19/04/2016 21/04/2016 Delivered ORDER
SHAH
TOP CLOSE
366
ANNEXURE - 14 - SANJALI VILLAGE CSR REQUIREMENT
367
ANNEXURE - 15 - TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT
TREATABILITY STUDY REPORT
OF
M/S. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES, PANOLI.

Name of the Project : M/s. Om Shiv Industries
Location / site
Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Dist:
alternatives under :
Bharuch, State: Gujarat.
consideration
API intermediates, organic & inorganic chemicals 1275
Size of the project :
MT/Month.
Expected cost of the
: 250 lacs
project.
OBJECTIVE
M/s. Om Shiv Industries is located at Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical, Panoli, Dist:
Bharuch, State: Gujarat. This treatability is carried out to justify for proposed effluent
treatment process.
PROJECT DETAILS
The Project detail is covered in EIA report chapter 1.
PRODUCT AND BYPRODUCTS DETAILS
The Project detail is covered in Chapter-1.
MANUFACTURING PROCESS
The manufacturing process detail is covered in Chapter-2.
SITE PLAN AND PLANT LAY OUT
The Site Plan and Plant layout is attached in Annexure-4.
AVAILABILITY LAND
M/S. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES, GIDC PANOLI. XV. 1

368
The total plot area of M/s. Om Shiv Industries is 3089 sq. m. The green belt area will be
1089.5 sq. mt. of total area.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
The power requirement in the company will be met through DGVCL. The requirement
load will be 150 KVA.
AVAILABILITY OF WATER
The source for water is GIDC supply and total water consumption will be 101 KL/day (66
KL/day of fresh water + 20 KL/day of recycled water + 15 Kl/Day water from Boiler and
cooling Tower).
(I) DETAILS OF WATER CONSUMPTION
Table 1: Water Consumption
Sr. Particulars Total Water Consumption KL/Day

No Fresh Recycle Total
1. Domestic 10 0 10
2. Gardening 10 0 10
3. Industrial
Process 3 13 16
Boiler 10 0 10
Cooling 2.5 12.5 15
Other (for scrubber)* 0 2 2
Total Industrial 15.5 27.5 43
TOTAL 35.5 27.5 63
(1+2+3)
(II) DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION
Table 2: Waste Water Generation
Sr. No. Particulars Total Waste Water Generation

KL/Day
1. Domestic 4
2. Gardening 0
3. Industrial
Process 25
Boiler 1
Cooling Tower 1
Other (for scrubber) 2
Total Industrial 29
TOTAL 33
(1+2+3)
369
The samples of actual effluent were collected from existing pharmaceutical industries. The
effluent quantity was equalized based on pollution load sheet. Pollution load sheet are
attached as annexure XIV.
Total Effluent will be collected in separate collection tank.
Table 3: General Characteristics of wastewater before treatment
Sr. Parameter Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet

No.
1. pH pH scale 4-6 7-8
2. COD mg/l 4000-7000 150-250
3. TDS mg/l 4000-7000 4000-6600
4. TSS mg/l 800-1000 75-100
5. Ammonical mg/l 20-40 10-15
Nitrogen
The below given table consists of all the plants merged into one table to give better
understanding.
The calculation for composite sample effluent for all plant is given in below table.
Table: 4 Effluent Parameter stream wise
Total Effluent
Sr. Scrubbe Cooling Boiler
Parameter Unit Process send to
No. r Tower Blowdown
Neutralization
Effluent
KL/Day 25 1 1 1 27
Qty.
Effluent
L/Day 25000 1000 1000 1000 27000
Qty.
Sr.
Parameter Unit
No.
1 pH -- 5.2 5.6 8.7 8.4 5.8
2 Colour -- Light Light Light Light Light Yellow
Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
3 TDS mg/l 7908 1754 3621 4207 6749
4 TSS mg/l 1266 142 85 97 981
5 COD mg/l 7615 1874 167 68 5915
6 BOD mg/l 2538 625 56 23 1972
7 Ammonical mg/l 34 0 12 10 30
Nitrogen

370
Table: 5 Calculation of Total Effluent Parameter
Sr. Cooling Boiler Total Effluent

Parameter Unit Process washing
No. Tower Blowdown Kg/day
1 TDS Kg/day 197.63 1.75 3.62 4.21 207.21
2 TSS Kg/day 31.65 0.14 0.08 0.10 31.97
3 COD Kg/day 190.38 1.87 0.17 0.07 192.49
4 BOD Kg/day 63.45 6.25 0.06 0.02 69.78
Ammonical
5 Kg/day 0.85 0.0 0.01 0.01 0.87
Nitrogen

371
The composite sample (I) was prepared from Process, washing water, cooling tower and
boiler blow down.
Table 6: Effluent characteristics of composite sample (I)
Sr. No. Parameter Unit Result

1. 5.8
pH --
2. Light Yellow
Colour --
3. 6749
TDS mg/l
4. 981
TSS mg/l
5. 5915
COD mg/l
6. 1972
BOD mg/l
7. 30.0
Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l
(A) PRELIMINARY TREATMENT:

Effluent Characteristics of after preliminary treatment for effluent were found as under:
Table 7: Effluent Characteristics after Neutralization and sedimentation
Sr. No. Parameter Unit Result

1. pH -- 7.5
2. Colour -- Light Yellow
3. TDS mg/l 6614
4. TSS mg/l 87
5. COD mg/l 5620
6. BOD mg/l 1873
7. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 28
The percentage COD reduction after settlement was found to be almost 15 to 25 % .The
treated water was passed through coagulation and filtration.
(B) Biological Treatment

Effluent was provided biological treatment by two stage aeration. The effluent was sent
to clarifier. The solids were settled down at bottom and effluent was tested for
parameters.

372
Effluent Characteristics of after secondary clarifier was found as under:
Table 8: Effluent Characteristics after Secondary Clarifier
Sr. No. Parameter Unit Result after Secondary Clarifier

1. pH -- 7.3
2. Colour -- Pale Yellow
3. TDS mg/l 6548
4. TSS mg/l 77
5. COD mg/l 225
6. BOD mg/l 42
7. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 10
The percentage COD reduction after secondary aeration was 70-80% and after secondary
clarifier was found to be almost 65 to 70 %.The treated water was passed through sand
filter and carbon filter.
Table 9: Effluent Characteristics after carbon treatment
Sr. No. Parameter Unit Result after Result after carbon

sand filter filter
1. pH -- 7.3 7.3
2. Colour -- Pale Yellow Colour less
3. TDS mg/l 6548 6548
4. TSS mg/l 34 30
5. COD mg/l 250 125
6. BOD mg/l 47 20
7. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 11 10
Where 45 to 50 % COD reduction was found.
The sample ware given to RO supplier for further treatment. They have conformed 75 to
80 % recovery of RO and remaining reject water send to the MEE.

373
ANNEXURE-16-MoU OF BY-PRODUCT
374
375
ANNEXURE - 17 - RO OFFER
To. - OM SHIV INDUSTRIES.

Plot No. 915 , G.I.D.C. Panoli ,
Dist – Bharuch.
KIND ATTENTION : Detail of 1000lph water treatment plant.
SUB: REVERSE OSOMOSIS BASED DRINKING WATER PLANT CAPACITY 1000

LPH.
Dear Sir,
This is with reference to the discussion with you regarding your requirement of drinking water
plant.
We are please to submit our offer as follows:
Annexure I : Design Basis & Treatment Scheme.
Annexure II : Scope of Supply.
Annexure III : Schedule of Exclusions.
Annexure IV : Commercial terms and conditions.
We hope you will find our offer in line with your requirement if you require any further
clarification please feel free to contact us.
Thanking You,
Yours faithfully,
For SAI ENTERPRISE
Mr. YOGESH PATIL – 098253 62183 , 07350262002
(Authorized. Signatory)
ANNEXURE I (Design Basis and Treatment Scheme)
REQUIREMENT:
You have indicated your requirement of R.O plant capacity 1000 LPH
Design Basis:
We have designed the R.O Plant of cap.1000 LPH Based upon Water T.D.S: 7500 mg/ltrs.
PROPOSAL:
Based on the above, we have designed the following water treatment scheme, as per your
requirement.
376
1) MULTIGRADE SAND FILTERATION.
The raw water shall be passed through coarse filtration sand filter, so as to get outlet water
quality of< 5 NTU. TURBIDITY.
2) ACTIVATED CARBON FILTERATION.

The filtered water passes through activated carbon for prevention of organic fouling
In membrane.
3) ANTISCALENT DOSING:
The Antiscalent on line dosing with filtered water to prevent scaling in
R.O membranes.
4) MICRON FILTERATION:
The water from the above unit shall be passed through a cartridges filter assembly with cartridge
of 5 micron nominal rating. This has been incorporated to carry on fine
Filtration before feeding the water to R.O membranes this will avoid chocking of the
R .O Membranes.
5) R.O WATER PRESSURISATION:

The R.O Plant works on the higher pressure because it has to overcome osmotic pressure
therefore the feed water to the R.O is first pressurized by pumping it to through high-pressure
pumps.
DESALINATION BY REVERSE OSOMOSIS:
Pressurized water from the high-pressure pump is feed to the reverse osmosis unit. The feed
system gets divided into a permeate stream flow, in dissolved salts and brine or reject stream
of very high in dissolve salts. Dissolved salts rejected by membrane are continuously flushed
from the system via brine stream. The pure water permeates through the wall into the fiber
bore and is collected at the end of the devices.
The R.O Permeate water shall be than confirming to the following treated water analysis.
T.D.S : <1500 mg/ltrs

pH : 6.0 – 6.8
Permeate Qty. : 1000 LPH
Permeate Recovery : 75 - 80 %.
377
ANNEXURE II ( SCOPE OF SUPPLY)
1) RAW WATER FEED PUMP.
Qty : 01
Make : Kirloskar/ c.r.i /cnp
Model : as per requirement
Power : 1. H.P
MOC : C.I
2) MULTI GRADE FILTER.

Qty : 01
Dia : 12 inch
Bed depth : 52 inch
Flow rate : 3 m3/Hr
Max. Working press. : 4.0 kg/cm2
Mini. Working press. : 2.5 kg/cm2
MOC : FRP
Max inlet turbidity : 25 NTU
Make vessel : PENTAIR/WAVECYBER/MMP
Pipeline : uPVC
3) ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER.

Qty : 01
Dia : 12 inch
Bed depth : 52 inch
Flow rate : 3 m3/Hr
Max. Working press. : 3.5 kg/cm2
Mini. Working press. : 2.5 kg/cm2
MOC : FRP
Max inlet turbidity : <5 NTU
Make vessel : PENTAIR/WAVECYBER /MMP
Pipeline : uPVC
4) ANTISCALENT DOSING.
Qty : 01
Make : seko/ Eq.
Type : Metering
Model : EABA-2
Capacity : 0-6 ltrs/Hr
Chemical tank cap. : 100 ltrs (HDPE)
5) MICRON FILTERATION.
Housing : 01 No.
No.of cartridges : 01 Nos.
Cartridge Size : 4”x 20”
Micron rating : 5
Housing MOC : P.P.
378
6) HIGH PRESSURE PUMP.
Qty : 01 No.
Make : SUMO/ CRI./CNP
Model : 1-180
Working pressure. : 12 kg/cm2
Power : 2.2 k w
MOC : SS 304
7) R.O SYSTEM
Membranes MOC : Polyamide
Qty : 2Nos.
Make : burton (Dow)/ Hydranautics (USA)/ C S M (COREA)
Size of membranes : 4” x 40” (BW 30-4040)
Qty of Housing : 01 Nos.2 element
MOC of pressure tubes: FRP.
Make : Maxima/Wave cyber.
R.O Skid : 01
MOC Skid : MS PAINTED
8) MEMBRANE CLEANING AND AUTO FLUSHING SYSTEM

Pump : 01
MOC : SS-304
Make : c r I /Equivalent.
Power : 1.0 KW
Head : 40 M
Tank : 01
MOC : HDPE
Volume : 100 Liters.
Micron filter : 01 No.
MOC : P.P
Size : 4” x 20”
Rating : 5 Micron
9) INTERCONNECTING PIPELINE
Qty : 01 lot.
MOC Pipe line : UPVC
Size : 1”,3/4”,1/2”
10) INSTRUMENTS
Rota meter 02 Nos.
Cap. 2000LPH
Pressure switches 02 Nos.
Make Indfoss/Eq.
Pressure gauge 04
379
MOC SS-glycerin filled.
T.D.S meter 01.
Make Aster.
11) ELECTRIC COINTROL PANEL.
Qty 01 Set.
Make SBIEE
Device L&T/SIEMENS.
Cabinet MOC M.S Powder Coated.
Type Dual Operation (Manual/Auto)
ANNEXURE III (Schedule of Exclusions)
The following work will be excluded from our scope of supply.

1. All civil work. (Platform, foundation, drains etc)
2. Raw water & treated water storage tank.
3. Power connection earthing, cabling, wiring etc.
4. All consumables. (Antiscalent, Electricity, Water etc)
5. All pipe work beyond termination point.
6. Unloading storage execution and commissioning of equipments.
ANNEXURE IV (Commercial Terms and Conditions)
PRICE : 1.80 lacs only
G.S.T. TAX : 18 % .
Freight : At Actual
Payment : 50% advance along with purchase order and 45%
Against Performa invoice and 5 % after installation & Commissioning.
Delivery : 3-4 weeks.

E&C : 5 % of the plant cost.
Warranty : 12 months against manufacturing defects only.
We hope you will find our proposal in line with your requirement if you require any further clarification please feel free to contact us.
Thanking you,
Yours faith fully,
AQUAFRESH+ water purifier.
For SAI ENTERPRISE .
Mr. Yogesh Patil
– 098253 62183 / 7350 262002
380
ANNEXURE - 18 - CONSULTANT UNDERTAKING
381
Scanned by CamScanner
382
Scanned by CamScanner

28 May 2018 165902957I5Q8DT6EOmShivEIAreport-Ilovepdf-compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

28 May 2018 165902957I5Q8DT6EOmShivEIAreport-Ilovepdf-compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

M/s. OM SHIV INDUSTRIES

Plot No. 915, Near Gayatri Chemical,

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. i

SR. CONTENT PAGE

2.6 DETAILS OF SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 85

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. iv

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. v

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vi

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. vii

SR. CONTENT PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. viii

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. ix

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. x

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xi

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xii

TABLE NO. TABLE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiii

FIGURE FIGURE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xiv

FIGURE FIGURE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xv

FIGURE FIGURE NAME PAGE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xvi

ANNEXUR ANNEXURE NAME Page No.

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xvii

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xviii

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xix

PUCC Pollution Under Control Certificate

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LTD., ANKLESHWAR. xx

The purpose of this report is to:

• Establish a pre-project baseline with respect to environmental indicators.

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 1

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT & PROJECT

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 2

11. Sorbiton Mono Oleate 1338-43-8 50 Intermediate of

1.2.2 PROJECT PROPONENT

1. Mr. Balasaheb Kadlag 30, Akash Villas Co operative 8155067212

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 3

1.3 KEY INFORMATION OF PROJECT

1.3.1 IMPORTANCE AND JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT

1.3.2 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 4

1.3.3 SIZE AND COST OF THE PROJECT

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 5

1.3.4 SITE SELECTION

1.3.5 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The approximate geographical positioning of the project site is at Latitude:

Direction Corners Latitude Longitude

M/s. JYOTI OM CHEMICAL RESEARCH CENTRE PVT. LIMITED, ANKLESHWAR. 6